Nissan Engine Manual EC PDF

B ENGINE
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
KA24DE Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 73 F
Basic Inspection ..................................................... 74
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 18 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 84
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 18 Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 88 G
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 20 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 90
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 23 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 91
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 91
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- H
CONSULT-II Function ............................................. 99
SIONER” ................................................................ 23 Generic Scan Tool (GST) ..................................... 110
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
of Engine and A/T .................................................. 23 . 112 I
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ............... 24 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Precautions ............................................................ 25 Mode ..................................................................... 114
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 26 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 116 J
PREPARATION ......................................................... 27 Description ............................................................ 116
Special Service Tools ............................................. 27 Testing Condition .................................................. 116
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 27 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 116
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 29 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 117
System Diagram ..................................................... 29 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 30 DENT ....................................................................... 120
System Chart ......................................................... 31 Description ............................................................ 120 L
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 31 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 120
Distributor Ignition (DI) System .............................. 33 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ........... 121
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 34 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 121 M
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 122
Speed) .................................................................... 34 Ground Inspection ................................................ 127
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) ................................................ 35 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 128
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 36 Description ............................................................ 128
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Adjustment ............................................................. 36 . 128
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 46 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 128
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ............................. 48 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 129
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 49 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 130
Introduction ............................................................ 49 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 131
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 49 Removal and Installation ...................................... 132
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 50 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 133
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 62 Description ............................................................ 133
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 63 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 68 . 133
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 68 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 133
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 72
EC-1
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 134 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 180
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 135 Component Inspection .......................................... 181
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 136 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 183
Removal and Installation ...................................... 138 Component Description ........................................ 183
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 139 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 183
Component Description ........................................ 139 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 184
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 185
. 139 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 186
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 139 Component Inspection .......................................... 187
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 140 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 189
Overall Function Check ........................................ 141 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 189
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 142 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 189
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 143 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 189
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 146 DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 191
Component Description ........................................ 146 Component Description ........................................ 191
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 146 .191
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 146 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 191
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 147 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 192
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 148 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 193
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 152 Component Inspection .......................................... 196
Component Description ........................................ 152 Removal and Installation ....................................... 197
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 152 DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 198
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 153 Component Description ........................................ 198
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 154 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 155 .198
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 157 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 198
Component Description ........................................ 157 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 199
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check ......................................... 200
. 157 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 201
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 157 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 202
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 158 Component Inspection .......................................... 205
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 159 Removal and Installation ....................................... 207
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 160 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 208
Component Inspection .......................................... 161 Component Description ........................................ 208
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR ........................................ 162 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 162 .208
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 208
. 162 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 209
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 163 Overall Function Check ......................................... 210
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 163 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 211
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 165 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 212
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 166 Component Inspection .......................................... 213
Component Inspection .......................................... 169 Removal and Installation ....................................... 214
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 171 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 215
. 171 .215
Component Inspection .......................................... 175 Component Inspection .......................................... 219
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 177 Removal and Installation ....................................... 221
Component Description ........................................ 177 DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 222
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 177 Component Description ........................................ 222
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 178 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 179 .222
EC-2
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 222 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 223 . 269 A
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 225 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 269
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 226 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 271 EC
Component Inspection ......................................... 228 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 272
Removal and Installation ...................................... 230 Component Inspection .......................................... 274
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 231 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ..................................... 275
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 231 Component Description ........................................ 275 C
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 233 . 275
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 234 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 275 D
Component Inspection ......................................... 237 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 276
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 238 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 277
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 238 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 279 E
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 238 Component Inspection .......................................... 281
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 240 Removal and Installation ...................................... 281
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 241 DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 282
Component Inspection ......................................... 243 Description ............................................................ 282 F
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 244 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 244 . 283
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 244 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 284 G
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 244 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 284
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 246 Overall Function Check ........................................ 286
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 247 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 287 H
Component Inspection ......................................... 248 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 288
Removal and Installation ...................................... 248 Component Inspection .......................................... 291
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ......................... 249 Removal and Installation ...................................... 292
I
Component Description ........................................ 249 DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION .......... 293
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 249 Description ............................................................ 293
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 249 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 293
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 250 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 294 J
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 251 Overall Function Check ........................................ 295
Component inspection ......................................... 252 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 296
Removal and Installation ...................................... 252 Component Inspection .......................................... 297 K
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ...................... 299
ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ................................ 253 Component Description ........................................ 299
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 253 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 299 L
Overall Function Check ........................................ 253 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 300
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 254 Overall Function Check ........................................ 301
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ........................... 255 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 302
Component Inspection ......................................... 256 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 303 M
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, Component Inspection .......................................... 304
MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE ............................ 258 Removal and Installation ...................................... 305
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 258 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 306
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 259 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 306
Component Inspection ......................................... 263 Overall Function Check ........................................ 307
Removal and Installation ...................................... 264 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 308
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 265 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 311
Component Description ........................................ 265 System Description ............................................... 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 265 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 311
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 266 Overall Function Check ........................................ 312
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 267 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 313
Component Inspection ......................................... 268 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 320
Removal and Installation ...................................... 268 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 320
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ......................... 269 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 321
Component Description ........................................ 269 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 323
EC-3
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 389
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 332 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 390
Description ............................................................ 332 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 391
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Removal and Installation ....................................... 392
. 332 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 393
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 336 Overall Function Check ......................................... 394
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 395
VALVE ..................................................................... 338 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 396
Component Description ........................................ 338 DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 398
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ............................................................ 398
. 338 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 338 .398
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 340 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 400
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 401
SENSOR .................................................................. 344 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 403
Component Description ........................................ 344 Description ............................................................ 403
. 344 .403
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 408
SENSOR .................................................................. 351 Description ............................................................ 408
Component Description ........................................ 351 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode .408
. 351 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 409
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 351 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 409
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 354 DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH ....................................... 413
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 361 Component Description ........................................ 413
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 372 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 415
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 373 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 420
Overall Function Check ........................................ 374 Component Description ........................................ 420
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 375 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 420
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 383 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 420
Component Description ........................................ 383 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 421
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 383 DTC P1143 HO2S1 .................................................. 422
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 384 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 385 .422
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 387 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 423
Component Description ........................................ 387 Overall Function Check ......................................... 423
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 387 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 424
Overall Function Check ........................................ 387 Removal and Installation ....................................... 426
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 389 DTC P1144 HO2S1 .................................................. 427
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 389 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC-4
. 427 DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 472
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 427 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 472 A
Overall Function Check ........................................ 428 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 473
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 429 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME EC
Removal and Installation ...................................... 431 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 474
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 432 Description ............................................................ 474
Component Description ........................................ 432 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 474 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 432 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 475
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 433 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 476 D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 435 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 436 VALVE ..................................................................... 483 E
Removal and Installation ...................................... 438 Component Description ........................................ 483
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 439 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 439 . 483
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 483 F
. 439 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 483
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 439 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 484
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 440 DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL G
Overall Function Check ........................................ 440 VALVE ..................................................................... 487
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 442 Component Description ........................................ 487
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 443 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode H
Removal and Installation ...................................... 445 . 487
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ................ 446 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 487
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 446 Overall Function Check ........................................ 489
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 447 DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 493
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 448 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 493 J
Overall Function Check ........................................ 448 Overall Function Check ........................................ 495
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 449 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 496 K
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ........................... 450 DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 504
DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ......................... 452 Component Description ........................................ 504
Component Description ........................................ 452 On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 504 L
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 453 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 506
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 454 Removal and Installation ...................................... 506 M
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE .................. 457 DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE. 507
Component Description ........................................ 457 Description ............................................................ 507
. 457 . 507
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 457 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 507
Overall Function Check ........................................ 458 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 509
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 459 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 510
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 460 DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE. 513
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 463 Description ............................................................ 513
Description ........................................................... 463 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 513
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 465 Overall Function Check ........................................ 515
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 467 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 516
EC-5
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ...................................... 523 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 562
Component Description ........................................ 523 Removal and Installation ....................................... 563
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE ............................... 564
. 523 Component Description ........................................ 564
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 523 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 565
Overall Function Check ........................................ 524 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ...................................... 569
Diagnostic Procedure For M/T Models ................. 526 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 570
Diagnostic Procedure For A/T Models .................. 527 Description ............................................................ 570
DTC P1775 TCC SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 530 Component Inspection .......................................... 573
System Description ............................................... 530 How To Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 574
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
. 530 (ORVR) ....................................................................576
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 530 System Description ............................................... 576
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 531 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ................ 586
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 532 Description ............................................................ 586
Removal and Installation ...................................... 533 Inspection .............................................................. 586
DTC P1776 TCC SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 534 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 588
System Description ............................................... 534 Fuel Pressure Regulator ....................................... 588
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 588
. 534 Ignition Coil ...........................................................588
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 534 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 588
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 534 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 588
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 536 EGR Temperature Sensor ..................................... 588
Removal and Installation ...................................... 537 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 588
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 538 IACV-AAC Valve ................................................... 589
Component Description ........................................ 538 Injector .................................................................. 589
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Resistor ................................................................. 589
. 538 Throttle Position Sensor ........................................ 589
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 539 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 589
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 540 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 589
Removal and Installation ...................................... 544 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 589
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ............................................... 545 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater .......................... 589
Component Description ........................................ 545 Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ....................... 589
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ............................. 589
. 545
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 546 VG33E
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 548
Removal and Installation ...................................... 549 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 590
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 550 Alphabetical Index ................................................. 590
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC No. Index ...................................................... 593
. 550 PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 596
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 551 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 552 (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 554 SIONER” ............................................................... 596
Description ............................................................ 554 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode A/T ........................................................................ 596
. 554 Precautions ........................................................... 597
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 555 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............... 600
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 556 PREPARATION ....................................................... 601
Removal and Installation ...................................... 559 Special Service Tools ............................................ 601
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ..... 560 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 602
Component Description ........................................ 560 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 603
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode System Diagram ................................................... 603
. 560 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 604
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 561 System Chart ........................................................ 605
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 605
EC-6
Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................ 607 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 719
Air Conditioner Cut Control .................................. 608 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 719 A
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 721
Speed) .................................................................. 608 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 724
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................ 610 Component Inspection .......................................... 726 EC
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Removal and Installation ...................................... 726
Adjustment ........................................................... 610 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 727
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment . 621 Component Description ........................................ 727
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 622 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode C
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ........................... 623 . 727
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 625 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 727
Introduction .......................................................... 625 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 727 D
Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 625 Overall Function Check ........................................ 729
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 626 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 730
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ......................... 640 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 731 E
OBD System Operation Chart .............................. 640 Component Inspection .......................................... 733
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 646 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 735
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 646 Component Description ........................................ 735
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 651 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode F
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 652 . 735
Basic Inspection ................................................... 652 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 735
Symptom Matrix Chart ......................................... 665 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 735 G
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 669 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 737
Circuit Diagram .................................................... 672 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 738
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 673 Component Inspection .......................................... 740 H
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 673 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 742
CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 681 Component Description ........................................ 742
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ...................... 692 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 742
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 742
. 694 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 744
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 745
Mode .................................................................... 696 Component Inspection .......................................... 747 J
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 699 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ......................... 748
Description ........................................................... 699 Component Description ........................................ 748
Testing Condition .................................................. 699 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 748 K
Inspection Procedure ........................................... 699 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 749
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 700 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 750
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 751 L
DENT ...................................................................... 703 Component Inspection .......................................... 752
Description ........................................................... 703 Removal and Installation ...................................... 752
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 703 DTC P0121 TP SENSOR ........................................ 753
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 704 Component Description ........................................ 753 M
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 704 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 705 . 753
Ground Inspection ................................................ 709 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 754
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER..711 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 754
Description ............................................................711 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 756
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 757
..711 Component Inspection .......................................... 761
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................711 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 762
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................711 Component Description ........................................ 762
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 713 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 716 . 762
Component Inspection ......................................... 717 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 762
Removal and Installation ...................................... 718 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 763
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER. 719 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 764
Description ........................................................... 719 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 765
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Inspection .......................................... 769
. 719
EC-7
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ...................................... 770 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description ........................................ 770 .818
Component Inspection .......................................... 772 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 820
Removal and Installation ...................................... 772 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 823
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ....................................... 773 Removal and Installation ....................................... 827
Component Description ........................................ 773 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 773 FUNCTION .............................................................. 828
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 774 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 828
Component Inspection .......................................... 775 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 830
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ................. 776 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 832
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 776 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 776 FUNCTION .............................................................. 836
Component Inspection .......................................... 777 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 836
Removal and Installation ...................................... 777 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 838
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 ..................................... 778 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 840
Component Description ........................................ 778 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ...................................... 843
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ........................................ 843
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 778 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 843
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 783 Removal and Installation ....................................... 847
Removal and Installation ...................................... 786 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 848
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 ..................................... 787 Component Description ........................................ 848
Component Description ........................................ 787 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 848
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 848
. 787 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 849
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 788 Removal and Installation ....................................... 851
Overall Function Check ........................................ 789 DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 790 ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ................................ 852
Removal and Installation ...................................... 798 Overall Function Check ......................................... 852
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 ..................................... 799 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 854
Component Description ........................................ 799 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 856
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
. 799 FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 857
Overall Function Check ........................................ 800 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 858
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 802 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 865
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 805 Component Description ........................................ 865
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 809 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 865
Component Description ........................................ 809 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 866
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 867
. 809 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .......................... 869
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 811 .869
Removal and Installation ...................................... 817 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 869
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 818 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 871
Component Description ........................................ 818 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 872
EC-8
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .................................... 875 VALVE ..................................................................... 935
Component Description ........................................ 875 Component Description ........................................ 935 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 875 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 875 . 935
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 877 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 935 EC
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 882 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 938
Description ........................................................... 882 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 883 SENSOR ................................................................. 941
Overall Function Check ........................................ 884 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 886 . 941
Component Inspection ......................................... 890 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 941 E
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION .......... 891 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 944
Description ........................................................... 891 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 891 SENSOR ................................................................. 947 F
Overall Function Check ........................................ 893 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 894 . 947 G
Component Inspection ......................................... 896 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 947
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR ...................... 897 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 947
Component Description ........................................ 897 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 949 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 897 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 955
I
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 900 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 956
Component Inspection ......................................... 902 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 966
Removal and Installation ...................................... 902 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 966 J
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 967
TION ........................................................................ 903 Overall Function Check ........................................ 968
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 903 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 969 K
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 903 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 977
Overall Function Check ........................................ 904 Component Description ........................................ 977
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 905 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 977 L
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 908 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 977
System Description .............................................. 908 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 978
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 908 Removal and Installation ...................................... 980 M
Overall Function Check ........................................ 909 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 981
DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 916 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 981
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 916 Overall Function Check ........................................ 981
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 917 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 983
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL- On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 983
UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 928 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 983
Description ........................................................... 928 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 984
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 985
. 928 Removal and Installation ...................................... 986
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 929 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 987
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 930 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 987
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Overall Function Check ........................................ 987
EC-9
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 989 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 .................................... 1038
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 990 Component Description ....................................... 1038
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ....................................... 992 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ............................................................ 992 1038
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1038
. 992 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1038
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 993 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1039
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 993 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1040
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 995 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1043
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 996 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1047
Removal and Installation ...................................... 998 DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...1048
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH ......................... 999 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1048
Component Description ........................................ 999 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1048
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check ........................................ 1048
. 999 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1049
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 999 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 999 (OVERHEAT) .......................................................... 1050
Overall Function Check .......................................1000 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1050
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1001 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1050
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1002 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1051
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE .............1006 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1052
System Description ..............................................1006 DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ......................... 1054
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1006 Component Description ....................................... 1054
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1006 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1054
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1007 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1054
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1010 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1055
DTC P0605 ECM ....................................................1012 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1056
Component Description .......................................1012 DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE ................. 1060
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1012 Component Description ....................................... 1060
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1012 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1013 1060
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 ....................................1014 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1060
Component Description .......................................1014 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1060
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1061
1014 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1062
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1014 DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 1065
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1015 Description ...........................................................1065
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1016 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1066
Removal and Installation .....................................1019 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1069
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 ....................................1020 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1070
Component Description .......................................1020 Component Inspection ......................................... 1072
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1073
1020 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1073
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1020 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1074
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1021 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1074
Overall Function Check .......................................1021 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1022 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 1075
Removal and Installation .....................................1026 Description ...........................................................1075
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 ....................................1027 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................1027 1075
1027 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1076
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1027 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1077
Overall Function Check .......................................1029 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1030 VALVE .....................................................................
1084
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1033 Component Description ....................................... 1084
Removal and Installation .....................................1037 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
EC-10
1084 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1137
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1084 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1138 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1084 IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................1142
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1086 Component Description .......................................1142
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1087 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1143 EC
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1144
VALVE ....................................................................1090 Removal and Installation .....................................1147
Component Description .......................................1090 INJECTOR CIRCUIT ..............................................1148
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1148 C
1090 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1090 1148
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1090 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1149 D
Overall Function Check .......................................1092 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1150
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1093 Removal and Installation .....................................1153
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1094 START SIGNAL .....................................................1154 E
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ...............1098 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1099 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1155
Overall Function Check .......................................1100 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1156 F
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1100 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ...........................................1158
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .....................1108 Description ...........................................................1158
Component Description .......................................1108 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode G
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1109 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1160 H
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1110 Removal and Installation .....................................1162
Removal and Installation .....................................1110 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1163
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1111 Component Description .......................................1163
I
Description ..........................................................1111 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode 1163
1111 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1164
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1111 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1165 J
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1111 IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE .............................1167
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1113 Component Description .......................................1167
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1114 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1168 K
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1117 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1169
Description ..........................................................1117 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .....................1172
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Wiring Diagram ....................................................1172 L
1117 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................1173
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1118 Description ...........................................................1173
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1118 Component Inspection .........................................1176
Overall Function Check .......................................1119 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1178 M
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1120 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1121 (ORVR) ...................................................................1181
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION System Description ..............................................1181
LINE .......................................................................1129 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1182
Component Description .......................................1129 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..............1191
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1129 Description ...........................................................1191
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1129 Component Inspection .........................................1191
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1130 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ...1192
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1133 Fuel Pressure Regulator ......................................1192
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1135 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1192
Component Description .......................................1135 Ignition Coil ..........................................................1192
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1192
1135 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1192
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1135 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ........................1192
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1135 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1192
Overall Function Check .......................................1136 IACV-AAC Valve ..................................................1193
Injector .................................................................1193
EC-11
Throttle Position Sensor ......................................1193 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE1301
Calculated Load Value .........................................1193 Description ...........................................................1301
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1193 Testing Condition ................................................. 1301
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1193 Inspection Procedure ........................................... 1301
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ......................1193 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1302
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...........................1193 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT ......................................................................
1305
VG33ER Description ...........................................................1305
Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1305
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1194 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .......... 1306
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1194 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1306
DTC No. Index .....................................................1196 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1307
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................1200 Ground Inspection ................................................1311
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER1313
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Description ...........................................................1313
SIONER” ..............................................................1200 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and 1313
A/T .......................................................................1200 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1313
Precautions ..........................................................1201 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1313
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1204 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1315
PREPARATION ......................................................1205 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1318
Special Service Tools ..........................................1205 Component Inspection ......................................... 1319
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1206 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1320
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1207 DTC P0034 SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID
System Diagram ..................................................1207 VALVE .....................................................................
1321
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1208 Description ...........................................................1321
System Chart .......................................................1209 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1209 1321
Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................1211 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1322
Air Conditioner Cut Control ..................................1212 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1322
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load)1212 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1323
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1214 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1324
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Component Inspection ......................................... 1325
Adjustment ...........................................................1214 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER1327
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment ..1225 Description ...........................................................1327
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1227 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ..........................1228 1327
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1229 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1327
Introduction ..........................................................1229 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1327
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1229 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1329
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1230 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1332
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1243 Component Inspection ......................................... 1334
OBD System Operation Chart .............................1243 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1334
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1249 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .................................... 1335
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1249 Component Description ....................................... 1335
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1254 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1255 1335
Basic Inspection ..................................................1255 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1335
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1268 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1335
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1272 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1337
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1275 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1338
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1276 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1339
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1276 Component Inspection ......................................... 1341
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1284 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ........................ 1343
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1294 Component Description ....................................... 1343
1296 1343
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1343
Mode ....................................................................1298 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1343
EC-12
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1345 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1387
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1346 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1388 A
Component Inspection ........................................1348 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1389
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..........................1350 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1392
Component Description .......................................1350 Removal and Installation .....................................1395 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1350 DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 ....................................1396
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1350 Component Description .......................................1396
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1352 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1353 1396 C
Component Inspection ........................................1354 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1396
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................1356 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1397
Component Description .......................................1356 Overall Function Check .......................................1398 D
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1356 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1399
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1357 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1402
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1358 Removal and Installation .....................................1407 E
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1359 DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 ....................................1408
Component Inspection ........................................1360 Component Description .......................................1408
Removal and Installation .....................................1361 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR .......................................1362 1408 F
Component Description .......................................1362 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1408
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1409
1362 Overall Function Check .......................................1409 G
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1365 Removal and Installation .....................................1417 H
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1366 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ....................................1418
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..........................1371 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
I
1371 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1418
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1371 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1420 J
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1373 Removal and Installation .....................................1426
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1374 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ....................................1427 K
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................1379 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Component Description .......................................1379 1427 L
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1379 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1427
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1379 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1427
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1380 Overall Function Check .......................................1428
Component Inspection ........................................1381 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1429 M
Removal and Installation .....................................1381 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1432
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................1382 Removal and Installation .....................................1436
Component Description .......................................1382 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1382 FUNCTION .............................................................1437
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1383 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1437
Component Inspection ........................................1384 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1439
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ...............1385 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1441
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1385 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1385 FUNCTION .............................................................1445
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1385 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1445
Component Inspection ........................................1386 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1445
Removal and Installation .....................................1386 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1447
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 ...................................1387 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1449
Component Description .......................................1387 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .....................................1452
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1452
1387 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1452
EC-13
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1452 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1501
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1454 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1502
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1455 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1508
Removal and Installation .....................................1456 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1508
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .........................1457 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1509
Component Description .......................................1457 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1511
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1457 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1457 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..................... 1520
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1458 Description ...........................................................1520
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1459 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Removal and Installation .....................................1460 1520
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1521
ENRICHMENT PROTECTION ...............................1461 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1521
Overall Function Check .......................................1461 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1524
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1463 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1465 VALVE .....................................................................
1527
DTC P0299 SUPERCHARGER FUNCTION ..........1466 Component Description ....................................... 1527
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1466 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1466 1527
Removal and Installation .....................................1468 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1527
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Wiring Diagram ....................................................1529
FIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....................1469 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1530
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1469 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1469 SENSOR ................................................................. 1533
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1470 Component Description ....................................... 1533
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...........................................1477 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1477 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1533
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1477 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1533
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1478 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1535
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .........................1481 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
Component Description .......................................1481 SENSOR ................................................................. 1539
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description ....................................... 1539
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1481 1539
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1483 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1539
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................1487 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1542
Component Description .......................................1487 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1547
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1487 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1547
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1487 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1548
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1489 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1549
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1491 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................ 1556
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNC- DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1557
TION .......................................................................1494 Overall Function Check ........................................ 1558
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1494 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1559
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1494 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ...................... 1567
Overall Function Check .......................................1495 Component Description ....................................... 1567
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1500 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 1567
System Description ..............................................1500 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1568
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1500 Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1569
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1500 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1570
EC-14
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .....................1571 1610
Component Description .......................................1571 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1610 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1571 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1611
Overall Function Check .......................................1571 Overall Function Check .......................................1611
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .........1573 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1612 EC
Component Description .......................................1573 Removal and Installation .....................................1616
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1573 DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 ....................................1617
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1573 Component Description .......................................1617
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1574 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode C
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1575 1617
DTC P0500 VSS ....................................................1577 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1617 D
Component Description .......................................1577 Overall Function Check .......................................1619
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1577 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1623 E
Overall Function Check .......................................1577 Removal and Installation .....................................1627
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1579 DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 ....................................1628
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1580 Component Description .......................................1628
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM ......................................1582 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode F
Description ..........................................................1582 1628
1582 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1628 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1583 Overall Function Check .......................................1630
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1585 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1634 H
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1586 Removal and Installation .....................................1638
Removal and Installation .....................................1588 DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...1639
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH ........................1589 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1639
I
Component Description .......................................1589 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1639
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Overall Function Check .......................................1639
1589 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1640
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1589 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE J
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1589 (OVERHEAT) .........................................................1641
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1591 Overall Function Check .......................................1641 K
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1592 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1642
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE ............1596 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1643
System Description .............................................1596 DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .........................1645 L
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1596 Component Description .......................................1645
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1597 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1645
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1600 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1646 M
DTC P0605 ECM ...................................................1602 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1647
Component Description .......................................1602 DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1650
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1602 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1650
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1602 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1651
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1603 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1651
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 ....................................1604 DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Component Description .......................................1604 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1652
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Description ...........................................................1652
Overall Function Check .......................................1606 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1653
Removal and Installation .....................................1609 Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1656
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 ....................................1610 DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Component Description .......................................1610 VALVE ....................................................................1661
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Component Description .......................................1661
EC-15
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1661 IGNITION SIGNAL ................................................. 1719
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1661 Component Description ....................................... 1719
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL Removal and Installation ...................................... 1724
VALVE ....................................................................1667 INJECTOR CIRCUIT .............................................. 1725
Component Description .......................................1667 Component Description ....................................... 1725
1667 1725
Overall Function Check .......................................1669 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1730
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1670 START SIGNAL ...................................................... 1731
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1671 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1675 1731
Overall Function Check .......................................1677 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 1735
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1677 Description ...........................................................1735
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................1685 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1686 Removal and Installation ...................................... 1739
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1687 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ....1740
Removal and Installation .....................................1687 Component Description ....................................... 1740
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1688 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
Description ...........................................................1688 1740
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1688 IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 1744
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1688 Component Description ....................................... 1744
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1694 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................... 1749
Description ...........................................................1694 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1749
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .................... 1750
1694 Description ...........................................................1750
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1695 Component Inspection ......................................... 1753
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1695 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ..................... 1755
Overall Function Check .......................................1696 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1697 (ORVR) ...................................................................1758
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1698 System Description ..............................................1758
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION Diagnostic Procedure ...........................................1759
LINE ........................................................................1706 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 1768
Component Description .......................................1706 Description ...........................................................1768
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1706 Component Inspection ......................................... 1768
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1706 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ... 1769
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1707 Fuel Pressure Regulator ...................................... 1769
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1710 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................1769
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1712 Ignition Coil ..........................................................1769
Component Description .......................................1712 Mass Air Flow Sensor .......................................... 1769
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 1769
1712 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 1769
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1712 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 1769
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1712 IACV-AAC Valve .................................................. 1770
Overall Function Check .......................................1713 Injector .................................................................
1770
EC-16
Throttle Position Sensor ......................................1770 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater ........................1770
Calculated Load Value ........................................1770 Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) ......................1770 A
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...........................1770 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor ...........................1770
EC
EC-17
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
INDEX FOR DTC PFP:00024
Alphabetical Index UBS00D0N
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
CONSULT-II Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) up
GST
Unable to access ECM — — — EC-73
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 2 × EC-269
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 2 × EC-452
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1 × EC-446
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 2 × EC-413
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 2 × EC-275
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 2 × EC-258
ECM P0605 2 × EC-420
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 1 × EC-157
ECT SENSOR P0125 2 × EC-177
EGR SYSTEM P0400 2 × EC-282
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 2 × EC-299
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 2 × EC-293
EGRC SOLENOID/V P1400 2 × EC-457
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 1 × EC-253
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 2 × EC-361
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 2 × EC-311
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 2 × EC-320
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 2 × EC-344
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 2 × EC-372
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 2 × EC-249
FTT SENSOR P0181 2 × EC-244
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 2 × EC-383
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 2 × EC-504
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 2 × EC-387
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 2 × EC-389
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 2 × EC-231
EC-18
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items
Trip
MIL lighting
Reference page
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II up
GST
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 2 × EC-238
EC
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 2 × EC-191
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 2 × EC-198
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 2 × EC-208 C
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 2 × EC-422
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 2 × EC-427
D
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 2 × EC-128
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 2 × EC-128
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 2 × EC-215 E
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 2 × EC-222
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 2 × EC-432
F
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 2 × EC-439
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 2 × EC-133
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 2 × EC-133 G
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 1 × EC-152
IAT SENSOR P0127 2 × EC-183 H
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 2 × EC-398
ISC SYSTEM P0506 2 × EC-403
I
ISC SYSTEM P0507 2 × EC-408
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 1 — EC-265
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 1 — EC-265 J
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 2 × EC-139
K
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 2 × EC-258
NO DTC IS DETECTED. L
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 2 × EC-523 M
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 2 × EC-332
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 2 × EC-189
TOR CONV CLTCH S/V P1775*3 2 × EC-530, AT-41
TOR CONV CLTCH S/V P1776*3 2 × EC-534

TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 2 × EC-162
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 2 × EC-306
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 2 × EC-513
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 2 × EC-507
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 2 × EC-393
EC-19
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
GST
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 2 × EC-338
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: For the A/T models.
DTC No. Index UBS00D0O

DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
GST
— Unable to access ECM — — EC-73
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 FURTHER TESTING — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-128
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-128
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-133
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-133
P0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-139
P0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-152
P0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-157
P0121 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-162
P0125 ECT SENSOR 2 × EC-177
P0127 IAT SENSOR 2 × EC-183
P0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN 2 × EC-189
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-191
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-198
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-208
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-215
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-222
P0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 2 × EC-231
P0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 2 × EC-238
P0181 FTT SENSOR 2 × EC-244
P0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-249
P0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-253
P0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE 2 × EC-258
EC-20
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items
Trip
MIL lighting
Reference page
A
CONSULT-II (CONSULT-II screen terms) up
GST
P0301 CYL1 MISFIRE 2 × EC-258
EC
P0304 CYL4 MISFIRE 2 × EC-258 C
P0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 1 — EC-265
D
P0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-269
P0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-275
P0400 EGR SYSTEM 2 × EC-282 E
P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE 2 × EC-293
P0405 EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-299
F
P0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 × EC-306
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 × EC-311 G
P0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK 2 × EC-320
P0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-332
P0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 × EC-332 H
P0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 × EC-338
P0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 × EC-344
I
P0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK 2 × EC-361
P0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK 2 × EC-372 J
P0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH 2 × EC-383
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 × EC-387
K
P0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-389
P0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-393 L
P0505 ISC SYSTEM/CIRC 2 × EC-398
P0506 ISC SYSTEM 2 × EC-403
M
P0507 ISC SYSTEM 2 × EC-408
P0510 CLOSED TP SW/CIRC 2 × EC-413
P0605 ECM 2 × EC-420
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-422
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-427
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-432
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-439
P1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 1 × EC-446
P1336 CKP SENSOR (COG) 2 × EC-452
P1400 EGRC SOLENOID/V 2 × EC-457
P1402 EGR SYSTEM 2 × EC-463
EC-21
INDEX FOR DTC
[KA24DE]
DTC*1 *2
Items MIL lighting
GST
P1456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK 2 × EC-493
P1464 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIR 2 × EC-504
P1490 VC/V BYPASS/V 2 × EC-507
P1491 VC CUT/V BYPASS/V 2 × EC-513
P1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-523
P1775*3 TOR CONV CLTCH S/V 2 × EC-530, AT-41
P1776*3 TOR CONV CLTCH S/V 2 × EC-534

EC-22
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS00EMB
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system may include seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. If
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the C
front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and
whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is
included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the pas-
senger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
WARNING: G
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. H
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
I
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
J
● The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated
by the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled
and will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the K
passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle
arrived for service.
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS00D0Q
L
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
M
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-23
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System UBS00D0R
LEC027A
EC-24
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
Precautions UBS00D0S
A
● Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition EC
switch is turned OFF.
D
SEF289H
● When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing

bolt until the gap between orange indicators disappears. E
: 3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
SEF308Q
H
● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
I
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminals when connecting pin connectors.
K
SEF291H
● Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference L

Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-91 .
MEF040D
EC-25
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
Overall Function Check or DTC Confirmation Procedure.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SEF217U
● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never

allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
● Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals,
such as the ground.
SEF348N
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS00D0T
When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
● PG-9, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING".
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
● GI-9, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
● GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"
EC-26
PREPARATION
[KA24DE]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools UBS00D0U
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
EC
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen-
(J-36471-A) sor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut C
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
NT379
KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

(J-38365) sor 2
Heated oxygen sensor wrench a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
G
(J-45178) Used to test the throttle position sensor
TPS test connector
LEC120A
I
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap
(J-33984-A) and radiator filler neck
Radiator cap tester adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia. J
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
K
S-NT564
Commercial Service Tools UBS00D0V

L
Tool name Description
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve open-
ing pressure M
NT653
Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak

i.e.: (J-41416)
NT703
EC-27
PREPARATION
[KA24DE]
Tool name Description
EVAP service port adapter Applying positive pressure through EVAP ser-
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) vice port
NT704
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tem-

perature sensor
NT705
Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

i.e.: (J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
i.e.: (J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer-
cial Service tools”.
a: J-43897-18 18 mm diameter, for Zirconia
Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 12 mm diameter, for Titania Ox-
AEM488 ygen Sensor
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning
i.e.: (Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) threads.
AEM489
EC-28
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram UBS00D0W
EC
PBIB1401E
EC-29
[KA24DE]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS00D0X
WEC551
Refer to EC-29, "System Diagram" for vacuum control system.
EC-30
[KA24DE]
System Chart UBS00D0Y
A
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)
● Camshaft position sensor Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injector
● Mass air flow sensor Distributor ignition system Power transistor EC
● Engine coolant temperature sensor IACV-AAC valve and IACV-FICD
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Idle air control system
● solenoid valve
● Ignition switch Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay C
● Throttle position sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor & on Malfunction indicator lamp
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch board diagnostic system (On the instrument panel)
● Air conditioner switch EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve D
● Knock sensor
Heated oxygen sensors 1, 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor heater
● EGR temperature sensor*1
EVAP canister purge volume con-
● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) EVAP canister purge flow control E
trol solenoid valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1 Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Fuel tank temperature sensor
● Battery voltage
F
● Fuel level sensor*1

● Power steering oil pressure switch ● EVAP canister vent control
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve G
● Vehicle speed sensor
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
● Intake air temperature sensor
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*2 H
● Closed throttle position switch*3
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. I
*3: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS00D0Z
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART J
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed and piston position K
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas L
Throttle position
Throttle position sensor
Throttle valve idle position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position Fuel injection &
M
mixture ratio Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
control
Ignition switch Start signal
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2* Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
EC-31
[KA24DE]
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When starting the engine
● During acceleration
● Hot-engine operation
● When selector lever is changed from N to D
● High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
● During deceleration
● During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
SEF336WB
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-198 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
● Deceleration and acceleration
● Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
● Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
● High engine coolant temperature
● During warm-up
● After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close
to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
EC-32
[KA24DE]
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between A
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
EC
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN com-
pared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and
an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. C
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment. D
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used. H

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running. I
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
J
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
K
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
Distributor Ignition (DI) System UBS00D10 L
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
M
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed and piston position
Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed control
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
EC-33
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown
above.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A°BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
SEF742M
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
● At starting
● During warm-up
● At idle
● At low battery voltage
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control UBS00D11

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed
Air conditioner
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner relay
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
● When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
● When cranking the engine.
● When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
● When operating power steering and air conditioner during low engine speed or when fully releasing accel-
erator pedal.
● When engine speed is excessively low.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) UBS00D12

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Fuel cut control Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
EC-34
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 3,000 rpm under no load, (for example, the shift position is Neutral and engine A
speed is over 3,000 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies
based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled. EC
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-31, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)
System" . C
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) UBS00D13
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The FIC is installed on the throttle body to maintain adequate engine D
speed while the engine is cold. It is operated by a volumetric change
in wax located inside the thermo-element. The thermo-element is
operated by engine coolant temperature. E
For inspection refer to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
SEF500V
G
EC-35
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[KA24DE]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS00D14
PREPARATION
1. Make sure that the following parts are in good order.
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Engine oil and coolant levels
● Fuses
● ECM harness connector
● Vacuum hoses
● Air intake system
(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)
● Fuel pressure
● Engine compression
● EGR valve operation
● Throttle valve
● EVAP system
2. On models equipped with air conditioner, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is
OFF.
3. On models equipped with automatic transmission, when checking idle speed, ignition timing and
mixture ratio, checks should be carried out while shift lever is in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) posi-
tion.
4. When measuring CO percentage, insert probe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.
5. Turn switch OFF headlamp and heater blower.
6. Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.
EC-36
[KA24DE]
OVERALL INSPECTION SEQUENCE
A
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumina-
tion, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-37
[KA24DE]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. INSPECTION START
1. Visually check the following:
– Air cleaner clogging
– Hoses and duct for leaks
– EGR valve operation
– Electrical connectors
– Gasket (intake manifold, cylinder head, exhaust system)
– Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
2. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine speed stays below 1,000 rpm.
3. Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about
2 minutes under no-load.
4. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> ● GO TO 2 (With CONSULT-II).
● GO TO 3 (Without CONSULT-II).
NG >> ● Repair or replace components as necessary.

● GO TO 2 (With CONSULT-II).
SEF810K
● GO TO 3 (Without CONSULT-II).
EC-38
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
EC
2. Rev engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at
idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in WORK SUPPORT mode.
C
E
SEF978U
4. Touch “START”. F
5. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed.
G
PEF546N I
6. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

M/T : 20°±5° BTDC (in Neutral position) J
A/T : 20°±5° BTDC (in P or N position)

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
SEF320V
EC-39
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Without CONSULT-II
2. Rev engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at
idle speed for about 1 minute.
SEF978U
3. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness

connector.
4. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
SEF265S
5. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

M/T : 20°±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T : 20°±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF320V
EC-40
[KA24DE]
4. ADJUST IGNITION TIMING A
With CONSULT-II
1. Adjust ignition timing to the specified value by turning distributor after loosening bolts which secure distrib-
utor. EC
Without CONSULT-II
1. Adjust ignition timing to the specified value by turning distributor after loosening bolts which secure distrib- C
utor.
2. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness con-
nector to throttle position sensor. D
With CONSULT-II >> GO TO 2.

Without CONSULT-II >> GO TO 3. E
SEF265S
G
5. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
H
1. Read idle speed in “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUP-
PORT” mode.
M/T : 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) I
A/T : 750±50 rpm (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-II J
1. Check idle speed.
M/T : 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position)
K
A/T : 750±50 rpm (in P or N position) SEF713Z
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 7. L
OK (Without CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 6.
6. ADJUST BASE IDLE SPEED M
1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
2. Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
With CONSULT-II >> GO TO 7.

Without CONSULT-II >> GO TO 8.
SEF240SA
EC-41
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II
1. Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-II.
SEF602K
3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
nector.
2. Start engine.
4. Check target idle speed.
OK or NG SEF265S
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
1. Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-403 , EC-408 .
2. Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-398 .
3. Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
(ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.)
>> GO TO 10.
EC-42
[KA24DE]
10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL A
With CONSULT-II
1. See “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
3. Maintain engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature) and check that the monitor
C
fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5 times dur-
ing 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH D
2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH
Without CONSULT-II
E
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load. SEF820Y
2. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.

F
3. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 -
1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V G
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
H
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
I
AEC873A
11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS J

1. Stop engine and disconnect battery ground cable.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. K
4. Check for continuity between terminal 50 of ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 termi-
nal 2. Refer to wiring diagram.
L
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG M
OK (With CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 14.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 1
2. GO TO 12.
EC-43
[KA24DE]
12. PREPARATION FOR IDLE SPEED ADJUSTING
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
2. Touch “START”.
PEF546N
Without CONSULT-II
connector.
2. Start engine.
>> GO TO 6.
SEF265S
13. CHECK CO%

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Start engine warm it up until engine control temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
4. Select “ENG COOLANT TEMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
5. Set “COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “Qu” and “Qd”
and “UP”, “DOWN”.
6. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000rpm) two or three times
under no load, then run engine at idle speed.
7. Check CO%.
Idle CO : 0.7 - 9.1%and engine runs smoothly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF172Y
EC-44
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK CO% A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
EC
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector. C
5. Connect a resistor (4.4 kΩ) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times D
under no load, then run engine at idle speed.
7. Check CO%.
Idle CO: 0.7 − 9.1% and engine runs smoothly. E
8. After checking CO%, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the

resistor from the terminals of engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector, and then connect engine coolant tempera- F
ture sensor harness connector to engine coolant temperature SEF053RA
sensor.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 16.
H
15. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II I
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
3. Restart engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle gauge. J
5. Maintain engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature.). Check that the monitor K
ing 10 seconds.
L
1 time: RICH → LEAN → RICH
Without CONSULT-II M
1. Stop engine. SEF820Y
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

3. Restart engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under
no-load.
6. Make sure that voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 -
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
OK or NG AEC873A
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 16.
EC-45
[KA24DE]
1. Stop engine.
2. Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the following:
● Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-48 .
● Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit and repair or replace if necessary.
Refer to EC-139 , EC-146 .
● Check injector and its circuit and repair or replace if necessary.
Refer to EC-545 .
● Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit and repair or replace if necessary.
● Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
>> GO TO 12.
● If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumi-
nation, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part
has been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
Fuel Pressure Check UBS00D15
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
LEC104A
PEF823K
EC-46
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuse for fuel pump. A
2. Start engine.
EC
pressure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
C
D
SEF164X
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. E
NOTE:
● When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.
● Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts. F
● Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
● Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate G
false readings.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine side). H
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.
K
AEC064B
4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. L

5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idle speed:
M
With vacuum hose con- Approximately 235 kPa
nected (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
With vacuum hose dis- Approximately 294 kPa
connected (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, perform EC-48, "Fuel Pressure
Regulator Check" . SEF318V
EC-47
[KA24DE]
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check UBS00D16
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum

hose from intake manifold.
2. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.
3. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.
4. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vac-
uum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
SEF718B
EC-48
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
Introduction UBS00D17
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of SAE J1979
C
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Mode 1 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Freeze Frame data D
Test values and Test limits Mode 6 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979
E
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC
data Frame data
SRT code Test value F
CONSULT-II × × × × × —
GST × ×* × — × × G
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-73 .) H
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS00D18
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the I
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd J
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable K
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip
Items L
Lighting Lighting display- display- display- display-
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is × — — — — — × —
M
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses
— × — — × — — —
(Refer to EC-18 .)
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-73 .) — × — — ×* — — —
Except above — — — × — × × —
*: Except “ECM”
EC-49
[KA24DE]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS00D19
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 — — — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 × × ×*4 EC-128
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 × × ×*4 EC-128
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×*4 EC-133
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 × × ×*4 EC-133
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 — — × EC-139
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0102 — — — EC-146
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — — — EC-152
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT P0117 — — — EC-157
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 — — × EC-162
TP SEN/CIRCUIT P0122 — — — EC-171
ECT SENSOR P0125 — — × EC-177
IAT SENSOR P0127 — — × EC-183
THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 — — × EC-189
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × × EC-191
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*4 EC-198
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × × EC-208
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × × EC-215
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×*4 EC-222
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 — — × EC-231
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 — — × EC-238
FTT SENSOR P0181 — — × EC-244
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 — — × EC-249
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — — — EC-253
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-258
CYL1 MISFIRE P0301 — — × EC-258
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 — — — EC-265
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 — — — EC-265
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 — — × EC-269
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 — — × EC-275
EGR SYSTEM P0400 × × ×*4 EC-282
EC-50
[KA24DE]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items A
GST (GST only)
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 × × ×*4 EC-293

EC
EGR TEMP SEN/CIRC P0405 — — × EC-299
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 × × ×*4 EC-306 C
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 × × ×*4 EC-311
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 × × ×*4 EC-320
D
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 — — × EC-332
VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 — — × EC-338 E
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — × EC-344
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — — × EC-361 F
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 ×*3 × ×*4 EC-372
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 — — × EC-383
G
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 — — × EC-387
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 — — × EC-389
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 — — × EC-389 H
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 — — × EC-393
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC P0505 — — × EC-398
I
ISC SYSTEM P0506 — — × EC-403
ISC SYSTEM P0507 — — × EC-408
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 — — × EC-413 J
ECM P0605 — — × EC-420
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × ×*4 EC-422
K
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×*4 EC-427
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*4 EC-432
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*4 EC-439 L
CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 — — — EC-446
CKP SENSOR (COG) P1336 — — × EC-452
M
EGRC SOLENOID/V P1400 — — × EC-457
EGR SYSTEM P1402 × × ×*4 EC-463
VENT CONTROL VALVE P1446 — — × EC-483
FUEL LEVEL SEN/CIRC P1464 — — × EC-504
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-507
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V P1491 — — × EC-513
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 — — × EC-523
EC-51
[KA24DE]
DTC*1*2 Test value/
Items
GST (GST only)
TOR CONV CLTCH S/V P1775*5 — — × EC-530, AT-41

TOR CONV CLTCH S/V P1776*5 — — × EC-534
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic results is NG.
*4: This is not displayed with GST.
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM
memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd
trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same mal-
function is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL
lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunc-
tion occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed
between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or
light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described EC-61, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-50, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle
from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-69, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Confir-
mation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated,
the item requires repair.
How to read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P1148, P1706, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was
driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
EC-52
[KA24DE]
EC
PBIB0911E
D
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, throttle valve opening, base
E
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For F
details, see EC-103, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
G
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data. H
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304
1 I
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
J
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal- K
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
L
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS- M
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of SAE J1979.
As part of enhanced emissions test for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M), certain states require that the status
of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and
components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this service manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases, the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern and the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
EC-53
[KA24DE]
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for one or more of the SRT items, the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
This service manual contains the service procedure and support information to perform a comprehensive road
test that enables the ECM to complete the SRT.
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item Perfor- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-II indica- mance No.
tion) Priority *
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420
EVAPORATIVE SYS- 1 EVAP control system P0442,P1442
TEM
2 EVAP control system P0456, P1456
2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
HO2S 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
HO2S HTR 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400
EGRC-BPT valve function P0402
1 EGR function P1402
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
EC-54
[KA24DE]
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is A
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between them and is shown in
the following table.
Example EC
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) C
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
Case 1
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
D
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
All OK
P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) E
Case 2
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
F
P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG G
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG exists Case 3
NG)
(1st trip) DTC H
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL “ON”)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. I
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF – ON – OFF), the SRT J
will indicate “CMPLT”.
→ Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
K
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result.
→ Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate “COMPLT”. L
→ Case 3 above
The previous table shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State M
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) because of the
following reasons;
● The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnostic results.
● When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
● If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
EC-55
[KA24DE]
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has been rejected for the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating
“INCMP”, review the following flowchart diagnostic sequence.
SEF170Z
*1 EC-52 *2 EC-56 *3 EC-57
How to Display SRT Code

With CONSULT-II
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
EC-56
[KA24DE]
“INCMP” means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set. A
With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
EC
SEF713Y
D
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
E
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC confirmation procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on
EC-54, "SRT Item" .
F
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on EC-58, "Driving Pat-
tern" . The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
G
EC-57
[KA24DE]
Driving Pattern
PBIB1400E
EC-58
[KA24DE]
● The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time required, for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
● Sea level
C
● Flat road
● Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
● The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
● The engine is started at the tank fuel temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 60 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
● When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con-
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. H
Pattern 3:
● The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times.
Pattern 4: I
● Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
● The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. J
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again. K
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times. L
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the EGR system SRT is set.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. M
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the “D” position with the overdrive switch
turned ON.
Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher
gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle perfor-
mance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions,
the weather and individual driving habits.
SEF414S
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m For quick acceleration in low altitude
(4,000 ft)]: areas and high altitude areas [over
1,219 m (4,000 ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) CRUISE shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 21 (13) 21 (13) 24 (15)
EC-59
[KA24DE]
2nd to 3rd 37 (23) 297(16) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 53 (33) 43 (27) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 63 (39) 58 (36) 72 (45)
Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the high-
est gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road condi-
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
CATALYST Three way catalyst function (Bank 1)
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP control system (Small leak)
P1442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20 mV
P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP control system (Very small leak)
P1456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16 ms
P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10 mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10 mV
HO2S P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10 mV/500 ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0032 29H 08H Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
HO2S P0031 2AH 88H Min. 20 mV
HEATER P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
EC-60
[KA24DE]
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion A
TID CID
P0400 31H 8CH Min. 1°C
EC
P0400 32H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR function P0400 33H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR SYS-
P0400 34H 8CH Min. 1°C C
TEM
P1402 35H 0CH Max. 1°C
P0402 36H 0CH Max. 1 count
EGR-BPT valve function D
P0402 37H 8CH Min. 1 count
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC (With CONSULT-II) E
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “ENGINE”. F
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
G
LEC030A
The emission-related diagnostic information can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
How to Erase DTC (With GST)
2. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST
(Generic Scan Tool).
EC-61
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
● If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
● The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS00D1A
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-25, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-569, "DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown,
ON position open circuit, etc.).
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver
that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
● Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
● One trip detection diagnoses
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
25, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-569, "DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
EC-62
[KA24DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL Condition
A
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.

OFF No malfunction. EC
OBD System Operation Chart UBS00D1B
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are C
stored in the ECM memory.
● When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-49, "Two Trip Detection D
Logic" .
● The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, E
the counter will reset.
● The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and F
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
G
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in “OK” for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other H
MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
I
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-65 . J
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-67 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
K
EC-63
[KA24DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, 3 times (pattern B) without any mal- detected in two consecutive trips, the
MIL will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.
EC-64
[KA24DE]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) C
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) × (1±0.1) [%] E
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or F
equal to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
G
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
● The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. I
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
J
EC-65
[KA24DE]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393SD
be stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and vehicle is driven once (pattern B)
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) the 1st trip freeze frame data will be without the same malfunction.
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EC-66
[KA24DE]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
Driving Pattern A
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
● The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving Pattern B
I
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
J
● The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”).
K
EC-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS00D1C
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no incidents such as vacuum
leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other incidents with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-69 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle.
EC-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
SEF510ZG
*1: EC-73, "Fail-safe Chart" *2: If time data of “SELF-DIAG *3: If the incident cannot be duplicated,
RESULTS” is other than “0” or “1t” refer to EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAG-
refer to EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAG- NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- DENT" .
DENT" .
*4: If the on board diagnostic system *5: If the malfunctioning part cannot be *6: EC-58, "Driving Pattern"
cannot be performed, check main found, refer to EC-120, "TROUBLE
power supply and ground circuit. DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Refer to EC-121, "POWER SUPPLY INCIDENT" .
AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*7: EC-116, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
SPECIFICATION VALUE"
EC-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-71, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the freeze frame data. (Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used
STEP II when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-84 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP III
If the incident cannot be verified, perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diag-
nosis for an Electrical Incident" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diag-
nosis for an Electrical Incident" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection. (Refer to EC-74 .) If CONSULT-II is available, per-
STEP V
form “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICA-
TION VALUE”, EC-116 . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-84 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
STEP VI Refer to EC-91, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-112, "CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode" .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection”
inGI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
EC-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of A
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
ble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is EC
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on EC-71, "Worksheet
Sample" in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. C
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
● Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
D
● Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
E
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS00D1D
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103 MAF sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 IAT sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 ECT sensor
● P0121, P0122, P0123 TP sensor
● P0128 Thermostat function
● P0181, P0182, P0183 FTT sensor
● P0327, P0328 KS
● P0340 CMP sensor
● P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463, P1464 Fuel level sensor
● P0500 VSS
● P0605 ECM
● P1400 EGRC-solenoid valve
● P1706 PNP switch
2 ● P0031, P0032 HO2S1 heater
● P0037, P0038 HO2S2 heater
● P0132, P0133, P0134, P1143, P1144 HO2S1
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147 HO2S2
● P0335, P1336 CKP sensor
● P0405, P0406 EGRT sensor
● P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
● P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● P0447, P1446, P1448 EVAP canister vent control valve
● P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
● P0510 CTP switch
● P1442 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK)
● P1490, P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
● P1775, P1776 TCC solenoid valve
3 ● P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
● P0300 - P0304 Misfire
● P0400, P1402 EGR function
● P0402 EGRC-BPT valve
● P0420 Three way catalyst function
● P0442 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK)
● P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK)
● P0456, P1456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
● P0505, P0506, P507 ISC system
● P1148 Closed loop control
EC-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Fail-safe Chart UBS00D1E
A
The ECM enters fail-safe mode if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
EC
CONSULT-II Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
GST
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. C
P0103
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
P0113 sor
D
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch to ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
E
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned to
40°C (104°F) F
ON or START
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80°C (176°F)
ignition ON or START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) G
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
P0122 Throttle position sensor cir- Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
P0123 cuit speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. H
Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
I
When accelerating Poor acceleration
Unable to ECM ECM fail-safe activating condition
access ECM The computing function of the ECM was judged to be malfunctioning.
When the fail-safe system activates (i.e., if the ECM detects a malfunction condition in
J
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
However it is not possible to access ECM and DTC cannot be confirmed.
Engine control with fail-safe K
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
ECM fail-safe operation
L
Engine speed Engine speed will not rise more than 3,000 rpm
Fuel injection Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset valve M
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running and
Fuel pump
OFF when engine stalls
IACV-AAC valve Full open
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.
EC-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Basic Inspection UBS00D1F
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
– Harness connectors for improper connections
– Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
– Hoses and ducts for leaks
– Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
– Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
– Air conditioner switch is OFF.

– Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
– Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF810K
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 2.
OK (With GST) >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace components as necessary according
to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
SEF977U
2. CONNECT CONSULT-II TO THE VEHICLE

Connect “CONSULT-II” and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to the data
link connector and select “ENGINE” from the menu. Refer to EC-
101, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
>> GO TO 3.
LEC104A
EC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
EC
2. Warm up engine to 75°C (167°F).
3. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with C
CONSULT-II.
SEF013Y F
5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F),
confirm the clearance is less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in), between
stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> 1. Replace throttle body assembly. Refer to EM-13, H
"OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
2. GO TO 5.
I
BBIA0428E
4. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION J
With GST
1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" . K
2. Warm up engine to 75°C (167°F).
3. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON. L
4. Select “MODE 1” with GST.
5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F),
confirm the clearance is less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in), between M
stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> 1. Replace throttle body assembly. Refer to EM-13,
"OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
2. GO TO 12.
BBIA0428E
EC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
PEF546N
4. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.

M/T: 20°±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 20°±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 6. SEF320V

With CONSULT-II
1. Select “IGNITION TIMING ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
and touch “START”.
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 750±50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/ SEF714Z
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 7.
EC-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION (CHECK THROTTLE POSITION A
SENSOR IDLE POSITION)
With CONSULT-II
NOTE: EC
Always check ignition timing and base idle speed before performing the following.
C
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 3.
3. Stop engine.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. D
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” from the menu.
7. Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions. E
G
SEF197Y
– Insert a 0.1 mm (0.004 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle H
drum as shown in the figure and check the signal.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while insert-
ing 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge. I
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while insert-
ing 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 8.
BBIA0428E
K
EC-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
8. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-1
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Never adjust throttle adjust screw (TAS).
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P SW” signal.
Doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.
1. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Stop engine.
4. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
6. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
7. Insert a 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust
screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
8. Open throttle valve and then close.
BBIA0428E
9. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal.

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the
throttle valve is closed.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch, replace
throttle position sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
SEF197Y

With CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until “CLSD
THL/P SW” signal switches to “OFF”.
>> GO TO 10.
AEC872A
EC-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
10. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-3 A
With CONSULT-II
1. Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
EC
– Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it
when “CLSD THL/P SW” signal switches from “OFF” to
“ON” when tightening sensor body fixing bolts.
C
2. Make sure two or three times that the signal is “ON” when the
throttle valve is closed and “OFF” when it is opened.
3. Remove 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm
(0.012 in) feeler gauge. D
4. Make sure two or three times that the signal remains “OFF”
when the throttle valve is closed.
5. Tighten throttle position sensor. E
AEC872A
6. Check “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve.
OK or NG F
OK >> 1. Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
2. GO TO 11.
G
NG >> GO TO 8.
11. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED H

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
I
2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
M/T: 800±50 rpm (in Neutral position) J
OK or NG
K
NG >> Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition
Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" . Inspection end
after adjust idle speed. L
SEF174Y
EC-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
connector.
3. Start engine.
load and then run engine at idle speed.
SEF265S
5. Check ignition timing at idle using timing light.

M/T: 20°±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 20°±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 13. SEF320V

Without CONSULT-II
Make sure that engine speed falls to the following speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> 1. Adjust base idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-36, "Idle Speed/Igni-
tion Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 14.
EC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION (CHECK THROTTLE POSITION A
SENSOR IDLE POSITION)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: EC
C
3. Stop engine.
4. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector. D
5. Connect the tester probe to closed throttle position switch terminals 5 and 6.
6. Check harness continuity under the following conditions.
E
SEF862V
H
– Insert the 0.1 mm (0.004 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle
drum as shown in the figure.
“Continuity should exist” while inserting 0.1 mm (0.004 in) I
feeler gauge.
“Continuity should not exist” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012
in) feeler gauge. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 15. K
BBIA0428E
EC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity.
Doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.
3. Stop engine.
5. Disconnect closed throttle position sensor harness connector.
6. Insert 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge between the throttle adjust
7. Open throttle valve then close.
BBIA0428E
8. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch termi-

nal 5 and 6.
The continuity should not exist while closing the throttle
position sensor body.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch, replace
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
SEF862V

Without CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until continuity
does not exist.
>> GO TO 17.
AEC872A
EC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
17. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION-3 A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
when the continuity comes to exist, then tighten sensor
body fixing bolts.
C
2. Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the
throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is
opened.
3. Remove 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm D
(0.012 in) feeler gauge.
4. Make sure two or three times that continuity does not exist when
the throttle valve is closed. E
AEC872A
5. Tighten throttle position sensor.
6. Check the continuity again.
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 15. G
18. REINSTALLATION
H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
2. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connec- I
tor.
3. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load and then run engine at idle speed.
J
>> GO TO 19.
19. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY K
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: L
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor
idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Start engine. M
3. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch OFF.)
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for 20 times.
>> GO TO 20.
SEF864V
EC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> 1. Adjust target idle speed. Refer to EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjust-
ment" .
2. GO TO 21.
21. ERASE UNNECESSARY DTC

After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No. might be displayed.
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM.
Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> INSPECTION END

Symptom Matrix Chart UBS00D1G
SYSTEM — ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
Refer-
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ence
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-554
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-48
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-545
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-570
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-586
system
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-74
EC-398,
EC-403
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
, EC-
408
IACV-FICD solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-564
EC-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Refer- C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ence
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjust-
F
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-74
ment
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-538
G
EGR EGRC-solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 EC-457
EC-282,
EC-293
EGR system 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 H
, EC-
463
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 EC-121
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-22
I
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-275

EC-139, J
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-146
EC-191,
EC-198
, EC- K
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 208 ,
EC-422
, EC-
L
427
EC-157,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2
EC-177
M
EC-162,
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-171
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-38
ment
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-393
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-265
EC-73,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-420
Start signal circuit 2 EC-550
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-523
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 EC-560
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
EC-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-3
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — throt-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tle body)
5 5 5 5
Throttle body, Throttle wire ACC-2
Air leakage from intake mani-
—
fold/Collector/Gasket
Crank- Battery SC-4
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit SC-26
Starter circuit 3 SC-9
Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-48
PNP switch 4 —
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYMPTOM
A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

F
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block G
Piston 4 EM-32,
Piston ring EM-48
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 H
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
I
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft EM-19,
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve EM-32 J
3
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
K
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EX-3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/ L
tion Oil filter/Oil gallery MA-20,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
LU-8
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler M
cap
Thermostat 5 CO-7
Water pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contami-
CO-8
nated coolant
EC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS00D1H
BBIA0433E
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
EC
F
PBIB1175E
PBIB1470E J
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Circuit Diagram UBS00D1I
BBWA0434E
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS00D1J
EC
SEF533P D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS00D1K
PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the instrument lower cover. For this
inspection:
● Remove instrument lower cover.
F
H
LEC106A
2. Remove ECM harness protector. I
AEC913 L
3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. M
● Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
● Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
● Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF186T
1 PU/W Ignition signal
0.2 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
SEF187T
12 - 14V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
SEF188T
2 B Ignition check
12 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF189T
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
SEF190T
3 P/L Tachometer
0.5 - 2V
[Engine is running]
SEF191T
EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] EC
0 - 1V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF] C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE D
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] E
● Idle speed
EVAP canister purge F

5 R/Y volume control sole- SEF109V
noid valve
12 - 13V
G
[Engine is running]
(More than 200 seconds after starting engine) H
SEF110V
I
[Engine is running]
10 B/R ECM ground Engine ground
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON]
J
0 - 1V
ON.
11 W/R Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
L
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON* Approximately 0V
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air tempera-
12 P Air conditioner relay ture above 10°C (50°F). M
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● A/C switch: OFF (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1V

Malfunction indicator
18 R/W [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
lamp
● Idle speed (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0V
20 L/OR Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: START]
(11 - 14V)
EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Both air conditioner switch and blower switch: Approximately 0V
Air conditioner dual- ON (Compressor operates)
21 G/R
pressure switch
● Air conditioner switch: OFF (11 - 14V)

Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
(PNP) switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5V
● Except above position
● Warm-up condition 0.2 - 0.8V
Throttle position sen- ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
23 L
sor [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped 3.5 - 4.5V
● Accelerator pedal is fully depressed
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
24 W/G Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
25 B/Y ECM ground Engine ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Throttle position ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
28 BR/W switch
(Closed position) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Engine stopped Approximately 0V
● Accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
1 - 4V
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle
29 G/B Vehicle speed sensor
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 2nd (M/T)
● Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF111V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil ● Steering wheel is turned
39 GY/R
pressure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not turned
42 BR Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
43 B/W Sensor ground Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
EC-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0.2 - 0.5V
[Engine is running] EC
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
idle.
Camshaft position
44 PU SEF114V
sensor D
48 PU
(Reference signal) 0 - 0.5V
F
SEF200T
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
46 OR/B Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with fuel
G
level.
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
H
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at I
idle.
Crankshaft position SEF112V
47 L
sensor (OBD) J
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
K
SEF113V
L
Approximately 2.6V
[Engine is running]
M
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
Camshaft position SEF195T
49 LG sensor
(Position signal) Approximately 2.5 - 2.6V
[Engine is running]
SEF196T
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V
50 B ● Warm-up condition
sor 1 (Periodically change)
EC-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
54 R Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
55 G ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- ● Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm

56 OR quickly after the following conditions are met. 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load.
Engine coolant tem-
59 LG/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
perature sensor
coolant temperature
Fuel tank temperature
60 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel tem-
sensor
perature
Intake air temperature
61 PU/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake air
sensor
temperature
EVAP control system
62 Y [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8V
pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Less than 4.5V
EGR temperature ● Idle speed
63 G/OR
sensor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1.5V
● EGR system is operating
[Engine is running]
64 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.4V
● Idle speed
Fuel level sensor [Engine is running]

66 B Approximately 0V
ground ● Idle speed
67 B/P Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P ECM (11 - 14V)

69 LG/R Data link connector Approximately 2V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
Power supply BATTERY VOLTAGE
80 SB [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
idle.
SEF645U
101 OR/L IACV-AAC valve D
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
E
F
SEF646U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V) G
● Idle speed
NOTE: H
idle.
102 W/B Injector No. 1
104 W/R Injector No. 3 SEF204T I
109 W/L Injector No. 2 BATTERY VOLTAGE
111 W/PU Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
K
SEF205T
[Engine is running]
L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
M
[Engine is running]
103 G/W EGRC-solenoid valve
● Lift up the vehicle 0 - 1V
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T)
● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE
108 R/G [Ignition switch: ON]
control valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 1V
● Idle speed
Torque converter
115* L/Y [Engine is running]
clutch solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
117 B/P Current return
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.4V
Heated oxygen sen- ● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
119 BR/Y
sor heater 1 [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
Vacuum cut valve BATTERY VOLTAGE

120 P/B [Ignition switch: ON]
bypass valve (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 4,000 rpm after the fol-
lowing conditions are met.
● Engine: after warming up Approximately 0.4V
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sen- 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
122 R/B
sor heater 2 under no load.
[Ignition switch ON]
● Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
● Engine speed is above 4,000 rpm
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: For the A/T models.
EC-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II Function UBS00D1L
FUNCTION A
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit. EC
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly. *
C
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F, feedback control valve and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
D
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
E
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part numbers can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. F
● Diagnostic trouble codes
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
● Freeze frame data G
● 1st trip freeze frame data
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
H
● Test values
● Others
EC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- SRT
TOR TEST WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR STA-
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Camshaft position sensor × × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
Engine coolant temperature
× × × × ×
sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1 × × × × ×
Vehicle speed sensor × × × ×
Throttle position sensor × × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel tank temperature sensor × × × ×

EVAP control system pressure
× × ×
sensor
EGR temperature sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × × ×
INPUT
Crankshaft position sensor

×
(OBD)
Knock sensor ×
Fuel level sensor × × ×
Ignition switch (start signal) ×
Closed throttle position switch × ×
Closed throttle position switch
×
(throttle position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch ×
Park/Neutral position (PNP)
× ×
switch
Power steering oil pressure
×
switch
Air conditioner pressure switch ×
Battery voltage ×
EC-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
TOR TEST WORK EC
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Injectors × × × C
Power transistor (Ignition tim-
× × × ×
ing)
IACV-AAC valve × × × × × D
EVAP canister purge volume
× × × × ×
control solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay × × E
Fuel pump relay × × × ×
OUTPUT
EGRC-solenoid valve × × × ×
F
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × × ×
Torque converter clutch sole- G
× × × ×
noid valve
EVAP canister vent control
× × × × ×
valve H
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × × ×
Calculated load value × × ×
×: Applicable I
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-52 . J
2. Connect “CONSULT-II” and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data K
link connector which is located behind the fuse box cover.
L
LEC104A
4. Touch “START(NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
MBIB0233E
EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
If “ENGINE” is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF995X
6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.
SEF824Y
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION IN THE SERVICE When adjusting the idle throttle
MANUAL position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ ● IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting initial ignition tim-
HELD BY TOUCHING “START”. AFTER DOING SO, ing
ADJUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY
TURNING THE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When releasing the coefficient of
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
EC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE OPEN THE VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE AND When detecting EVAP vapor leak
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. EC
● BATTERY VOLTAGE IS SUFFICIENT.
● IGN SW “ON”
● ENGINE NOT RUNNING C
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
D
● TANK FUEL TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
E
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITIONS ABOVE, CONSULT-II WILL
DISCONTINUE AND DISPLAY INSTRUCTIONS.
NOTE: F
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”,
EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY.
G
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE H

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-18, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
I
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item* J
DIAG TROUBLE
● Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer to
CODE
EC-18, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
K
● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 Mode 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction L
Mode 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. M
COOLANT TEMP
● The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
ule.
● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VEHICLE SPEED
● The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Freeze frame data
Description
item*
B/FUEL SCHDL
● The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
● The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
Monitored item [Unit] SIG- Description Remarks
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Accuracy becomes poor if engine
● Indicates the engine speed computed speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] × from the REF signal (180° signal) of the ● If the signal is interrupted while the
camshaft position sensor. engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] × ×
sensor is displayed. value is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into
×
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection.
● When the engine is stopped, a certain
● Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] ×
ratio feedback correction factor per cycle. ● This data also includes the data for
the air-fuel ratio learning control.
● When the engine coolant temperature
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S
× × mined by the signal voltage of the engine enters fail-safe mode. The engine
[°C] or [°F]
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. coolant temperature determined by
the ECM is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × ×
sensor 1 is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) [V] × ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal
during air-fuel ratio feedback control: ● After turning ON the ignition switch,
RICH: Means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mix-
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) and control is being affected toward a ture ratio feedback control begins.
×
[RICH/LEAN] leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN: Means the mixture became “lean”, clamped, the value just before the
and control is being affected toward a rich clamping is displayed continuously.
mixture.
● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: Means the amount of oxygen after
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
× three way catalyst is relatively small.
[RICH/LEAN] value is indicated.
LEAN: Means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V] × ×
played.
● The throttle position sensor signal voltage
THRTL POS SEN [V] × ×
is displayed.
EC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The fuel temperature judged from the fuel EC
FUEL T/TMP SE
× tank temperature sensor signal voltage is
[°C] or [°F]
displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined by
INT/A TEMP SE
× × the signal voltage of the intake air temper-
C
[°C] or [°F]
ature sensor is indicated.
● The signal voltage of the EGR tempera-
EGR TEMP SEN [V] × × D
ture sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of EVAP control system
EVAP SYS PRES [V] ×
pressure sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor E
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] ×
is displayed.
START SIGNAL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
× ×
[ON/OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal. F
● Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS
× × puted by ECM according to the throttle
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal. G
● Indicates mechanical contact [ON/OFF]
CLSD THL/P SW
× condition of the closed throttle position
[ON/OFF]
switch.
H
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
× × conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioning signal.
I
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
× ×
[ON/OFF] PNP switch signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the power
PW/ST SIGNAL steering oil pressure switch determined by J
× ×
[ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure switch sig-
nal.
IGNITION SW
×
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition K
[ON/OFF] switch.
● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
INJ PULSE-B1 ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
× width compensated by ECM according to L
[msec] computed value is indicated.
the input signals.
IGN TIMING ● Indicates the ignition timing computed by
×
[BTDC] ECM according to the input signals.
M
● Calculated load value indicates the value
CAL/LD VALUE [%] of the current airflow divided by peak air-
flow.
● Absolute throttle position sensor indicates
the throttle opening computed by ECM
ABSOL TH·P/S [%]
according to the signal voltage of the
● Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of the
[g·m/s]
mass air flow sensor.
● Indicates the IACV-AAC valve control
IACV-AAC/V [%] × value computed by ECM according to the
input signals.
EC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume
control value computed by the ECM
PURG VOL C/V [%] according to the input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
● Indicates the air conditioner relay control
AIR COND RLY
× condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
● Indicates the control condition of the
EGRC SOL/V EGRC-solenoid valve determined by ECM
[ON/OFF] × according to the input signals.
(FLOW/CUT) ● ON: EGR valve is operational
OFF: EGR valve operation is cut-off
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of torque
converter clutch solenoid valve deter-
TCC SOL/V
mined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-
FUEL PUMP RLY
× dition determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals.
● The control condition of the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
VC/V BYPASS/V according to the input signal) is indicated.
[ON/OFF]
● ON: Open
OFF: Closed
● The control condition of the EVAP canister
vent control valve (determined by ECM
VENT CONT/V according to the input signal) is indicated.
[ON/OFF]
● ON: Closed
OFF: Open
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
VOLTAGE [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable
to be measured.
Frequency ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle mea- ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[msec] or [Hz] or [%] sured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an
actual piece of data which was just
previously measured.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item A
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
● Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (180° signal) of the C
camshaft position sensor.
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When engine is running specification
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
D
● Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into ● When engine is running specification
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection. E
● When engine is running specification
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. ● This data also includes the data for the F
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. G
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
H
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
● Engine: Return to the original ● Harness and connector
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Fuel injector I
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Engine: Return to the original

J
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see
● Timing light: Set ● Adjust initial ignition timing
ING CHECK ITEM.
● Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II. K
● Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
IACV-AAC/V Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
● Change the IACV-AAC valve L
OPENING the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle the ● Harness and connector M
engine.
● Compression
● Air conditioner switch: OFF
POWER BAL- ● Fuel injector
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Power transistor
(M/T)
● Spark plug
● Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-II. ● Ignition coil

trouble condition
ENG COOLANT If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP ● Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature indication using CON-
SULT-II. ● Fuel injector
● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- ● Harness and connector
RELAY ● Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” ing sound. ● Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II and
listen to operating sound.
EC-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
EGRC SOLE- ● Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” EGRC-solenoid valve makes an ● Harness and connector
NOID VALVE and “OFF” using CONSULT-II and operating sound. ● EGRC-solenoid valve
● Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
● Harness and connector
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to
CONT/V the opening percent. ● EVAP canister purge volume
volume control solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL T/TEMP
● Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-II.
SEN
(Engine stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
TROL/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.
(Engine stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating ● Harness and connector
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Turn solenoid valve “ON” and sound. ● Solenoid valve
“OFF” using CONSULT-II and lis-
ten to operating sound.
EC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode A
For details, refer toEC-53, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode EC
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC Work Support Mode
C
TEST MODE TEST ITEM CONDITION REFERENCE PAGE
PURG FLOW P0441 EC-311
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-320, EC-472 D
EVAPORATIVE SYS-
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-372, EC-493
TEM
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-474
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-513 E
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-198
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-208
HO2S1 Refer to corresponding F
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 trouble diagnosis for EC-422
DTC.
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-427
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-222 G
HO2S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-432
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-439
H
EGR SYSTEM P0400 EC-282
EGR SYSTEM EGRC-BPT/VLV P0402 EC-293
EGR SYSTEM P1402 EC-463 I
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
J
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR”
mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
K
– The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by
ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to L
“Recording Data... xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded. Then
the percentage reached 100%, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on the
screen during “Recording Data... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed. M
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by “TRIG-
GER POINT” and “RECORDING Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):
– DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
“DATA MONITOR” can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
– While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, be sure to
select to “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
– While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
EC-109
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
2. “MANU TRIG”
– If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
TRIG”. By selecting “MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF720X
Generic Scan Tool (GST) UBS00D1M
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-53, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
● Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
EC
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO ● Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
● Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
C
● Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS)
ponents/systems that are not continuously monitored.
D
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
E
MODE 8 — —
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific information such as Vehi-
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
cle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration ID.
F
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector which is located under LH G
dash panel near the fuse box cover.
H
LEC104A
J
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.) K
M
SEF398S
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.
SEF416S
EC-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D1N
Remarks:
● Specification data are reference values.
● Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
● Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
tion. tachometer indication.
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0.9 - 1.8V
MAS A/F SE-B1 ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 1.9 - 2.3V
(M/T)
● No-load
COOLAN TEMP/S ● Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 LEAN ←→ RICH
● Engine: After warming up
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) ● Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
● After keeping engine speed Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for rpm quickly
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute LEAN ←→ RICH
under no load
● Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-II value with speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT ● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V
THRTL POS SEN ● Ignition switch: ON
Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
(Engine stopped)
EGR TEMP SEN ● Engine: After warming up Less than 4.5V
START SIGNAL ● Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
(Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL POS ● Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
A/C switch: OFF OFF
● Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG A/C switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW ● Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF
Steering wheel in neutral position
● Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned ON
IGNITION SW ● Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
● Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.3 msec
INJ PULSE-B1 ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec
(M/T)
● No-load
EC-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
B/FUEL SCHDL ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
(M/T)
2,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 msec EC
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 20° BTDC
C
IGN TIMING ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
(M/T)
● No-load D
● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 30%
E
IACV-AAC/V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm —
(M/T)
● No-load
F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V ● Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm (More than 200 seconds
—
● No-load after starting engine)
G
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
A/F ALPHA-B1 ● Engine: After warming up 50 - 159%
rpm
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON 1.8 - 4.8V
H
AIR COND RLY ● Air conditioner switch: OFF → ON OFF → ON
● Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds)
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running and cranking I
● Except as shown above OFF
● Engine: After warming up Idle OFF
J
EGRC SOL/V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine speed: Revving engine from
ON
(M/T) idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
● No-load K
VENT CONT/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) L
● Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
● Engine speed is running below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are
met.
M
● Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under on load
● Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) OFF
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF
● Engine: After warming up Idle 9.5 - 34.0%
CAL/LD VALUE ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 13.9 - 24.9%
(M/T)
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up, engine Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%
ABSOL TH·P/S stopped
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
EC-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
● Engine: After warming up Idle 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/s
MASS AIRFLOW ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s
(M/T)
● No-load
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D1O
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
(Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT-II. “Trigger Point” is set to 100%, “Recording
Speed” is set to MAX..)
THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH·P/S, CLSD THL POS
Below is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH·P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing the accel-
erator pedal with the ignition switch ON.
The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or
rise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.
SEF306Y
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN”, “HO2S2 (B1)”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to nor-
mal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
EC
SEF242YA
EC-115
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
Description UBS00D1P
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-
TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition UBS00D1Q
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)

● Barometric pressure: 101.3 kPa (760.0 mmHg, 29.92 inHg)±3 kPa (22.5 mmHg, 0.89 inHg)
● Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
● Transmission: Warmed-up*1
● Electrical load: Not applied*2
● Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5
minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Inspection Procedure UBS00D1R
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-
B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-117, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-116
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D1S
EC
LEC091A
EC-117
[KA24DE]
SEF768Z
EC-118
[KA24DE]
EC
EC-119
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
Description UBS00D1T
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/ Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D1U
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
>> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”, “Ground Inspec-
tion” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS” in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Inci-
dent" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS

Refer to “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”, “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS” in GI-22,
"How to Check Terminal" .
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace connector.
EC-120
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT PFP:24110
A
Wiring Diagram UBS00D1V
EC
BBWA1054E
EC-121
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0 - 1V
ECM relay ● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
24 W/G Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
67 B/P BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D1W
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-122
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-I A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 24 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester. EC
Voltage : Battery voltage

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
SEF600P
E
F
● Harness connectors M65, E43
● Harness connectors M59, F27
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E49 G
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. J
Refer to EC-127, "Ground Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. K
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
BBIA0431E M
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 19, 25, 32, 116, 124 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-123
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II
1. Stop engine.
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
MEC698B

● Fuse block (J/B) connector M27
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery.
8. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III

1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12. PBIB2168E
9. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM

2. Disconnect ECM relay.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117
and ECM relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
LEC106A
in harness or connectors.
EC-124
[KA24DE]
10. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND GROUND A
Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 2, 5 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
C
NG >> GO TO 11.
D
SEF120V
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
Check harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F36
F
12. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and ECM relay terminal 1.
H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 13.
J
13. CHECK ECM RELAY
2. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2. K
3. Check continuity between ECM relay terminals 3 and 5.
12V (1 - 2) applied : Continuity exists. L
No voltage applied : No continuity
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. M
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
SEF511P
EC-125
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
2. Loosen and retighten ground screw.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
BBIA0431E
15. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-126
[KA24DE]
Ground Inspection UBS00GYY
A
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti- EC
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: C
● Remove the ground bolt or screw.
● Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
● Clean as required to assure good contact. D
● Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
● Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the E
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-17, "Ground Distribution" . F
PBIB1870E L
EC-127
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[KA24DE]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
Description UBS00D1X
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D1Y
Specification data are reference values.

ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D1Z
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
range.
P0031 sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
range.
P0032 sensor 1 heater shorted.)
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
EC-128
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D20
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: EC
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with
D
CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-131, "Diagnostic Procedure" E
.
SEF174Y
G
WITH GST
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait least 5 seconds.
I
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-131, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. There-
fore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
K
EC-129
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D21
BBWA0436E
EC-130
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] C
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0.4V
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
119 BR/Y ●
heater
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE D
● Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D22

E
F
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0431E
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY J

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
K
M
BBIA0430E
3. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF213W
EC-131
[KA24DE]
● 15A fuse
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 1 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 119.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Check resistance between terminals 3 and 1.
Resistance : 3.3 - 4.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Check continuity between terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
Continuity should not exist.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF220W
threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00D23
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-132
[KA24DE]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description UBS00D24
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Heated oxygen sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
2 heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air C
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. D
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
E
Above 4,000 OFF
● Below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warming up F
ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D25 G

H
● Engine speed: Below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute I
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D26
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- ● Harness or connectors K

Heated oxygen sensor 2 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 circuit is open or shorted.)
heater control circuit low (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
L
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- ● Harness or connectors
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to circuit is shorted.)
heater control circuit high M
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
EC-133
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is in between 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-136, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF174Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-136, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore,
using CONSULT-II is recommended.
EC-134
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA1058E
EC-135
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed: Below 4,000 rpm after the follow-
ing conditions are met. 0 - 1.0V
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and
Heated oxygen sensor 2 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
122 R/B
heater under no load
● Engine speed is above 4,000 rpm.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY

or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF218W
EC-136
[KA24DE]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
● 15A fuse EC
C

D
3. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 3 and ECM terminal 122. E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. G
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM I
J
Check the following. K
1. Check resistance between terminals 2 and 3.
Resistance : 3.3 - 4.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
L
2. Check continuity.
Terminal No. Continuity
M
1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
SEF221W
EC-137
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00D2A

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .
EC-138
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description UBS00D2B
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change. D
SEF893J
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D2C

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
MAS A/F SE-B1 ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral G
2,500 rpm 1.9 - 2.3V
(M/T)
● No-load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 9.5 - 34.0% H
2,500 rpm 13.9 - 24.9% I
(M/T)
● No-load
● Air conditioner switch: OFF J
2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s
(M/T)
● No-load K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D2D
L
● Harness or connectors
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or
A) shorted.) M
under light load driving condition.
Mass air flow sensor cir- ● Mass air flow sensor
P0101 cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors
problem (The sensor circuit is open or
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
B)
under heavy load driving condition.
● Intake air leaks
● Mass air flow sensor
EC-139
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D2E
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON)
instead of running engine at idle speed.
With CONSULT-II
4. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
.
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
4. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
If NG, go to EC-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
SEF243Y
EC-140
[KA24DE]
7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive sec-
onds. A
ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm

THRTL POS SEN More than 3V EC
Shift lever Suitable position
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
help maintain the driving conditions required for C
this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-143, "Diagnostic Procedure" SEF175Y
. D
Overall Function Check UBS00D2F
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip E
DTC might not be confirmed.
With GST F
G
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with “MODE 1”.
4. Check for linear mass air flow rise in response to increases to
about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
H
SEF534P
J
EC-141
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D2G
BBWA1055E
EC-142
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
ground
● Idle speed
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D2H
1. INSPECTION START
G
Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated?
A or B
A >> GO TO 3. H
B >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM I

Check the followings for connection.
● Air duct
J
● Air cleaner
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts. L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0431E
EC-143
[KA24DE]
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
AEC131A

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF126V

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
● Harness for open or short between MAF sensor and ECM

3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 55.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-144
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
C
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating D
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature.) E
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 0.9 - 1.8 to Approx. 3.0
SEF326V
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. F
– Turn ignition switch OFF
– Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again
G
– Perform steps 2 and 3 again
6. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from intake manifold. Check
hot wire for damage or dust. H
7. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. I
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.
SEF893J
K
L
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-145
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
Component Description UBS00D2I
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change.
SEF893J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D2J

MAS A/F SE-B1 ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,500 rpm 1.9 - 2.3V
(M/T)
● No-load
2,500 rpm 13.9 - 24.9%
(M/T)
● No-load
2,500 rpm 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/s
(M/T)
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D2K
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.

Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input sent to ECM, when engine is running. ● Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0103
circuit high input sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
EC-146
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D2L
A
NOTE:
EC
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-149, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
F
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. G

With CONSULT-II H
3. Wait at least 6 seconds. I
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 6 seconds. J
SEF058Y
L
With GST
M
EC-147
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D2M
BBWA1055E
EC-148
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] D
ground
● Idle speed
F
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D2N
1. INSPECTION START
G
Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2. H
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM I

Check the followings for connection.
● Air duct
J
● Air cleaner
● Vacuum hoses
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0431E
EC-149
[KA24DE]
AEC131A

or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF126V

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
● Harness for open or short between ECM and MAF sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-150
[KA24DE]
signal) and ground.
C
Condition Voltage V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating D
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature.) E
SEF326V
5. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. F
G
hot wire for damage or dust. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. I
SEF893J
K
L
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-151
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS00D2O
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct hous-
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
SEF329V
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to

the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 61 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D2P

Intake air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0112 ● Harness or connectors
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 ●
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Intake air temperature sensor circuit The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
EC-152
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D2Q
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
D
SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
G
EC-153
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D2R
BBWA1056E
EC-154
[KA24DE]
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS A

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0431E
E

F
1. Disconnect intake air temperature (IAT) sensor harness connec-
tor.
G
I
SEF329V
3. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II J

or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
AEC570A M
● Harness connectors E43, M65
● Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
EC-155
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between intake air temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

6. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1
and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
temperature sensor) and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. SEF012P
NG >> Replace intake air temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-156
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS00D2T
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C
SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance
F
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 (Engine H
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D2U
J
K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D2V

L
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) M
Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor
P0118 ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch to ON
or START.
Condition
display)
Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned to ON or START 40°C (104°F)
More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F)
STAR
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
EC-157
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D2W
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-158
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D2X
EC
AEC984A
EC-159
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D2Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
SEF330V
3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter-

minal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF206W

Check the harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC-160
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT A
3. Check harness continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

F
6. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

G
Refer to EC-161, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. H
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS00D2Z
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR K

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
L
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance kΩ
temperature °C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P
EC-161
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
Component Description UBS00D30
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-413 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiome-
ter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed
throttle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
SEF105S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D31

● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0%

ABSOL TH·P/S (Engine stopped)
Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%
EC-162
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
A) ● Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor circuit is
EC
open or shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ● Throttle position sensor
ECM under light load driving condition.
● Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor C
● Camshaft position sensor
P0121 circuit range/performance
problem
B) ● Harness or connectors
D
(The throttle position sensor circuit is
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to open or shorted.)
ECM under heavy load driving condition.
● throttle position sensor
● Intake air leaks E
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. F

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed. G
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Throttle position sensor Condition Driving condition
circuit
When engine is idling Normal H

I
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE: J
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. L
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
If idle speed is over 1,100 rpm, maintain the following conditions
for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,100 rpm. M

Accelerator pedal Released
Vehicle speed As slow as possible
.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-163
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Select “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH·P/S” in “DATA MON-
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Press RECORD on CONSULT-II screen at the same time accel-
erator pedal is depressed.
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following:
– The voltage rise is linear in response to accelerator pedal
depression.
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approx- SEF177Y
imately 4V.
SEF245Y
8. Select “AUTO TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-

SULT-II.
onds.
MAS A/F SE-B1 More than 3V
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) SEF178Y
will help maintain the driving conditions required
for this test.
10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-166, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
With GST
EC-164
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA0547E
EC-165
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
23 L Throttle position sensor ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
3.5 - 4.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
1. INSPECTION START
Which malfunction A or B is duplicated?
A or B
Malfunction A>>GO TO 4.
Malfunction B>>GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Check the following items. Refer to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications
M/T: 20° ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing
A/T: 20° ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Base idle speed
A/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Closed throttle position switch idle position adjustment Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed
>> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM

Check the following for connection.
● Air duct
● Air cleaner
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect the parts.
EC-166
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
Refer to EC-127, "Ground Inspection" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C
BBIA0431E
E
1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector.
F
SEF265S
I
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 6.
L
SEF564P
M
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-167
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
Check harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor.

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
10. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-281, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
12. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-168
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS00D36
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A

With CONSULT-II
3. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON.
C
5. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following condi-
tions.
NOTE:
D
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
sensor installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions Voltage [V] E
Completely closed 0.2 - 0.8 (a)
Partially open Between (a) and (b)
Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 (b) F
SEF179Y
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-74,

"Basic Inspection" . G
With GST
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions. I
NOTE:
sensor installed in vehicle. J
Throttle valve conditions Voltage [V]

Completely closed 0.2 - 0.8 (a) K
Completely open 3.5 - 4.5 (b)
SEF767W
L
"Basic Inspection" .
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR M
signal) and ground.
Conditions Voltage [V]
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped) Less than 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.9 - 1.8
ing temperature)
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature)
SEF326V
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
EC-169
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
hot wire for damage or dust.
SEF893J
FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance : 7.4 - 10.9Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
SEF273W
EC-170
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
NOTE:
If DTC, P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. EC
Refer to EC-413 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiome-
tion, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closed D
J
SEF105S
Specification data are reference values. K

● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.2 - 0.8V L
THRTL POS SEN (Engine stopped)
● Engine: After warming up Throttle valve: Fully opened 3.5 - 4.5V
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: Fully closed 0.0% M

ABSOL TH·P/S (Engine stopped)
Throttle valve: Fully opened Approx. 80%

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC Detecting Condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ● Throttle position sensor
P0123
EC-171
[KA24DE]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D3A
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
● This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)
SEF065Y
WITH GST
EC-172
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D3B
EC
BBWA0547E
EC-173
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
23 L Throttle position sensor ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
3.5 - 4.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D3C

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

SEF265S

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF564P
EC-174
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor.
F

G
Continuity should exist. H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
L
M
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00D3D
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
EC-175
[KA24DE]
tions.
NOTE:
SEF179Y

With GST
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sen-
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
NOTE:
SEF767W

EC-176
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS00D3E
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform EC
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118, EC-157 .
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant C
mistor decreases as temperature increases. D
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 H
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
I
CAUTION:
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D3F
K
● Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not ● Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 ant temperature for after starting the engine.
● Engine coolant temperature sensor L
closed loop fuel control ● Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
closed loop fuel control. ● Thermostat
EC-177
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D3G
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
If it is above 10°C (50°F), the test result will be OK.
If it is below 10°C (50°F), go to the following step.
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F)
within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will
be OK.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-178
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D3H
EC
AEC984A
EC-179
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D3I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

tor.
SEF330V
3. Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor ter-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF206W

EC-180
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. H
7. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION I

When the engine is cooled [lower than 76.5°C (170°F)], condition grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the
engine coolant does not flow.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" .
K
Perform EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . L
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00D3J
M
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PBIB2005E
EC-181
[KA24DE]
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
EC-182
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS00D3K
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal EC
to the ECM.
SEF329V
E
decreases in response to the temperature rise. F
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V kΩ G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
H
temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION: I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D3L J
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors K

Intake air temperature (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0127 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal
too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode M
The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25°C (77°F).
EC-183
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D3M
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F).
– Turn ignition switch ON.
– Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
– Check the engine coolant temperature.
– If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch “OFF” and cool down engine.
– Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature
is above 90°C (194°F).
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. PBIB1917E
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
WITH GST
EC-184
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D3N
EC
BBWA1056E
EC-185
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D3O

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect intake air temperature (IAT) sensor harness connec-
tor.
SEF329V
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature terminal 1 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
AEC570A

EC-186
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between intake air temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

F
G
6. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. I
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

K
>> INSPECTION END.
Component Inspection UBS00D3P
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR L

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
M
PBIB2005E
EC-187
[KA24DE]
<Reference data>
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
2. If NG, replace intake air temperature sensor.
SEF012P
EC-188
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION PFP:21200
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D3Q
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough. EC
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
C
The engine coolant temperature does not ● Thermostat
P0128 Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though ● Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat
the engine has run long enough. ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D3R
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. F
● For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 60°C (140°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
G
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" . Use only a genuine NISSAN ther-
mostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may come on.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F). I
If it is below 60°C (140°F), go to following step.
If it is above 60°C (140°F), stop engine and cool down the
engine to less than 60°C (140°F), then retry from step 1.
J
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH) K
PBIB1917E
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-189, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
L
WITH GST
1. Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above.
M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
EC-189
[KA24DE]
1. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG SEF012P

EC-190
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS00D3T
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. It

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the EC
outside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube
made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from
approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts C
the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The
ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D3U I

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR ● Engine: After warming up
rpm Changes more than 5 times during
(B1) K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D3V
L
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1877E
Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0132
1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-191
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D3W
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-192
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D3X
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-193
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 0 - Approximately 1.0V
1 (Periodically change)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D3Y

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque : 40 - 60 N·m
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-194
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S1 EC
terminal 2.
Continuity should exist. C
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S1

terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. D
BBIA0430E
4. Also check harness for short to power. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
4. CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR

G
Check heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness connector.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 I

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 6.
K
L
>> INSPECTION END.
M
EC-195
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS00D3Z

With CONSULT-II
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%.
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in item selection.
5. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
6. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
7. Check the following.

– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes from
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below:
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-196
DTC P0132 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal] and ground. EC
4. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
– The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more C
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - D
0.3V
– The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
AEC873A
– The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time. E
– The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m F
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. G

Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . H
EC-197
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]

detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the
heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts
SEF463R
SEF288D

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index.
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time [heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index] is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-198
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC
● Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the Fuel injector
P0133 ●
1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
● Intake air leaks C
● Exhaust gas leaks
● PCV valve
● Mass air flow sensor D
CAUTION: E
NOTE:
F
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
G
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P0133” of
“HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. I
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
J
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
K
SEF338Z
L
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will M
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,750 - 3,750 rpm
Vehicle speed More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 15.5 msec
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from SEF339Z
step 2.
EC-199
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-202, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
SEF658Y
Overall Function Check UBS00D45
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal) and ground.
– The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
AEC873A
EC-200
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-201
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50 B Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

Tightening torque : 40 - 60 N·m
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-202
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK A
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
EC
SEC502D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace. F
4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

G
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. H
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA I

With CONSULT-II
J
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
K
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
L
Without CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION" .
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231 or EC-238 .
No >> GO TO 6.
EC-203
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S1
terminal 2.
BBIA0430E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK PCV VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.
9. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Refer to EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-204
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

With CONSULT-II
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trig-
ger point is adjusted to 100%.
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in item selection. C
ing steps.
D
6. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen.
SEF646Y
7. Check the following. F

“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below: G
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V. H
SEF217YA
I
SEF648Y
CAUTION: M
EC-205
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
sensor 1 signal] and ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
AEC873A
– The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
CAUTION:
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
0.9 - 1.8
temperature.)
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature.)
SEF326V
SEF893J
EC-206
DTC P0133 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
PCV VALVE
1. With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather separator. A
2. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a
finger is placed over the valve inlet. EC
D
SEF244Q

E
F
EC-207
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS00D4A

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D4B

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D4C
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks
that this time is not inordinately long.
SEF237U
Heated oxygen sensor ● Harness or connectors

The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0134 1 circuit no activity
approx. 0.3V.
detected ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
EC-208
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D4D
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1) P0134” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes. E
NOTE:
F
LEC032A
5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis- H

tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.) I
J
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 17 msec
K
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from LEC033A
step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-212, "Diagnostic L
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148 may be displayed on CONSULT-II
screen. M
LEC034A
EC-209
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS00D4E
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (Heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 signal) and ground.
– The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
AEC873A
EC-210
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D4F
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-211
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B Heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Warm-up condition
(Periodically change)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D4G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

terminal 2.
BBIA0430E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-212
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
>> INSPECTION END. EC
Component Inspection UBS00D4H
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 C

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
3. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode, and the trigger point is adjusted to 100%.
4. Select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)” in Item Selec-
tion. E
ing steps.
6. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II screen. F
SEF646Y
H
“RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 seconds. I
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below:
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. J
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
K
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
EC-213
DTC P0134 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
sensor 1 signal] and ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
AEC873A
CAUTION:
Removal and Installation UBS00D4I

EC-214
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS00D4J
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D4K

● Keeping the engine speed Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V G
rpm quickly.
for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
● Engine: After warming up H
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm LEAN ←→ RICH
rpm quickly.
minute under no load I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D4L
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time J

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen K
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether or not the voltage is too high during
various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
L
PBIB1877E M
P0138
2 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
EC-215
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-216
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-217
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm
56 OR Heated oxygen sensor 2 quickly after the following conditions are met. 0 - Approximately 1.0V
under no load

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
EC-218
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
1. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground.
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
● Harness connectors M59, F27 E
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

G
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector for water.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 8.
K
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00D4P
M
HATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-II
4. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-219
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.55V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
Without CONSULT-II
6. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 56 (Heated oxy-
7. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 5,000 rpm under no load.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in AEC874A
3rd gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once.
CAUTION:
EC-220
DTC P0138 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Removal and Installation UBS00D4Q
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A

EC
EC-221
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS00D4R

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D4S

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D4T
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions
such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
Heated oxygen sensor It takes more time for the sensor to respond ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0139
2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-222
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00ELT
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
C
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- D
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and E
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C F
(158°F). SEF174Y
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN
TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
G
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
H
PBIB0115E
K
9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following.
L
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
b. Return to step 1.
Overall Function Check UBS00ELU M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
WITH GST
EC-223
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 (HO2S2 signal)
and ground.
at least 10 times.
A voltage change should be more than 0.06V for 1 second
during this procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not nec-
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd AEC874A
gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

A voltage change should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
EC-224
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D4W
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-225
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D4X

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
EC-226
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C
D
SEF215Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. G
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- H
nector.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE I
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? AEC131A
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231 or EC-238 .
No >> GO TO 3.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-227
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00D4Y

With CONSULT-II
EC-228
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
“HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A
EC
SEF662Y
D
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
PBIB2169E
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. H
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.55V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m I
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. K
L
M
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once.
sary.
8. Check the voltage when revving up to 5,000 rpm under no load.
Or keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage.
Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in AEC874A
3rd gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once.
CAUTION:
EC-229
DTC P0139 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Removal and Installation UBS00D4Z

EC-230
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
A
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection & mixture D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ratio control
E
● Fuel injector F
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Fuel injection system too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0171 ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
lean ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
● Lack of fuel G
● Incorrect PCV hose connection
H
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II. K
L
SEF215Z
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.

The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak.
SEF058Y
EC-231
[KA24DE]
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
speed.
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC- AEC131A
234, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 8, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, visually check for exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC-232
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA0441E
EC-233
[KA24DE]
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Listen for an intake air leak between the mass air flow sensor and the intake manifold.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT

terminal 2.
BBIA0430E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-234
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
Refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. EC
At idling
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi) C
hose is connected.
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
hose is disconnected. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E

Check the following. F
● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-554 .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-48 .)
G
● Fuel lines (Refer to MA-18, "Changing Fuel Filter" .)
● Fuel filter for clogging
H
>> Repair or replace.
6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR I

OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-146, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
K
EC-235
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for injector, refer to EC-545,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Remove injector with fuel tube assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK INJECTOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new one.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-236
[KA24DE]
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. EC
at idling : 0.9 - 5.8 g·m/sec

at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec C
With GST
D
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec E
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. F
2. Place pans or saucers under each injector.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors. G
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each cylinder.
SEF595Q
EC-237
[KA24DE]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection & mixture
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) ratio control
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ● Fuel injector
P0172 Fuel injection system too rich ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) ● Incorrect fuel pressure
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
SEF215Z

The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
has a malfunction.
starts, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
SEF058Y
EC-238
[KA24DE]
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed. EC
nector.
5. Select “MODE 3” with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. C
6. Select “MODE 4” with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and run it for at least 10 minutes at idle
speed. D
8. Select “MODE 7” with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC- AEC131A
241, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-241, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and F
check for fouling, etc.
EC-239
[KA24DE]
BBWA0441E
EC-240
[KA24DE]
1. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK

A

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT G

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector and H
terminal 2.
I
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S1 J
BBIA0430E K
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
3. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
At idling
When fuel pressure regulator valve Approximately 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
vacuum hose is connected.
When fuel pressure regulator valve Approximately 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
vacuum hose is disconnected.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-241
[KA24DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
ground. Refer to EC-146, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for injectors, EC-545, "INJEC-
TOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
3. Remove injector assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
>> GO TO 8.
EC-242
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK INJECTOR A
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9. EC
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

D
>> INSPECTION END.
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F

at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec G
With GST
H
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec I
INJECTOR
1. Disconnect all injector harness connectors. J
2. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
3. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
4. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. K
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
EC-243
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
Component Description UBS00D5A
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF334VA
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D5B
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
Fuel tank temperature ●
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage sig- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0181 sensor circuit range/
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
performance ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
and intake air temperature sensor.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D5C
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step.
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication.
If the indication is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK.
If the indication is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication
decreases to less than 60°C (140°F).
SEF174Y
EC-244
[KA24DE]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. A
EC
EC-245
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D5D
BBWA1059E
EC-246
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D5E
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY A

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con- EC
nector.
C
SEF334VA
E
4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEF850Z
I
Check the following. J
● Harness connectors C1, M67
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
L
M
2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
EC-247
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00D5F
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
SEF334VA
2. Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as

shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 -2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
SEF852Z
Removal and Installation UBS00D5G

Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-248
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description UBS00D5H
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from EC
decreases as temperature increases. C
SEF334VA
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance
F
°C (°F) V kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank
CAUTION: H
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D5I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
Fuel tank temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is K
P0183 ● Fuel tank temperature sensor
sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D5J

L
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. M
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-249
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D5K
BBWA1059E
EC-250
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D5L

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness con- EC
nector.
C
SEF334VA
E
terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEF850Z
I
L
M
2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

EC-251
[KA24DE]
Refer to EC-252, "Component inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component inspection UBS00D5M

SEF334VA
2. Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as

20 (68) 2.3 -2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
SEF852Z
Removal and Installation UBS00D5N

EC-252
DTC P0217 COOLANT OVERTEMPERATURE ENRICHMENT PROTECTION
[KA24DE]
PFP:00019 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D5O
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC

This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
● Cooling fan
● Thermostat
● Improper ignition timing D
● Engine coolant temperature sensor
● Blocked radiator
● Blocked front end E
(Improper fitting of nose mask)
Engine coolant over Engine coolant temperature is excessively
P0217 ● Crushed vehicle frontal area
temperature condition high under normal engine speed.
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired) F
● Blocked air passage by improper installa-
tion of front fog lamp or fog lamps
● Improper mixture ratio of coolant
G
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-255, "Main
11 Causes of Overheating" .
H
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16 , “Changing Engine
Coolant”. Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20 , “Changing Engine Oil”. I
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
J
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check UBS00D5P
K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant over temperature enrichment protection check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres- L
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. M
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following proce-
dure MA-16 , “Changing Engine Coolant”.
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
from a kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOL-
ANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is “OFF” and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner cir-
cuit. Refer to MTC-22, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
EC-253
[KA24DE]
5. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.
If NG, check cooling fan. Refer to CO-16, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN)" . After repair, go to
the next step.
6. Check for blocked coolant passage.
a. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp radiator upper hose and lower hose and
make sure that coolant flows.
If NG, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
Be extremely careful not to touch any moving or adjacent parts.
7. Check for blocked radiator air passage.
a. When aftermarket fog lamps have been installed, check for damaged fans and clogging in the condenser
and radiator.
b. Check the front end for clogging caused by insects or debris.
c. Check for improper fitting of front-end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, damaged vehicle front.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to the next step.
8. Check function of ECT sensor.
If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to the next step.
9. Check ignition timing. Refer to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that ignition timing is 20°±5° at idle.
If NG, adjust ignition timing and then recheck.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D5Q
1. CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION

Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-16, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT
DRIVEN)" .
2. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak.
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer to CO-10, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
3. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
EC-254
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace thermostat.
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 6.
6. CHECK MAIN 11 CAUSES E
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-255, "Main 11 Causes of Overheating" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.
1. Warm up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature G
gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be
malfunctioning.
2. Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or H
visually inspecting the components.
3. Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “Overall Function Check”.
Main 11 Causes of Overheating UBS00D5R
I
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking — J
● Blocked condenser
● Blocked radiator grille
● Blocked bumper K
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" . L
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-16 , “Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant”.
ator filler neck
M
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/ See CO-8, "System
cm2 , 11 - 14 psi) Check" .
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-8, "System

Check" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-13, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" and CO-14,
"RADIATOR" .
OFF 7 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 8 ● Coolant temperature ● Visual Gauge less than 3/4 —

gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-16 , “Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant”.
EC-255
[KA24DE]
OFF*4 9 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-7, "COOLING
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank SYSTEM" .
tor
OFF 10 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-32, "CYLINDER
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
11 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-48, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-6, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
Component Inspection UBS00D5S
RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief : 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/
pressure cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
SLC755A
THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening tempera- : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
ture
Valve lift : More than 8 mm/90°C
(0.31 in/194°F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (41°F) below valve opening tem-
perature.
For details, refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" .
SLC343

PBIB2005E
EC-256
[KA24DE]
<Reference data>
A
Engine coolant
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
EC
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 C
EC-257
DTC P0300 - P0304 NO. 4 - 1 CYLINDER MISFIRE, MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[KA24DE]
FIRE PFP:00020
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D5T
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP
sensor signal to vary, the ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
Multiple cylinder misfire ● Improper spark plug
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire.
detected ● Insufficient compression
No.1 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect fuel pressure
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
detected ● The injector circuit is open or shorted
No. 2 cylinder misfire ● Fuel injector
detected
● Intake air leak
No. 3 cylinder misfire ● The ignition secondary circuit is open or
detected shorted
● Lack of fuel
● Drive plate/Fly wheel
No. 4 cylinder misfire ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
detected ● Incorrect distributor rotor
● EGR valve
EC-258
FIRE
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00ELV
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
NOTE: EC
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
D
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. E
.
NOTE: F
If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing
the following procedure is advised. PBIB0164E

G
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
H
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
I
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the feaze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), J
Engine coolant temperature T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
(T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). K
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time L
Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
M
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D5V

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.
EC-259
FIRE
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst (manifold) and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
3. CHECK EGR FUNCTION

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION (OPEN).
Refer to EC-465 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair EGR system.
4. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 8.
SEF319V
5. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-545,
MEC703B
EC-260
FIRE
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK A
2. Remove ignition wire assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire. EC
4. Disconnect all injector harness connector.
5. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
C
6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 7.
F
SEF282G
7. CHECK IGNITION WIRES

G
OK or NG
OK >> Check distributor rotor head for incorrect parts. Check ignition coil, power transistor and their cir- H
cuits. Refer to EC-538, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
I
8. CHECK SPARK PLUGS
Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to “ENGINE MAINTE- K
NANCE”, MA-15 .
SEF156I
M
9. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure.
Refer to EM-32, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
Standard : 1,226 kPa (12.5 kg/cm2 , 178 psi)/300 rpm
Minimum : 1,030 kPa (10.5 kg/cm2 , 149 psi)/300 rpm
Difference between : 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
each cylinder
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
EC-261
FIRE
[KA24DE]
1. Install any parts removed.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure.
Refer to EC-47, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
At idle : Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
AEC064B

● Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-554, "FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT" .)
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-48, "Fuel Pressure Regulator Check" .)
● Fuel lines (Refer to MA-18, "Checking Fuel Lines" ).

Ignition timing
Base idle speed
Closed throttle position switch idle Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
position adjustment 0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Adjust ignition timing.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-262
FIRE
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec
With GST C
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
D
at 2,500 rpm : 7.5 - 13.2 g·m/sec
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. E
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK CONNECTORS F

Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground.
Refer to EC-146, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
OK or NG G
16. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART H
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 17.
17. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC J
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.

Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE K
>> GO TO 18. L

Perform EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00D5W
IGNITION WIRES
1. Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
EC-263
FIRE
[KA24DE]
2. Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance : 13.6 - 18.4 kΩ/m (4.15 -
5.61 kΩ/ft) at 25°C (77°F)
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect igni-
tion wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
SEF174P
Removal and Installation UBS00D5X
INJECTOR
SPARK PLUGS
EC-264
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS00D5Y
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from EC
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
C
SEF598K
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D5Z
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses. F
Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
input sent to ECM. G
Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
P0328 ●
input sent to ECM.
H
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
K
WITH GST L
SEF058Y
EC-265
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
BBWA0549E
EC-266
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed

D
E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
BBIA0431E

I
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 64 and J
ground.
NOTE: K
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure
more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance : Approximately 500 - 620 kΩ L
[at 25°C (77°F)]
M
OK or NG SEF173V
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Check the harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.
EC-267
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.

KNOCK SENSOR
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance : 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physi-
cally damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF174V
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-268
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD)
[KA24DE]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (OBD) PFP:23731
A
The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transaxle

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel or drive plate. It EC
detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet, core and coil.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. C
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor D
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
SEF956N
the engine revolution.
E
This sensor is not directly used to control the engine system. It is
used only for the on board diagnosis.
H
SEF335V
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00EMC
Specification data are reference values. I

Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication. J
value tachometer indication.
K
● The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first L
few seconds of engine cranking. ● Harness or connectors
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (The crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
Crankshaft position circuit is open)
P0335 position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM
sensor (OBD) circuit M
while the engine is running. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
● The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) signal ● Dead battery
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-269
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II.
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-270
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA0548E
EC-271
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (AC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
47 L
sensor (OBD)
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM harness
connectors.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and crankshaft posi-
tion sensor (OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
SEF335V
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
EC-272
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors E202, E32
● Harness connectors E41, F25 EC
● Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
C

D
1. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

● Harness connectors E202, E32 H
● Harness connectors E41, F25
I
6. CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect harness connectors E202, E32.

2. Check harness continuity between harness connector E32 terminal 2 and ground. K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between harness connector E32 and ground
8. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
EC-273
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00D6A
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (OBD) harness connector.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
SEF960N
5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Resistance : Approximately 512 - 632Ω
[at 20°C (68°F)]
SEF231W
EC-274
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR PFP:22100
A
The camshaft position sensor is a basic component of the engine

control system. It monitors engine speed and piston position. These EC
input signals to the engine control system are used to control fuel
injection, ignition timing and other functions.
The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-forming
circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for a 1° (POS) signal and 4 slits C
for a 180° (REF) signal. The wave-forming circuit consists of Light
Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes.
The rotor plate is positioned between the LED and the photo diode. D
The LED transmits light to the photo diode. As the rotor plate turns,
the slits cut the light to generate rough-shaped pulses. These pulses
SEF928V
are converted into on-off signals by the wave-forming circuit and
E
sent to the ECM.
The distributor is not repairable and must be replaced as an assem-
bly except distributor cap and rotor head.
F
H
SEF853B
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00ELW

I
J
● Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D6C K

A) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM ● Harness or connectors
for the first few seconds during engine (The camshaft position sensor circuit is L
cranking. open or shorted.)
B) Either 1° or 180° signal is not sent to ECM ● Camshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sensor
P0340 often enough while the engine speed is ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .) M
circuit
higher than the specified engine speed. ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
C) The relation between 1° and 180° signal is ● Dead (Weak) battery
not in the normal range during the speci-
fied engine speed.
EC-275
[KA24DE]
Perform Procedure for malfunction A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform Procedure for
malfunction B and C.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
With CONSULT-II
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
.
With GST
SEF058Y
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C

With CONSULT-II
.
With GST
SEF058Y
EC-276
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D6E
EC
BBWA1060E
EC-277
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1V
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0.2 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
44 PU Camshaft position sen- SEF114V
48 PU sor (Reference signal)

0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
Approximately 2.6V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
Camshaft position sen- SEF195T
49 LG
sor (Position signal)
Approximately 2.5 - 2.6V
[Engine is running]
SEF196T

72 B/P (11 - 14V)

EC-278
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D6F
1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM A
Does the engine turn over?

(Does the starter motor operate?) EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" . C

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
F
BBIA0431E
3. CHECK POWER SUPPLY H
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
SEF128S
L
3. Check voltage between camshaft position (CMP) sensor termi-
nal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF040S

● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
EC-279
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49,
CMP sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminals 44, 48.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-280
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS00D6G
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A

1. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 49 and engine ground, ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground. EC
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
C
K
LEC035A
Removal and Installation UBS00D6H
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR L

Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS"
EC-281
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0400 EGR FUNCTION PFP:14710
Description UBS00D6I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EGR control EGRC solenoid valve
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cut-
and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current flows through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vac-
uum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Low engine coolant temperature
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● High-speed engine operation
● Engine idling
● Excessively high engine coolant temperature
● High engine speed
● Wide open throttle
● Mass air flow sensor malfunction
● Low intake air temperature
SEF641Q
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the
intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to
throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper
valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-282
[KA24DE]
EGR temperature sensor
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the A
EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases
flow, and the temperature in the passageway changes. The EGR
temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal EC
sent from the ECM. This modified signal then returns to the ECM as
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature
sensor resistance decreases. This sensor is not used to control the
engine system. C
It is used only for the on board diagnosis.
SEF599K
D
<Reference data>
E
EGR temperature Voltage* Resistance
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05 F
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR G
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V H
K
SEF068XB
EGRC Solenoid Valve

L
The EGRC solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal passes through
the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut M
the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR
valve.
SEF240PD
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00ELX

EC-283
[KA24DE]
ON
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D6J
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor under the condition that calls for EGR, a
low-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
(The EGRC solenoid valve circuit is
open or short)
● EGR valve stuck closed
● EGRC-BPT valve
● No EGR flow is detected under conditions
P0400 EGR function (close) Vacuum hose
that call for EGR. ●
● EGRC solenoid valve

● EGR passage clogged
● EGR temperature sensor and circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D6K
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
● P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is “NG”.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II and confirm it is within the range listed below.
COOLAN TEMP/S : Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than
ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic
result.
3. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value reaches 70°C (158°F), SEF013Y
immediately go to the next step.
4. Select “EGR SYSTEM P0400” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-284
[KA24DE]
A
EC
SEF191Y
D
6. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and
then stop vehicle with engine running.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
E
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
7. Check the output voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” (at closed throt-
tle position) and note it. F
G
SEF235Y

H
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 30 seconds or more.)
I
Vehicle speed 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
B/FUEL SCHDL 7.0 - 10.0 msec J
THRTL POS SEN (X + 0.23) − (X + 0.74) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
SEF192Y
Shift lever Suitable position K
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.

9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. L
EC-285
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS00D6L
Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WITH GST
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector. (The 1st
trip DTC for EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.)
SEF336V
3. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm quickly under no load using
the following methods.
SEF642Q
EGR valve should lift up and down without sticking.

If OK, go to the next step.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature
sensor signal) and ground at idle speed.
Less than 4.5V should exist.
If NG, go to next step.
SEF182V
6. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor

harness connector terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
7. Check “EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR”. Refer to EC-291,
"Component Inspection" .
SEF183V
EC-286
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D6M
EC
BBWA0453E
EC-287
[KA24DE]
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace exhaust system.
2. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE TO EGR VALVE

With CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect vacuum hose to EGR valve.
3. Check for vacuum existence at idle.
Vacuum should not exist at idle.
SEF337V
4. Select “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode

with CONSULT-II and turn the solenoid valve OFF.
5. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from 2,000
rpm up to 4,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist when revving engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF716Z
EC-288
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK VACUUM SOURCE TO EGR VALVE A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
4. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector. (The 1st
trip DTC for EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, but ignore
it.)
D
5. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from 2,000
rpm up to 4,000 rpm.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 4. SEF337V
NG >> GO TO 5.
F
4. CHECK EGR VALVE
Refer to EC-291, "Component Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair or replace EGR valve. H
5. CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connec-
tion.
OK or NG J
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hose. K
L
SEF109L
6. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION M
With CONSULT-II
2. Turn EGRC solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST”
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
SEF716Z
EC-289
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting EGRC solenoid valve har-
ness connector. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however, ignore
it.)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
– Harness connectors E43, M65
– Harness connectors M59, F27
– 10A fuse
– Harness for open or short between fuse and EGRC solenoid valve
– Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK EGRC SOLENOID VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EGRC solenoid valve.
10. CHECK EGRC-BPT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EGRC-BPT valve.
11. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EGR temperature sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-290
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS00D6O
EGR VALVE A
● Apply vacuum to EGR vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.
EGR valve spring should lift.
● Check for sticking. EC
D
MEF137D
EGRC SOLENOID VALVE E

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity.
Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. F
I
LEC036A
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure. J
M
LEC037A
EC-291
[KA24DE]
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1. Plug one of two ports of EGRC-BPT valve.
2. Vacuum from the other port and check for leakage while apply-
ing a pressure above 0.981 kPa (100 mmH2 O, 3.94 inH2 O)
from under EGRC-BPT valve.
3. If a leakage is noted, replace the valve.
SEF083P
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature °C (°F) Voltage [V]* Resistance MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
4. If NG, replace EGR temperature sensor.
SEF068XB
Removal and Installation UBS00D6P
EGR VALVE
EC-292
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION PFP:14741
A
Description UBS00D6Q
EC
SEF453PD
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling throttle body vacuum H
applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning of
the EGR valve or to engine operation.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D6R I
If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase. If
the roughness is large, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC solenoid valve. If
the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated. J
● EGRC-BPT valve
K
● EGR valve
● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
● Blocked rubber tube
● The EGRC-BPT valve does not L
P0402 EGRC-BPT valve function ● Camshaft position sensor
operate properly.
● Blocked exhaust system
● Orifice
M
EC-293
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D6S
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and EGR
valve as shown in the illustration.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EGRC-BPT VLV P0402” of
“EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF930VA
tle position) and note it.
SEF718Z

played on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may
increase. Maintain the conditions many times until “COM-
PLETED” appears.
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 2,000 rpm (M/T)
1,400 - 1,800 rpm (A/T)
Vehicle speed 30 - 100 km/h (19 - 62 MPH) (M/T)
30 - 55 km/h (19 - 34 MPH) (A/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL 5 - 7.5 msec (M/T) SEF719Z
5.5 - 8.0 msec (A/T)

THRTL POS SEN (X – (X + 0.88) V
EC-294
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
● The bar chart on CONSULT-II screen indicates the status A
of this test. However, the test may be finished before the
bar chart becomes full scale.
● If the bar chart indication does not continue to progress, EC
completely release accelerator pedal once and try to
meet the conditions again.
● If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen,
C
retry from step 2.
9. If CONSULT-II instructs to carry out Overall Function Check, go
to next step. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-296, "Diagnostic
Procedure" . LEC038A D
10. Open engine hood.
11. Raise engine speed to 2,400 to 3,200 rpm under no-load and
hold it. Then touch “NEXT” on CONSULT-II screen. E
SEF384X
H
12. Check vacuum gauge while keeping engine speed at 2,400 to
3,200 rpm.
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91 I
inHg).
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen. J
13. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving from 2,000 rpm to
4,000 rpm quickly under no load.
EGR valve should lift up, and go down without sticking when the
engine is returned to idle. K
If NG, check EGR valve. PEF963V
If OK, touch “YES” or the CONSULT-II screen.
14. Check the rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC- L
BPT valve for cracks, blockages or twisting.
If NG, repair or replace.
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen. M
Overall Function Check UBS00D6T
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Lift up vehicle.
3. Start engine and shift to 1st (M/T) or D (A/T) position.
3,200 rpm.
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91
inHg).
If OK, go to next step.
SEF930V
EC-295
[KA24DE]
5. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving from 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm quickly under no load.
EGR valve should lift up, and go down without sticking when the engine is returned to idle.
6. Check rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT
valve for misconnection, cracks or blockages.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D6U
1. CHECK HOSE
Check vacuum hose for clogging and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace vacuum hose.

Check exhaust system for collapse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK ORIFICE
Check if orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and EGRC solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace vacuum hose.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EGRC solenoid valve.
EC-296
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK EGR VALVE A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
NG >> Replace EGR valve.

D
>> INSPECTION END.
Component Inspection UBS00D6V
EGRC-BPT VALVE E
2. Vacuum from the other port and check leakage without applying any pressure from under EGR-BPT
valve. F
Leakage should exist.
I
SEF172P

1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
K
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Less than 1.0 L
0.9 - 185
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal M
1.9 - 2.3
operating temperature.)
SEF326V
EC-297
[KA24DE]
SEF893J
EGRC SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
LEC036A
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure.
LEC037A
EGR VALVE
● Check for sticking.
MEF137D
EC-298
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
A
Component Description UBS00D6W
The EGR temperature sensor detects temperature changes in the

EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases EC
temperature sensor is a thermistor that modifies a voltage signal
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature C
engine system.
It is used only for the on board diagnosis. D
SEF599K
E
<Reference data>
F
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094 G
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground. H
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D6X
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause M
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
An excessively low voltage from the EGR shorted.)
P0405 temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
circuit low input ● EGR temperature sensor
when engine coolant temperature is low.
● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT
valve or EGRC-solenoid valve
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
An excessively high voltage from the EGR open.)
P0406 temperature sensor is sent to ECM even
circuit high input ● EGR temperature sensor
when engine coolant temperature is high.
● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT
valve or EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-299
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D6Y
Perform PROCEDURE FOR P0405 first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE
FOR P0406.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR P0405
With CONSULT-II
3. Verify that engine coolant temperature is less than 50°C
(122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down.
.
With GST
SEF174Y
PROCEDURE FOR P0406

CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform the test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).
With CONSULT-II
2. Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting.
If the result is NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402. Refer to EC-463 .
4. Read “EGR TEMP SEN” at about 1,500 rpm while holding the
EGR valve in full open position by hand.
Voltage should decrease to less than 1.5V.
If the result is NG, go to EC-303, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, go to following step.
tle position) and note it. SEF201Y
VHCL SPEED SE 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
B/FUEL SCHDL 7 - 10.5 msec
THRTL POS SEN (X + 0.23) − (X + 0.74) V
EC-300
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS00D6Z
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGR temperature sensor. During this check, a 1st trip
PROCEDURE FOR P0406 EC
With GST
2. Run engine at idle for at least 2 minutes. C
If NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402.
Refer to EC-463 . D
F
SEF360Q
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature G

sensor signal) and ground at about 1,500 rpm with EGR valve
lifted up to the full position by hand.
Voltage should decrease to less than 1.0V. H
If OK, perform trouble diagnoses for DTC P0400 and P1400.
I
SEF362Q J
EC-301
[KA24DE]
AEC006B
EC-302
[KA24DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0431E
E

F
G
I
SEF345V
3. Check voltage between terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II J

or tester.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
L
SEF263W M
3. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-303
[KA24DE]
Check the harness for open or short between EGR temperature sensor and ECM.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END


3. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
SEF068XB
EC-304
[KA24DE]
EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS"
EC
EC-305
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[KA24DE]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensor 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB0067E
● Three way catalyst (manifold)
● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system efficiency below operate properly.
P0420 ● Fuel injector
threshold ● Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
have enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Injector leaks
● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
● Do not hold engine speed more than specified minutes below.
With CONSULT-II
5. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu-
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step 9
7. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
SEF847Y
EC-306
[KA24DE]
8. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take A
approximately 5 minutes).
If not “CMPLT”, perform the following.
a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place EC
(soak the vehicle).
SEF848Y
D
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/ E
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
d. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F),
go to step 3.
F
G
SEF013Y
9. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

H
10. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-308, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
I
SEF535Z
K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed. L
WITH GST
M
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 (Heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 signal), 56 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 56 and ground is much less than that of
ECM terminal 50 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75. AEC876A
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst

(manifold) does not operate properly.
Go to EC-308, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-307
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 50 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 4,
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-198 .)

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Ignition timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-308
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK INJECTORS A
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-546 .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 102, 104, 109 and 111 EC
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-308, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
E
LEC041A
6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK

F
2. Remove ignition wire assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition wire. G
4. Disconnect all injector harness connector
6. Check for spark. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. I
SEF282G
K

L
M
Resistance : 13.6 - 18.4 kΩ/m (4.15 - 5.61 kΩ/ft)
[at 25°C (77°F)]
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect igni-
tion wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-538, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . SEF174P
NG >> Replace.
EC-309
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK INJECTOR
3. Reconnect all injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END.

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
EC-310
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
System Description UBS00D78
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with DTC P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. EC
Refer to EC-413 .
H
PBIB1402E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure I
sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
J
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a fault is determined.
K
● EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve stuck closed
L
● EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
EVAP control system does not operate prop- ● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between nection of rubber tube M
P0441
incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres- ● Blocked rubber tube
sure sensor.
● Cracked EVAP canister
● Closed throttle position switch
● Blocked purge port
● EVAP canister vent control valve
EC-311
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D7A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-II.
If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7.
6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
Vehicle speed 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH)
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,750 rpm
Engine coolant temperature More than 70°C (158°F)
If “TESTING” is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2.
PBIB0826E
7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-
Overall Function Check UBS00D7B
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
4. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
EC-312
[KA24DE]
5. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 62 (EVAP control system
pressure sensor signal) and ground. A
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 EC
minute.
Air conditioner switch ON
C
Head lamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
LEC045A
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm D
Shift lever Any position other than N or P
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second. E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D7C
F
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2. H
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW I
With CONSULT-II
J
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle. K
M
SEF339V
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm.
5. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening.
PURG VOL CONT/V Vacuum
100% Should exist.
0% Should not exist.
OK or NG SEF801Y
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-313
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
6. Release the accelerator pedal fully and let idle.
Vacuum should not exist.
OK or NG SEF339V
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE

Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it.
5. CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT

1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B .
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C .
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.

OK or NG
NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
EC-314
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
E
SEF801Y
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. G
Condition
Air passage continuity between A and B
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
H
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
J
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. K
Condition Air passage continuity between A and B

12V direct current supply between ter- L
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid PBIB0150E
valve.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE

2. Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-315
[KA24DE]
9. CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con-
nector.
2. Check connectors for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF341V
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT

Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452, EC-345 and DTC P0453, EC-352 .
OK or NG
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister.
2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
BBIA0308E
EC-316
[KA24DE]
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
EC
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. C
F
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol- G
lowing condition.
Air passage continuity between
Condition
A and B
H
12V direct current supply between

No
terminals 1 and 2
I
OFF Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second.

OK or NG BBIA0309E
J
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
K
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
1. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B ) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
L
2. Perform Test No. 12 again.
OK or NG
OK (With Consult-II)>>GO TO 14. M
OK (Without Consult-II)>>GO TO 15.
EC-317
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
6. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW” under the following conditions.
Measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed ON
Partially open or completely open OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
15. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

1. Install all removed parts.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
4. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
5. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Resistance measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
LEC094A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.
EC-318
[KA24DE]
16. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Check the following items. Refer to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
EC
Ignition timing
A/T: 20° ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position
M/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
Base idle speed
Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
Closed throttle position switch idle
0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
position adjustment D
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed
E
Is it possible to adjust closed throttle position switch?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 17. F
No >> Replace throttle position switch.
17. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE G

Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace it.
I
18. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
J
>> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-319
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D7D
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-487 .
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1402E
EC-320
[KA24DE]
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. EC
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control
valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
D
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, E
pressure sensor
P0442 small leak detected EVAP control system does not
(negative pressure) operate properly.
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
F
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss- G
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water H
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit
● Refueling control valve I
● ORVR system leaks
CAUTION: J
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
● If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
K
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D7E
L
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. Refer to EC-
487 .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve M
properly.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
EC-321
[KA24DE]
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to
86°F).
CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) SEF475Y
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in

“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
● If the engine cannot be maintained within the range on CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-74, "Basic
Inspection" .
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed.
LEC048A
WITH GST
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-58, "Driving Pattern" .
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-58, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
3. Stop vehicle.
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
– If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-58, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-323, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-322
[KA24DE]
– If P0441 and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. A
EC
– If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 5.
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN C

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. E
SEF915U G
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION

Check that the cap is tightened properly rotating the cap clockwise. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> ● Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. I
● Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION J
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
EC-323
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure : 16.0 - 20.0 kPa
(0.163 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum : −6.0 to −3.5 kPa
(−0.061 to −0.036 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement.
If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG SEF943S
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5. INSTALL PRESSURE PUMP

1. Install the EVAP service port adapter and the pressure pump
securely to EVAP service port.
SEF339V
NOTE:
●Improper installation of service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF462UE
EC-324
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
C
E
PEF658U
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of bar graph. F
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
G
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
PEF917U
I
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak portion. For the leak
detector, refer to instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" J
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. K
L
SEF200U
EC-325
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Shown in the above figure.
4. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg).
NOTE:
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres-

● SEF503V
sure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak. For the leak detector,
refer to instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-571,
"EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
8. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR

1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
● Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace water separator. PBIB1032E
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT

Refer to EC-488, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connectors.
EC-326
[KA24DE]
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER A
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14. C
SEF596U
E
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
F
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13. G
NG >> GO TO 12.

1. Visually check the EVAP canister for damage. I
2. Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection.
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. J

K
With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
2. Start engine. L
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL
CONT/V” opening to 100%. M
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0147E
EC-327
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-30, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF801Y
EC-328
[KA24DE]
17. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. EC
Condition
C
100% Yes
0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F

12V direct current supply between ter- G
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve. I

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in J
the figure.
M
SEF334VA

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
SEF852Z
EC-329
[KA24DE]
19. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness
connector connected.
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
3. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control sys-
tem pressure sensor as shown in figure.
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, −27.56 inHg)

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.56 inHg) of pressure.
SEF341V
4. Check output voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.

Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage [V]
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8
-26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
>> GO TO 22.
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE

Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-576, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
EC-330
[KA24DE]
23. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE A
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose-
ness and improper connection.
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
C
24. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
1. Remove fuel filler cap.

D
2. Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
3. Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
E
4. Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
suitable 3–way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
K
SEF707Z
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 25.
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
25. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR M
1. Remove fuel level sensor assembly. Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP
ASSEMBLY" .
2. Refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK"
EC-331
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[KA24DE]
VALVE PFP:14920
Description UBS00D7G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Throttle position sensor Throttle position EVAP canister EVAP canister purge volume
purge flow control control solenoid valve
Throttle position switch Closed throttle position
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D7H

● Engine: After warming up Idle (Vehicle stopped) 0%
● Air conditioner switch OFF
PURG VOL C/V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
2,000 rpm —
(M/T)
● No-load
EC-332
VALVE
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D7I
A
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
An excessively low voltage signal is sent EC
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit
to ECM through the valve ● EVAP canister purge volume control
open
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge volume (The sensor circuit is shorted.)
C
An excessively high voltage signal is sent
shorted
solenoid valve
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D7J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
TESTING CONDITION:
F
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
. H
WITH GST
I
SEF058Y J
EC-333
VALVE
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D7K
BBWA1061E
EC-334
VALVE
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
MINA ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
L NO.
0 - 1V
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self-shut-off) D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
EVAP canister purge SEF109V
5 R/Y volume control sole-
noid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
I
(More than 200 seconds after starting engine)
J
SEF110V

72 B/P ECM (11 - 14V) K
L
:Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-335
VALVE
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D7L

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
SEF339V
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF192V

● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 1.
4. Also, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM.
EC-336
VALVE
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
valve opening.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
D
E
SEF801Y
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. G
Condition
H
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
J
Without CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions. K

12V direct current supply between ter- L
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.
valve.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-337
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE PFP:14935
Component Description UBS00D7M
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to sig-
nals from the ECM.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is
energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
SEF381Z
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D7N

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D7O
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
P0447
trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D7P
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-338
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D7Q
EC
BBWA1062E
EC-339
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D7R
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK CIRCUIT
3. Make sure that ratcheting sound is heard from the vent control
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF802Y
EC-340
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
SEF143S
E
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve termi-
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF240W
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

● Harness connectors E43, M65 J
● Harness connectors M67, C1
● Fuse block (J/B) connector E49
● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
L

M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 108 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-341
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
BBIA0308E
8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II

With CONSULT-II
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol-
lowing condition.
Condition
A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
EC-342
[KA24DE]
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 10.
C
D
>> INSPECTION END

E
EC-343
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:25085
Component Description UBS00D7S
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases. The EVAP control system pressure sensor is not
used to control the engine system. It is used only for on board diag-
nosis.
SEF340V
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D7T

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D7U
EVAP control system ● Harness or connectors

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0452 pressure sensor low
sent to ECM.
input ● EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC-344
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D7V
A
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: EC
● Always perform test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. D
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). E
. F
SEF194Y
H
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temper- I
ature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
J
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure" K
.
L
SEF196V
EC-345
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D7W
BBWA1063E
EC-346
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- WIRE EC
MINAL COLO ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NO. R
42 BR Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V C
[Engine is running]
43 B/W Sensor ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed D
EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D7X
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE CONNECTED TO THE SENSOR

F
Check rubber tube connected to the sensor for clogging, vent, kink, disconnection or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
NG >> Reconnect, repair or replace.

H
Refer to EC-127, "Ground Inspection" . I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. J
BBIA0431E
L
nector. M
2. Check sensor harness connector for water.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF341V
EC-347
[KA24DE]
2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF410Q

● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM

3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal
43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

>> Repair open circuit or shirt to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-348
[KA24DE]
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9. D
Check the following. E
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM F
G
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair it. I

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness J
3. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control sys- K
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. L
M
SEF341V

CAUTION:
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-349
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-350
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS00D7Y

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres- EC
nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D7Z I


K
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
● Rubber hose to EVAP control system pressure is
EVAP control system clogged, vent, kinked, disconnected or improper M
An excessively high voltage from
P0453 pressure sensor high connection.
the sensor is sent to ECM.
input
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
● EVAP canister
● Water separator
EC-351
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform test at a temperature above 5°C (41°F).
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
.
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temper-
.
SEF196V
EC-352
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA1063E
EC-353
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sure sensor
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE CONNECTED TO THE SENSOR

Check rubber tube connected to the sensor for clogging, vent, kink, disconnection or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0431E

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF341V
EC-354
[KA24DE]
terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF410Q
E
F
● Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM G
H
I
43.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7. L

M
EC-355
[KA24DE]
2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.


With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
SEF801Y
EC-356
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
C
100% Yes
0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II

Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 12.
valve. I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair it.
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I L

2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being M
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
BBIA0308E
EC-357
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
lowing condition.
Condition
A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-358
[KA24DE]
16. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. EC
CAUTION: C

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.56 inHg) of pressure. D
SEF341V
4. Check output voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. E

F
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which G
one. SEF198V H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I
17. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
Check obstructed water separator and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber J
tube using air blower.
Check water separator.
1. Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet. K
4. Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with L
● Do not disassemble water separator. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube and/or water sepa- PBIB1032E
rator.
EC-359
[KA24DE]
18. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 19.
No >> GO TO 21.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> GO TO 20.

1. Visually check the EVAP canister for damage.
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister or water separator.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-360
[KA24DE]
A
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448. EC
Refer to EC-487 .
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
PBIB1402E
I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
● Incorrect fuel filler cap used J
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister K
purge volume control solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
● EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks L
● EVAP control system has a
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
very large leak such as fuel
EVAP control system filler cap tell off. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system pres- M
P0455
gross leak detected. sure sensor
● EVAP control system does
not operate properly. ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the
circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or
damaged.
● Refueling control valve
CAUTION:
EC-361
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-487 .
● Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
● Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filter cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
SEF475Y
6. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-362
[KA24DE]
If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with A
CONSULT-II and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]”
is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-363, "Diagnostic Pro-
cedure" .
EC
If P0442 is displayed, perform “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC
P0442, EC-323 .
LEC048A
D
WITH GST
NOTE: E
● Be sure to read the explanation of EC-58, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
● It is better that the fuel level is low.
1. Start engine. F
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select “MODE 1” with GST. G
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. H
6. Start engine.
7. Drive vehicle again according to the EC-58, "Driving Pattern" . I
8. Stop vehicle.
J
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-313, "Diagnostic Procedure" . K
– If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
– If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK. L
M
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
EC-363
[KA24DE]
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> ● Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF445Y

(0.163 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
(−0.061 to −0.036 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.51 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG SEF943S
OK >> GO TO 5.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.
EC-364
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. EC
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector.
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP C

To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pres-
sure pump to EVAP service port securely.
D
SEF339V
G
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
H
I
SEF916U
EC-365
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
PEF658U
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-366
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter. D
NOTE:
E
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- SEF503V
sure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak F
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 12.
H
SEF200U
I
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
J
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine. K
CONT/V” opening to 100%. L
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
PBIB0147E
EC-367
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF801Y
EC-368
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
C
100% Yes
0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II

Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 16.
valve. I

Check resistance by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in J
the figure.
M
SEF334VA

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor, refer to FL-6,
"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP
ASSEMBLY" .
SEF852Z
EC-369
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:

SEF341V

CAUTION:
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
EC-370
[KA24DE]
20. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE A
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank. EC
suitable 3–way connector. Check that there is no leakage. C
SEF707Z I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank. J
21. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

1. Remove fuel level sensor assembly. K
2. Refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 22.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor.
M
Refer to EC-116, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-371
[KA24DE]
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve using intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small
leak diagnosis.
If the ECM judges a leak equivalent to a very small leak, the very small leak DTC P0456 or P1456 will be
detected. If the ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, the EVAP small leak DTC P0442 will be
detected. Correspondingly, if the ECM judges there is no leak, the diagnosis result is OK.
PBIB1402E
EC-372
[KA24DE]
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid C
valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent
control valve.
D
E
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control
● EVAP system has a very small system pressure sensor
Evaporative emission control leak.
P0456 system very small leak ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure check) ● EVAP system does not operate F
properly.
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
● Fuel tank temperature sensor G
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
● Water separator H
● EVAP canister is saturated with water
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge J
volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, K
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. L
NOTE: M
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
properly.
● After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
– Fuel filler cap is removed.
– Refilled or drained the fuel.
– EVAP component parts is/are removed.
EC-373
[KA24DE]
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 1.16 - 0.25V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch “OFF” and leave the vehicle in a cool
place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining fuel until the output
voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the
range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then PBIB1953E
start from step 1.
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
● Do not start engine.
● Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi).
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
2. Set the pressure pump and a hose.
3. Also set a vacuum gauge via 3-way connector and a hose.
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8.
6. Using MODE 8 control the EVAP canister vent control valve
(close) and vacuum cut valve bypass valve (open).
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat-
isfied.
Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg)
SEF462UA
EC-374
[KA24DE]
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg) A
NOTE: EC
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
8. Disconnect GST.
9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. C
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D8A
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
I
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION J

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-375
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
SEF445Y

(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
(−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
OK or NG SEF943S
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP

SEF339V
NOTE:
SEF916U
EC-376
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
NOTE:
D
sure in the system.
E
PEF917U
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. F
.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
SEF200U
I
Without CONSULT-II J
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) K
4. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 L
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE: M
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- SEF503V
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-377
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. PBIB1032E
NG >> Replace water separator.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
SEF596U

Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

● EVAP canister for damage
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-378
[KA24DE]
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL C
CONT/V” opening to 100%.
2,000 rpm. D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
Without CONSULT-II
G
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. H
Vacuum should exist. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. J
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK VACUUM HOSE K

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16. L
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-379
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve.

SEF334VA
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 2 and 4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. SEF852Z
EC-380
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: C

SEF341V

F
CAUTION:
one. SEF198V H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21. K
21. CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE L

M
>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-381
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

Refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-382
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
A
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is vari-
able resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float. C
SEF725Z
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS00D8C
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc- F
tion is detected.
Malfunction is detected when even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel
level sensor to ECM.
G
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Fuel level sensor circuit
Fuel level sensor circuit (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0460 being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor H
noise
to ECM. ● Fuel level sensor

I
NOTE:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. K
3. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
. L
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-383
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D8E
BBWA1064E
EC-384
[KA24DE]
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. EC
terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or a tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
SEF863Z
F
Check the following. G
● Harness for open or short between combination meter and “fuel level sensor until and fuel pump”
H
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

2. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground. J
3. Also check harness for short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
L
NG >> GO TO 4.

M
● Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ground
EC-385
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
ECM terminal 46 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1,
ECM terminal 66 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”

Refer to DI-19, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00D8G
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-386
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS00D8H
the ECM.
SEF725Z
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS00D8I
Driving long distances naturally affects fuel gauge level.

This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has F
been driven.
Malfunction is detected when the output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified
range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance.
G
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does ● Harness or connectors
Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) H
P0461
range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
tance. ● Fuel level sensor
Overall Function Check UBS00D8J I

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
WARNING: J
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-3,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
L
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. M
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-
II.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-
5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. SEF195Y
EC-387
[KA24DE]
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 46 (fuel level sen-
sor signal) and ground.
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground and note
it.
9. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel
tank using proper equipment.
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10. SEF703Z
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-18,

"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-388
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
[KA24DE]
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR PFP:25060
A
the ECM.
SEF725Z
E
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS00D8L
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit. F
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0462) or high (P0463) voltage is sent from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
G
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the
P0462 ● Fuel level sensor circuit
low input sensor is sent to ECM. H
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the Fuel level sensor
P0463 ●
high input sensor is sent to ECM.

I
NOTE:
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON. K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-391, "Diagnostic Procedure" M
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-389
[KA24DE]
BBWA1065E
EC-390
[KA24DE]
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector. EC
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit terminal G and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester. C

OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
E
PBIB2292E
F
Check the following. G
● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
H
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal E and ground. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
L
NG >> GO TO 4.

M
● Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and ground
EC-391
[KA24DE]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal G.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness on connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00D8P
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-392
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
A
Component Description UBS00D8Q
The vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It contains

a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to the EC
speedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.
SEF505U
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D8R
F
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from (The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM shorted)
even when vehicle is being driven.
● Vehicle speed sensor G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D8S
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine
K
2. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should
exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable
gear position. L
3. If NG, go to EC-395, "Wiring Diagram" .
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. M
6. Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
SEF196Y
1,800 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)
ENG SPEED
1,600 - 6,000 rpm (A/T)
7 - 15 msec (M/T)
B/FUEL SCHDL
6 - 16 msec (A/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-395, "Wiring Diagram" .
EC-393
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS00D8T
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in “MODE 1” with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-395, "Wiring Diagram" .
SEF568P
EC-394
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D8U
EC
BBWA0448E
EC-395
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1 - 4V
[Engine is running]
● Shift lever: D (A/T), 2nd (M/T)
● Vehicle speed: 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF003W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D8V

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector M38.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and combination meter terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter
3. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

Make sure that speedometer functions properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors. Check vehicle speed sensor and its circuit. Refer to DI-13,
"INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR" .
EC-396
DTC P0500 VSS
[KA24DE]
EC-397
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
DTC P0505 ISC SYSTEM PFP:23781
Description UBS00D8W
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/Neutral position Idle air control IACV-AAC valve
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACV-
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
mined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D8X

2,000 rpm —
(M/T)
● No-load
EC-398
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D8Y
A
An improper voltage signal is sent to (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
P0505 IACV-AAC valve circuit EC
ECM through IACV-AAC valve. shorted.)
● IACV-AAC valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D8Z C

NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. D
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON. E
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. F
. G
I
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. J
EC-399
[KA24DE]
BBWA0449E
EC-400
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
idle
SEF015W E
101 OR/L IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13V
[Engine is running] F
G
SEF016W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) H
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY I

1. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
J
SEF342V
M
4. Check voltage between IACV-AAC valve terminal 2 and ground
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-401
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and fuse

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 101 and IACV-AAC valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE

● Check IACV-AAC valve resistance.
Resistance : Approximately 10 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
● Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
● Check for broken spring.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace IACV-AAC valve.
SEF249W

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-402
[KA24DE]
A
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
D
Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal E
F
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve G
AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed H
I
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will J
SEF040E

M

2,000 rpm —
(M/T)
● No-load
Idle speed control sys- (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
The idle speed is less than the target idle
P0506 tem RPM lower than shorted)
speed by 100 rpm or more.
expected
● IACV-AAC valve
EC-403
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON again and select “DATA MONITOR”
4. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-404
[KA24DE]
EC
BBWA0449E
EC-405
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
SEF015W
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF016W

SEF342V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-406
[KA24DE]
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M27 EC
● 10A fuse
C
3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
H
I
● Check for broken spring. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace IACV-AAC valve. K
SEF249W
L
Perform EC-120, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-407
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
SEF040E

2,000 rpm —
(M/T)
● No-load
EC-408
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D9A
A
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or EC
Idle speed control sys- shorted)
The idle speed is more than the target
P0507 tem RPM higher than IACV-AAC valve
idle speed by 200 rpm or more. ●
expected
● PCV system
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D9B

D
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: E
WITH CONSULT-II
F
3. Turn ignition switch ON again and select “DATA MONITOR” G
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-411, "Diagnostic Procedure" H
.
SEF174Y J
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. K
EC-409
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D9C
BBWA0449E
EC-410
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
10.5 - 11.5V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
SEF015W E
1 - 13V
G
SEF016W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D9D
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY I

J
SEF342V
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-411
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEF249W

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-412
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH
[KA24DE]
DTC P0510 CTP SWITCH PFP:22620
A
Component Description UBS00D9E
A closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle position

switch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide open EC
throttle position switch is used only for A/T control.
When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttle
position switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM only
uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge control C
valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.
SEF505V
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D9F
● Harness or connectors F
Battery voltage from the closed throttle (The closed throttle position switch circuit
Closed throttle position switch is shorted.)
P0510 position switch is sent to ECM with the
circuit
throttle valve opened. ● Closed throttle position switch G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D9G

H
CAUTION:
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II
J
2. Select “CLSD THL/P SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II and check the indication under the following condi-
K
tions.
Condition Signal indication
Throttle valve: Idle position ON L
If the result is NG, go to EC-416, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M

SEF197Y
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the

following condition.
THRTL POS SEN More than 2.5V
Driving pattern Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
.
EC-413
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS00D9H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 28 (Closed throttle
position switch signal) and ground under the following condi-
tions.
Condition Voltage
At idle Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm Approximately 0 - 1V
SEF422Q
EC-414
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00D9I
EC
BBWA0450E
EC-415
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Throttle position switch ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
28 BR/W
(Closed position) [Ignition switch: ON]
● Accelerator pedal is slightly depressed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D9J

2. Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
SEF158S
4. Check voltage between throttle position switch terminal 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF715U

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and fuse
EC-416
[KA24DE]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and closed throttle position switch terminal 6. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM.
F
5. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION

G
2. Reconnect disconnect all harness connectors.
H
Ignition timing
I
Base idle speed
Closed throttle position switch Feeler gauge thickness and switch condition
J
idle position adjustment 0.1 mm (0.004 in): ON
0.3 mm (0.012 in): OFF
Target idle speed K
>> GO TO 6.
L
EC-417
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
With CONSULT-II
4. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW” under the following conditions.
SEF721Z
NOTE:
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle posi-
tion switch.
With GST
4. Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Throttle valve conditions Continuity
Completely closed Yes
Partially open or completely open No
NOTE:
Continuity measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in SEF159S
“Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace throttle position switch.
EC-418
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR A
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following condi- C
tions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position D
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in E
“Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.
With GST
SEF198Y F
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sen- G
sor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Completely closed 0.2 - 0.8 (a) H
I
NOTE:
sensor installed in vehicle. SEF767W J
4. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position K
sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor.

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-419
DTC P0605 ECM
[KA24DE]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
SEC220B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D9L
P0605 ECM ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-420
DTC P0605 ECM
[KA24DE]
1. INSPECTION START A
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ERASE”. C
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-420, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? D
With GST
2. Select MODE 4 with GST. E
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? F
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace ECM.
G
No >> INSPECTION END
EC-421
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS00D9O

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D9P

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D9Q
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the “rich” output is sufficiently
high and whether the “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltage from the
P1143 ● Fuel pressure
1 lean shift monitoring sensor are not reached to the specified voltages.
● Fuel injector
EC-422
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D9R
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1143” of E
“HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes. F
NOTE:
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. G
LEC054A

H
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
I
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (Less than 62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 15 msec J

K
step 2.
L
Procedure" .
LEC055A
Overall Function Check UBS00D9S
WITH GST
EC-423
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
– The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least 1 time.
AEC873A
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00D9T

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

Tightening torque :40 - 60 N·m
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-424
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA. A
With CONSULT-II
EC
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
D
SEF215Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
H
nector.
I
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE
J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? AEC131A
Yes or No K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-231 .
No >> GO TO 4.
L
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 1. M
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG SEF220W
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-425
DTC P1143 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

Refer to EC-211, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00D9U

Refer toEM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-426
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS00D9V

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00D9W I

HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm Changes more than 5 times during K
10 seconds.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00D9X
L
high. The “lean” output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected. M
SEF299U
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1144
1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-427
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00D9Y
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1) P1144” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
LEC056A

Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (Less than 62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.5 - 15 msec
step 2.
Procedure" .
LEC058A
Overall Function Check UBS00D9Z
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-428
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
sensor 1 signal) and ground. A
– The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time. EC
C
AEC873A
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DA0

E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
G
BBIA0431E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 I

Tightening torque : 40 - 60 N·m J
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
K
>> GO TO 3.
SEF332VB
EC-429
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

3. Check harness connector for water.
Water should not exit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-430
DTC P1144 HO2S1
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER A
Check resistance between terminals 3 and 1.
EC
CAUTION: C
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF220W
18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. F
Refer to EC-213, "Component Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1. H

I
Refer to EC-211, "Wiring Diagram" , for circuit.
J
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS00DA1
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 K

EC-431
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS00DA2

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DA3

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
rpm quickly.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DA4

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently low during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
MBIB1080E
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1146 ●
minimum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage.
● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-432
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00ELY
A
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
C
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- D
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and E
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUP- F
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF189Y

G
PBIB0818E J
If “NG” is displayed, refer toEC-436, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. K
Overall Function Check UBS00DA6
L
M
CAUTION:
WITH GST
EC-433
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
6. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once during this
procedure.
essary.
gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T).

The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once during this procedure.
EC-434
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DA7
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-435
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
under no load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DA8

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E
EC-436
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF215Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
H
nector.
I
J
Yes or No K
No >> GO TO 3.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-437
DTC P1146 HO2S2
[KA24DE]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DA9

EC-438
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS00DAA

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. EC
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DAB

HO2S2 (B1) between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V G
rpm quickly.
● Engine: After warming up H
rpm quickly.
minute under no load I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DAC
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time J

longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen K
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
L
SEF259VA M
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● The maximum voltage from the sensor is not ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147
maximum voltage monitoring reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
● Fuel injector
EC-439
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00ELZ
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
CONSULT-II.
ture.
6. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUP-
PORT” mode with CONSULT-II. SEF189Y
PBIB0819E

Overall Function Check UBS00DAE
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the rear heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
CAUTION:
WITH GST
EC-440
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
gen sensor 2 signal) and ground. A
6. Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) EC
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
essary. C
gear position (M/T), D position with “OD” OFF (A/T). D

The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this procedure.
E
EC-441
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DAF
BBWA1057E
EC-442
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
D
under no load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DAG

F
Refer to EC-127, "Ground Inspection" . G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H
BBIA0431E
EC-443
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer EC-231 .
No >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-444
DTC P1147 HO2S2
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 2 EC
C
1. Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground. D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. F
NG >> GO TO 6.

G
● Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground H

I
Refer to EC-219, "Component Inspection" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. K
>> INSPECTION END

M
Removal and Installation UBS00DAH

EC-445
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[KA24DE]
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DAI

● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
The closed loop control function does not oper- open or shorted.
Closed loop control
P1148 ate even when vehicle is driving in the speci-
function ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
fied condition.
● Heated oxygen sensor heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DAJ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check the following.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the result is NG, perform EC-447, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
5. Maintain the following condition at least 50 consecutive sec-
onds.
SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 msec or more
During this test, DTC P0134 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

EC-446
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[KA24DE]
Overall Function Check UBS00DAK
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC
C
– The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
D
– The voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
E
AEC873A
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DAL F

Refer to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0133, EC-202 .
EC-447
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DAM
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
● Cooling fan (crankshaft driven)
● Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- ● Radiator hose
heat).
● Radiator
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop-
● Radiator cap
Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat).
P1217 ● Water pump
ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. ● Thermostat
● Engine coolant is not within the specified ● Engine coolant temperature sensor
range. For more information, refer to EC-450,
"Main 11 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16 , “Changing Engine
Coolant”. Also, replace the engine oil.
RATIO" .
Overall Function Check UBS00DAN
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-449,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-449,
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
SEF621W
WITH GST
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps
and go to EC-449, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
EC-448
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DAO
1. CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" . C

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the D
pressure drops.
Testing pressure : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi) E
CAUTION:
Pressure should not drop. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak. G
SLC754A
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump H
Refer to CO-10, "WATER PUMP" .
3. CHECK RADIATOR CAP I

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief : 78 - 98 kPa
J
pressure (0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
L
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT M

Valve opening tempera- : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
ture
Valve lift : More than 8 mm/90°C
(0.31 in/194°F)
perature.
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-449
[KA24DE]
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor termi-
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEF012P
6. CHECK MAIN 11 CAUSES

>> INSPECTION END

Perform FINAL CHECK by the following procedure after repair is completed.
1. Warm up engine. Run the vehicle for at least 20 minutes. Pay attention to engine coolant temperature
gauge on the instrument panel. If the reading shows an abnormally high temperature, another part may be
malfunctioning.
2. Stop vehicle and let engine idle. Check the intake and exhaust systems for leaks by listening for noise or
visually inspecting the components.
3. Allow engine to cool and visually check for oil and coolant leaks. Then, perform “Overall Function Check”.
Main 11 Causes of Overheating UBS00DAP

OFF 1 ● Blocked radiator ● Visual No blocking —
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-12, "Recom-
mended Fluids and Lubri-
cants" .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-16 , “Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant”.
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.8 - 1.0 kg/ See CO-8, "System
cm2 , 11 - 14 psi) Check" .
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
EC-450
[KA24DE]
A
ON*2 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-8, "System
Check" .
ON*2 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-13, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT" and CO-14, EC
"RADIATOR" .
OFF 7 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemi- Negative —
cal tester 4 Gas ana- C
lyzer

gauge when driving
D
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-16 , “Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant”.
OFF*4 9 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-8, "System E
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank Check" .
tor
OFF 10 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-32, "CYLINDER
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
F
11 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-48, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston BLOCK" .
G
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. H
EC-451
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS00DAQ
The crankshaft position sensor (OBD) is located on the transmission

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel or drive plate. It
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
SEF956N
This sensor is not used to control the engine system.
SEF335V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DAR
● A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate ● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position sensor gear tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM.
P1336 ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
(OBD) (COG)
● Drive plate/Flywheel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DAS
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 2 minutes at idle speed.
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-452
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DAT
EC
BBWA0548E
EC-453
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Approx. 0V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle.
47 L
sensor (OBD)
Approx. 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DAU

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0431E

connectors.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 47 and crank-
shaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SEF335V
NG >> GO TO 3.
EC-454
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors E41, F25 EC
C

D
1. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness connectors E202, E32 H
I
6. CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect harness connectors E202, E32.

2. Check harness continuity between harness connector E32 terminal 2 and ground. K
Continuity should exist
L
4. Then reconnect harness connectors.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between harness connector E32 and ground
EC-455
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK IMPROPER INSTALLATION
1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD). Then retest.
2. Perform EC-452, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" again.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK GEAR TOOTH

Visually check for chipping flywheel or drive plate gear tooth (cog).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace the flywheel or drive plate.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-456
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14956
A
Component Description UBS00DAV
the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal passes through EC
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the throttle body to the EGR valve.
C
SEF240PD
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DAW

● Engine: After warming up Idle ON
EGRC SOL/V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Rev engine up from idle to 3,000 G
(M/T) OFF
rpm quickly.
● No-load
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DAX
● Harness or connectors I
The improper voltage signal is sent to (The EGRC solenoid valve circuit is open
P1400 EGRC solenoid valve circuit or shorted.)
ECM through EGRC solenoid valve.
● EGRC solenoid valve J
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DAY
NOTE: K
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above –10°C (14°F). L
WITH CONSULT-II
M
SEF174Y
EC-457
[KA24DE]
onds.
ENG SPEED Less than 3,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Less than 12.6 msec
VHCL SPEED SE Suitable speed

.
SEF201Y
Overall Function Check UBS00DAZ
WITH GST
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 103 and ground at
idle.
Voltage: 0 - 1V
3. Check that the voltage changes to battery voltage and returns to
0 - 1V when revving the engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
SEF242V
EC-458
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DB0
EC
BBWA0452E
EC-459
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DB1

With CONSULT-II
SEF722Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and rev engine up to 3,000 rpm quickly.
2. When disconnecting and reconnecting the EGRC solenoid valve harness connector, make sure that the
EGRC solenoid valve makes operating sound. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve
will be displayed, however, ignore it.)
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2
EC-460
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector.
SEF336V
E
4. Check voltage between EGRC solenoid valve terminal 2 and
Voltage: Battery voltage F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
SEF192V

J
● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between EGRC solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and EGRC solenoid valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 5

Check the harness for open or short between EGRC solenoid valve and ECM.
EC-461
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE
1. Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
Conditions
between A and B between A and C
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. SEF129Y
NG >> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.

Conditions
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and Yes No
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-462
[KA24DE]
A
Description UBS00DB2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
EGR control EGRC solenoid valve
D
and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC solenoid valve. When the ECM E
detects any of the following conditions, current through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to
be cut. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Engine stopped F
● Engine starting
● High-speed engine operation G
● Engine idling
H
● Wide open throttle
I
SEF641Q L
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the M
throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper
valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-463
[KA24DE]
EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature
engine system.
SEF599K
<Reference data>
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
EGRC Solenoid Valve

the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal passes through
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut
valve.
SEF240PD
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00EM0

EC-464
[KA24DE]
A
ON EC
● No-load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DB3 C

If EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition that does not call for EGR, a high-flow mal-
function is diagnosed.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause D
EGR flow is detected under conditions that ● EGR valve leaking or stuck open
P1402 EGR control system stuck open
do not call for EGR.
E
● EGR temperature sensor
● EGRC-BPT valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DB4 F

NOTE:
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. G
● Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature is approx. 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F).
Therefore, it will be better to turn ignition switch ON (Start engine) at the engine coolant temperature
below 30°C (86°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure. H
TESTING CONDITION:
● Always perform the test 9 temperature above –10°C (14°F).
● Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be I
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting DTC WORK SUPPORT test. If it is out of range
below, the test cannot be conducted. J
COOLAN TEMP/S: −10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN: Less than 3.7V
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the
vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to K
stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant or
EGR temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result. L
SEF202Y
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays “−10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)”
as a range of engine coolant temperature, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Touch “START”. Follow instruction of CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take
80 seconds or more.)
PBIB1600E
EC-465
[KA24DE]
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition OFF and cool the engine coolant tem-
perature to the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F). Retry from step 1.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “MODE 1” with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature
sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.5V.
5. Stop engine.
6. Perform from step 1 to 4.
● When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be
performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) con- PBIB2167E
cerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is rec-

ommended.
EC-466
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DB5
EC
BBWA0453E
EC-467
[KA24DE]

Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-30, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
SEF109L

With CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF716Z

Without CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting EGRC solenoid valve
harness connector. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-468
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors M59, F27 EC
● 10A fuse
C
● Harness for open or short between fuse block and EGRC solenoid valve
● Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC solenoid valve
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
5. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE E
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. F
G
Conditions
ON Yes No H
OFF No Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. I
SEF129Y
6. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the K
Conditions
between A and B between A and C L
2
M
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-469
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK EGR VALVE
● Check for sticking.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
MEF137D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF083P
EC-470
[KA24DE]
9. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
3. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals 1 EC
E
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
F
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094 G
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. I
L
SEF068XB
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-471
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DB7
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-487
.)
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB1402E
EC-472
[KA24DE]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Check Items (Possible Cause)
A
EC
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks D
● EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
● EVAP control system has a ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system
EVAP control system leak. pressure sensor E
P1442 small leak detected
● EVAP control system does ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(positive pressure)
not operate properly. ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve F
and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing G
or damaged.
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water. H
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, J
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DB8
Refer to “DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM”, EC-321, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . L
Refer to “DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM”, EC-323, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
EC-473
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
PFP:14920
Description UBS00DBA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DBB

PURG VOL C/V ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral 2,000 rpm (200 seconds after start-
(M/T) —
ing engine)
● No-load
EC-474
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DBC
A
● EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the (The valve is stuck open.)
EVAP canister purge
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
P1444 volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve C
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
valve ● EVAP canister
completely closed.
● Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DBD
NOTE: E
TESTING CONDITION: F
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
4. Select “PURG VOL C/V P1444” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. H
PBIB0839E
L
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for at
least 10 seconds.)
M
WITH GST
EC-475
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DBE
BBWA1061E
EC-476
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1V
ECM relay OFF
4 LG/R
(Self shut-off) D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
EVAP canister purge SEF109V
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] I
J
SEF110V

72 B/P ECM (11 - 14V) K
L
EC-477
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DBF

harness connector.
SEF339V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF192V


valve terminal 1.
4. Also, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Check the harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM.
EC-478
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: C

SEF341V

F
CAUTION:
one. SEF198V H
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. I

J
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
K
valve opening.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
M
SEF801Y
EC-479
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
100% Yes
0% No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
valve.

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
BBIA0308E
EC-480
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
F
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
lowing condition.
Condition
A and B
H

No
terminals 1 and 2
I
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
J
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. M
EC-481
[KA24DE]
11. CHECK RUBBER TUBE
Check for obstructed water separator and rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve and
clean the rubber tube using air blower. Check water separator.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
rator.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 13.
No >> GO TO 14.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.


Refer to EC-116, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-482
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS00DBG
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid (the EVAP EC
canister vent control valve) responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is ener-
gized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability
to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other C
evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid
valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When
the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative D
emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP Control
System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
SEF381Z
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DBH

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DBI

G
● EVAP canister vent control valve H
and the circuit
EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains
P1446 ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions. I
vent control valve
● Water separator
J
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DBJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. K
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 0°C (32°F).
WITH CONSULT-II M
5. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is 0°C (32°F) or more.
6. Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
a maximum of 15 minutes.
.
NOTE:
If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.
WITH GST
SEF189Y
EC-483
[KA24DE]
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (fuel tank temper-
15 minutes.
.
SEF196V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DBK
1. CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING

Check obstructed water separator and rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve and clean the rubber
tube using air blower.
Check water separator.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
rator.

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0308E
EC-484
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
F
SEF991Y
Without CONSULT-II
lowing condition.
Condition
A and B
H

No
terminals 1 and 2
I
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
J
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. M
5. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 8.
SEF596U
EC-485
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Visually check the EVAP canister for damage.
● Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection.

Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Install hose properly or replace it.

1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR AND CIRCUIT

Refer to “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, for DTC P0452, EC-345 and DTC P0453, EC-352 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor and repair or replace harness and connector.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-486
[KA24DE]
A
Component Description UBS00DBL
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagno- EC
sis for DTC P1448 first.
This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to sig- C
nals from the ECM.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is
energized. D
SEF381Z E
opened.
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP F
Control System (Small Leak)” diagnosis.
SEF143S
I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DBM

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DBN K
● EVAP canister vent control valve L
and the circuit
EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister M
P1448 vent control valve
trol valve open opened under specified driving conditions.
● Water separator
● Vacuum cut valve
EC-487
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DBO
NOTE:
● If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
● Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 70°C (32 - 158°F)
INT/A TEMP SE 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F)
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in

“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF475Y
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
If “NG” is displayed, go to following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ON.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator.
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately. SEC763C
EC-488
[KA24DE]
11. Make sure of the following.
A
Air passage continuity between A and
Condition
B
Touching “ON” No
EC
Touching “OFF” Yes

If the result is OK, go to “Diagnostic Procedure” for DTC P0442, C
EC-323 .
SEF805Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS00DBP
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. F
3. Verify the following.
Condition Air passage continuity
G
No
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes H
If the result is OK, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0442.
Refer to EC-323 . I
BBIA0309E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DBQ

J
K
2. Check disconnection or obstruction of rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. L
NG >> Repair or clean rubber tube.

M
rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0308E
EC-489
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
SEF991Y
Without CONSULT-II
lowing condition.
Condition
A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-490
[KA24DE]
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE A
Check vacuum cut valve as follows:
1. Plug port C and D with fingers.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from EC
port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A . C
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
5. Open port C and D . D
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF186S
7. Blow air in port B check that air flows freely out of port D .
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve.
F
SEF379Q
H
6. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with the vent control valve attached. I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9. J
No >> GO TO 7.
L
SEF596U
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER M

The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0lb).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.
EC-491
[KA24DE]
1. Visually check the EVAP canister for damage.
3. Check water separator.
– Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
– Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
– Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
– Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
– In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
– Do not disassemble water separator.
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister or water separa-

tor. PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Install hose property or replace it.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, for DTC P0452, EC-345 and DTC P0453, EC-352 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor and repair or replace harness and connector.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-492
[KA24DE]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DBR
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank. EC
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis- C
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P1456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P1442 will be detected. D
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
J
PBIB1402E
EC-493
[KA24DE]
● Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP can-
ister purge volume control solenoid valve.
valve.
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control system
EVAP system has a very small pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ●
control system very leak. ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube

P1456
small leak (positive ● EVAP system does not operate ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) properly. ● EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing
or damaged
● Water separator
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DBS
NOTE:
P1456.
properly.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-494
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II. A
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) EC
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool
place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining fuel until the output C
start from step 1. D
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- E
SULT-II.
F
PBIB0837E I
NOTE: J
Overall Function Check UBS00DBT
K
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st L
CAUTION:
M
isfied.
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP SEF462UA
system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and
the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg)
EC-495
[KA24DE]
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual.
8. Disconnect GST.
11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DBU

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-496
[KA24DE]
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE A
EC
D
SEF445Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. E

(0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
F
(−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION: G
OK or NG SEF943S H
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP I
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. J
SEF339V
M
NOTE:
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.

Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U
EC-497
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
●Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- SEF503V
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-498
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR A
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. EC
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. C
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
D
OK or NG

E
Refer to EC-488, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring or harness/connector. G
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. H
Yes or No
I
Yes >> GO TO 11.
J
K
SEF596U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER L
M
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-499
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-500
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Condition
C
100% Yes
0% No
D
PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II

Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve. I

1. Remove fuel level sensor unit. J
M
SEF334VA
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. SEF852Z
EC-501
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:

SEF341V

CAUTION:
one. SEF198V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-502
[KA24DE]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 24.
C

D
E
K
SEF707Z
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 25.
25. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-503
[KA24DE]
Component Description UBS00DBV
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
SEF725Z
On Board Diagnostic Logic UBS00DBW
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor.

One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the latter to detect open circuit malfunction.
Fuel level sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors
P1464 A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
ground signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DBX
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-504
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DBY
EC
BBWA1066E
EC-505
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DBZ
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness connectors F36, M81
● Harness for open and short between ECM and ground
>> Replace open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
>> INSPECTION END.
Removal and Installation UBS00DC0
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT

EC-506
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE PFP:17372
A
Description UBS00DC1
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are EC
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister. The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake mani-
fold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank. The vacuum cut
valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains C
closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis. The vacuum cut valve
bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM
sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut D
valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel
tank.
SEF186S
E
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
K
PBIB1402E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DC2
L
VC/V BYPASS/V ● Ignition switch: ON OFF M
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DC3
Vacuum cut valve An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The vacuum cut valve bypass valve cir-
P1490 cuit is open or shorted)
bypass valve circuit through vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
EC-507
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DC4
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-508
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DC5
EC
BBWA1067E
EC-509
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
Vacuum cut valve bypass BATTERY VOLTAGE
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DC6
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE CIRCUIT

2. Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
3. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF806Y
EC-510
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
SEF186S
E
4. Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal
2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF192V

● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
L

M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 120 and vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-511
[KA24DE]
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
SEF807Y
Without CONSULT-II
SEF557Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-512
[KA24DE]
A
Description UBS00DC7
the EVAP canister. The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake mani-
fold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank. The vacuum cut
valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains C
closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis. The vacuum cut valve
bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM
sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut D
valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel
tank.
SEF186S
E
K
PBIB1402E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DC8
L
EC-513
[KA24DE]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DC9
● Bypass hoses for clogging
● EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit
● Hose between fuel tank and vacuum cut valve
Vacuum cut valve Vacuum cut valve bypass valve does
P1491 clogged
bypass valve not operate properly.
● Hose between vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister
clogged
● EVAP canister
● EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging
● Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DCA
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAP SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
ENG SPEED 1,000 rpm - 3,750 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Less than 10 msec
EC-514
[KA24DE]
A
EC
PBIB0841E D
517, "Diagnostic Procedure"
Overall Function Check UBS00DCB
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
F
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B . G
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. H
6. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
7. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
8. If NG, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
SEF530Q
EC-515
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DCC
BBWA1067E
EC-516
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Vacuum cut valve bypass BATTERY VOLTAGE C
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DCD
1. INSPECTION START D

Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
2. CHECK COMPONENT
With CONSULT-II G
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B. H
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
I
7. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II and touch “ON”.
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B. J
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
SEF808Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-517
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK COMPONENT
Without CONSULT-II
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
SEF914U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

1. Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
2. Check EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging.
3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-573, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 1)>>Repair it.
NG (Step 2)>>Clean EVAP purge port.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister.
5. CHECK BYPASS HOSE

Check bypass hoses for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses.
EC-518
[KA24DE]
6. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
Perform “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. EC
E
SEF807Y
Without CONSULT-II
F
SEF557Y
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE K

1. Plug port C and D with fingers. L
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from M
port A .
of port A .
5. Open port C and D .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF186S
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF379Q
EC-519
[KA24DE]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it
9. CHECK CONNECTOR
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF341V

Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, for DTC P0452, EC-345 and DTC P0453, EC-352 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

rusted.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
BBIA0308E
EC-520
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
SEF803Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
lowing condition. G
Condition
A and B
H
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
I
OK or NG BBIA0309E
OK >> GO TO 14. J
NG >> GO TO 13.
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
M
Refer to EC-576, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-521
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-522
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[KA24DE]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description UBS00DCE
When the shift lever position is N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) park/neu-

tral position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
C
H
LEC096A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DCF

Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON J
Shift lever: Except above OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DCG

K
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch L
Park/neutral position
P1706 switch is not changed in the process of engine circuit is open or shorted.]
switch
starting and driving.
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
M
EC-523
[KA24DE]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DCH
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal
P or N (A/T)
ON
Neutral (M/T)
Except above position OFF
If NG, go to EC-526, "Diagnostic Procedure For M/T Models" or

EC-527, "Diagnostic Procedure For A/T Models" . SEF213Y
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (More than 40 MPH)
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-526, "Diagnostic Procedure For M/T Models" or EC-527, "Diagnostic
Procedure For A/T Models" .
Overall Function Check UBS00DCI
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Voltage (V) (Known-good data)
P or N (A/T)
Approx. 0
Neutral (M/T)
Except above position Approx. 5
3. If NG, go to EC-526, "Diagnostic Procedure For M/T Models" or
EC-527, "Diagnostic Procedure For A/T Models" .
SEF964N
EC-524
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DCJ
EC
BBWA1068E
EC-525
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position (PNP) ● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure For M/T Models UBS00DCK

2. Disconnect neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC877A

● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ground

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP switch terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-526
[KA24DE]
● Harness connectors M65, E43 EC
● Harness for open or short between ECM and PNP switch
C
5. CHECK PNP SWITCH D
Refer to MT-46, "Position Switch Check" .

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.
F
G
>> INSPECTION END

Diagnostic Procedure For A/T Models UBS00DCL H
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
4. Shift selector lever to P or N position. J
L
BBIA0432E
5. Check voltage between PNP relay terminal 2 and ground with M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF661W
EC-527
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch terminal 2 and park/neutral position
(PNP) relay terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

2. Check voltage between park/neutral position (PNP) switch ter-
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF855Z

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and fuse
5. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH

Refer to AT-46, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch.
6. CHECK PNP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between relay terminals 1, 6 and ground.
3. Also check harness for and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-528
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and park/neutral position relay terminal 7.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8. D

Check the following. E
F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
9. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2. H
2. Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) relay ter-
minals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
I
12V (1 and 2) applied : Continuity should exist.
No voltage applied : Continuity should not
exist. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay. K
SEC202B
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L

M
>> INSPECTION END
EC-529
DTC P1775 TCC SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
DTC P1775 TCC SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31705
System Description UBS00DCM

Torque converter Torque converter clutch solenoid
lock-up control valve
The ECM controls torque converter clutch solenoid valve to cancel the lock-up condition of A/T. When the
solenoid valve is turned ON, lock-up is cancelled . When the solenoid valve is turned OFF, A/T lock-up is
operational.
Conditions for lock-up cancel:
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned “ON” when;
● Throttle valve is fully closed (during idling or deceleration)
● Engine coolant temperature is below 40°C (104°F)
● Engine is stopped
Conditions for lock-up operation:
● Under 55 to 63 km/h (34 to 39 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up does not operate even when the
torque converter clutch solenoid valve is “OFF”.
● Over 58 to 66 km/h (36 to 41 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up should operate because the torque
converter clutch solenoid valve is “OFF”.
To confirm vehicle lock-up, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve must be in operation (“ON” dur-
ing idle and deceleration, and “OFF” during acceleration) and engine speed should drop. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up, the engine speed should not change
abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there will be no lock up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DCN
CONDITON
MONITOR ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle ON
TCC SOL/V ● Engine: After warming up
2,000 rpm OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DCO
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC detecting Condition Possible Cause
● An excessively low voltage from the (The circuit is open or shorted).
P1775 TCC solenoid valve circuit
solenoid is sent to ECM.
● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DCP
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
WITH GST
SEF058Y
EC-530
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DCQ
EC
BBWA1069E
EC-531
[KA24DE]
Specification data are reference values and measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
TERMI- WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
NAL NO. COLOR
[Engine is running]
Approximately 1V
● Idle Speed
Torque converter clutch
115 L/Y ● [Engine is running]
solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DCR

2. Disconnect torque converter clutch (TCC) solenoid valve har-
ness connector.
SEF507V
4. Check voltage between TCC solenoid valve terminal 1 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF422V

● 10A fuse
● Harness continuity between torque converter clutch solenoid valve and fuse
EC-532
[KA24DE]
3. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 115 and TCC solenoid valve terminal 3. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. D
NG >> GO TO 4.

F
● Harness for open and short between torque converter clutch solenoid valve and ECM
G
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE H

1. Check resistance between torque converter clutch solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 25Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] I
2. Remove torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to AT-58,
"REMOVAL" .
J
K
SEF233V
3. Supply the solenoid valve terminals 1 and 3 with battery voltage L

and check the solenoid valve operation.
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve should be operated.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace torque converter clutch solenoid valve.
SEF507V

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DCS
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to AT-58, "REMOVAL" .
EC-533
[KA24DE]
DTC P1776 TCC SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31705
System Description UBS00DCT
ECM controls torque converter clutch solenoid valve with the signals below.
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Torque converter Torque converter clutch solenoid
Throttle position sensor Throttle position lock-up control valve
Vehicle speed sensor * Vehicle speed

*: This signal is used only for diagnosis.
The ECM controls torque converter clutch solenoid valve to cancel the lock-up condition of A/T. When the
solenoid valve is turned ON, lock-up is cancelled . When the solenoid valve is turned OFF, A/T lock-up is
operational.
Conditions for lock-up cancel:
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned “ON” when;
● Throttle valve is fully closed (during idling or deceleration)
● Engine coolant temperature is below 40°C (104°F)
● Engine is stopped
Conditions for lock-up operation:
● Under 55 to 63 km/h (34 to 39 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up does not operate even when the
torque converter clutch solenoid valve is “OFF”.
● Over 58 to 66 km/h (36 to 41 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up should operate because the torque
converter clutch solenoid valve is “OFF”.
To confirm vehicle lock-up, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve must be in operation (“ON” dur-
ing idle and deceleration, and “OFF” during acceleration) and engine speed should drop. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up, the engine speed should not change
abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there will be no lock up.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DCU
MONITOR ITEM CONDITON SPECIFICATION

Idle ON
TCC SOL/V ● Engine: After warming up
2,000 rpm OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DCV
● Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
A/T torque converter slip has
P1776 Lock-up control system function ● A/T hydraulic control system
occurred in lock-up condition.
● Torque converter
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DCW
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above –10°C (14°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
EC-534
[KA24DE]
4. Select “TCC S/V FNCTN P1776” of “A/T (TCC S/V) in DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. A
EC
PEF859U
D
G
PEF235V

H
tinuously until “TESTING changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will
take approximately 20 seconds.)
I
Selector lever D (OD “ON”)
ENG SPEED King cab model Less than 2,300 rpm J
B/FUEL SCHDL 7 - 16 msec
THRTL POS SEN Less than 1.3V PEF861U
K
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from
step 2).
7. Make sure that”OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. L
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. M
EC-535
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DCX
1. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE

1. Check resistance between torque converter clutch solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 3.
Resistance: Approximately 25Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2. Remove torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to AT-58,
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
SEF233V
3. Supply the solenoid valve terminals 1 and 3 with battery voltage

and check the solenoid valve operation.
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve should be operated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace torque converter clutch solenoid valve.
SEF234V
2. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE

1. Disassemble torque converter clutch control valve assembly. Refer to AT-58, "Control Valve Assembly
and Accumulators" .
2. Check torque converter clutch control valve.
– Valve, and sleeve slide along valve bore under their own weight.
– Valve, and sleeve are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
– Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
– Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace torque converter clutch control valve.
SAT740H
3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGANL

Check vehicle speed signal with CONSULT-II or speedometer if it is shows an actual vehicle speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Check The following: Vehicle speed sensor, Vehicle speed sensor driven gear. If NG, replace
parts
EC-536
[KA24DE]
>> INSPECTION END EC
Removal and Installation UBS00DCY
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE C

Refer to AT-58, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
EC-537
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448
Component Description UBS00DCZ
IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to the power transistor. The
power transistor switches the ignition coil primary circuit ON and
OFF. As the primary circuit is turned ON and OFF, the proper high
voltage is induced in the coil secondary circuit.
NOTE:
The rotor screw which secures the distributor rotor head to the dis-
tributor shaft must be tightened properly.
: 3.3 - 3.9 N·m (0.34 - 0.40 kg-m, 29.5 - 34.7 in-lb)
SEF928V
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DD0

● Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 20° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
● No-load
EC-538
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DD1
EC
BBWA0458E
EC-539
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF996V
0.2 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
SEF997V
12 - 14V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
SEF998V
2 B Ignition check
12 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF999V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DD2
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 4.
EC-540
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. EC
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
C
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
SEF981Z
E
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II F
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground with an oscilloscope.
G
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
NOTE:
H
K
SEF984Z
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END L
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-541
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect distributor harness connector F17.
SEF344V
4. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 7 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
AEC698

● Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ignition switch

2. Check harness continuity between power transistor terminal 2 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-542
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
1. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power
transistor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. C

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power E
8. CHECK IGNITION COIL F

1. Remove distributor cap.
G
Terminal Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
7-8 Less than 1Ω
7-9 7 - 13Ω H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly as a unit. I
AEC150A
J
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR

K
2. Check power transistor resistance between terminals 2 and 8.
Terminals Resistance Result L
Except 0Ω OK
2 and 8
0Ω NG
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly.
AEC151A
EC-543
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
1. Strip tape covering resistor.
2. Disconnect resistor harness connector.
ignition coil terminal 8 and resistor terminal 1,
resistor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF344V
11. CHECK RESISTOR

Check resistance between resistor terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance : Approximately 2.2 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace resistor.
SEF240V

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DD3
DISTRIBUTOR
EC-544
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
A
Component Description UBS00DD4
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF812J
E

INJ PULSE-B1 G
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 2.4 - 3.2 msec
● No-load
H
B/FUEL SCHDL
● Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 msec
● No-load
I
EC-545
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DD6
BBWA0459E
EC-546
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
idle. E
102 W/B Injector No. 1
104 W/R Injector No. 3 SEF011W

(11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF012W H
EC-547
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DD7

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEC703B

1. Stop engine.
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF271W
EC-548
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between injector and fuse
C
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D

3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 102, 104, 109, 111.
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
H
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and injector.
I
6. CHECK INJECTOR J

2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. K
Resistance : 7.4 - 10.9Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace injector.
M
SEF273W

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DD8
INJECTOR
EC-549
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750

EC-550
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DDA
EC
BBWA1070E
EC-551
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DDB
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
SEF227Y
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 4.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to START.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch START Battery voltage
Except above Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF109P
EC-552
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Check the 7.5A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace 7.5A fuse.
5. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT C

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and 7.5A fuse.
D
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuse
block.
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
G
SEF224V

● Fuse block (J/B) connector M26 I
● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

L
>> INSPECTION END
EC-553
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
Description UBS00DDC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180° signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
Except as shown above Stops.
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank).
SFE425A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DDD

ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running and cranking
EC-554
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DDE
EC
BBWA1071E
EC-555
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
11 W/R Fuel pump relay
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DDF

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF348V

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
LEC103A

4. Check voltage between terminals 2, 5 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF225V
EC-556
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
● 15A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
C
4. CHECK POWER GROUND CIRCUIT

D
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con-
nector. E
fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 6 and ground,
fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 and fuel pump F
relay terminal 3.
Continuity should exist. G
OK or NG SEF334VA
H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness connectors C1, M67 J
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and ground
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
K
6. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and fuel pump relay terminal 1.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
EC-557
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
SEF724Z
Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions Continuity
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. SEF511P
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP

1. Disconnect fuel level sensor and fuel pump harness connector.
SEF846Z
2. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6.

Resistance : 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.
EC-558
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Removal and Installation UBS00DDG
FUEL PUMP C
EC-559
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[KA24DE]
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PFP:49761
Component Description UBS00DDH
The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed and
adjust for the increased load.
SEF351V
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DDI

● Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
engine
The steering wheel is turned ON
EC-560
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DDJ
EC
AEC012B
EC-561
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pressure ● Steering wheel is turned
39 GY/R
switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not turned
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DDK
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
LEC065A
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition Voltage [V]
Steering wheel is turned Approx. 0
Steering wheel is not turned Approx. 5
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF662P
EC-562
[KA24DE]
3. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 39 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector then start engine.
F
2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1 and ground.
Steering wheel is being turned Yes G
Steering wheel is not being turned No
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
I
SEF230V
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J

K
>> INSPECTION END
Removal and Installation UBS00EM1
L
Refer to PS-17, "POWER STEERING OIL PUMP" .
M
EC-563
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE
[KA24DE]
IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23781
Component Description UBS00DDL
When the air conditioner is ON, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve sup-
plies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
SEF342V
EC-564
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DDM
EC
BBWA1072E
EC-565
[KA24DE]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON*
12 P Air conditioner relay
● A/C switch is OFF (11 - 14V)
*: Ambient air temperature above 10°C (50°F) and in any mode except OFF.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DDN

If NG, adjust idle speed.
3. Push air conditioner switch ON and turn fan switch to 4-speed.
4. Recheck idle speed.
M/T: 875 rpm or more (in Neutral position)
A/T: 875 rpm or more (in P or N position)
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
MEF634E
2. CHECK AIR CONDITIONER FUNCTION

Check if air conditioner compressor functions normally.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-22, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
EC-566
[KA24DE]
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine, then push A/C switch ON and turn fan switch to 4- EC
speed.
SEF342V
E
or tester.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF133V

● Harness connectors M65, E43 J
● Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
K
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT L

2. Check harness continuity between solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

Check the harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ground.
EC-567
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE
Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.
● Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to ter-
minals.
SEF231V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace IACV-FICD solenoid valve.
SEF097K

>> INSPECTION END
EC-568
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[KA24DE]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram UBS00DDO
EC
BBWA1073E
EC-569
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[KA24DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
Description UBS00DDP
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-570
[KA24DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
NOTE: A
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.
EC
SEF712Z
EC-571
[KA24DE]
WEC555
EC-572
[KA24DE]
Component Inspection UBS00DDQ
EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that air flows freely through port
B.
D
SEF314V
Tightening Torque E
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP can-
ister and EVAP canister vent control valve.
F
H
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I
SEF445Y
L

M
(0.163 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.32 - 2.90 psi)
(−0.061 to −0.036 kg/cm2 , −0.87 to −0.51
psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If SEF943S
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
VACUUM CUT VALVE AND VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE
Refer to EC-513 .
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-474 .
EC-573
[KA24DE]
Refer to EC-244 .
EVAP SERVICE PORT
Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
leak detector to locate the leak.
SEF462UC
How To Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS00DDR
CAUTION:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
Improper installation of adapter to the service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
4. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT
MODE” with CONSULT-II.
5. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF658U
6. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure

indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
7. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
PEF917U
EC-574
[KA24DE]
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-571, "EVAP-
ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . A
EC
SEF200U
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port and pressure pump with pressure
gauge to the EVAP service port.
E
2. Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP
canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
to make a closed EVAP system.
F
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
G
4. Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
H
SEF503V

ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . I
SEF200U
L
EC-575
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
[KA24DE]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) PFP:00032
System Description UBS00DDS
SEF206VA
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
ister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
● Put a “CAUTION: INFLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
● Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
● Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
– Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
– Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
– Disconnect battery ground cable.
● Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
● Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
● Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
● After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
● Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
EC-576
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DDT
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
● Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
F
SEF596U
H
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
NOTE: M
OK or NG

Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose.
EC-577
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
2. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
– Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
– Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
– Put fuel tank upside down.
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-578
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
– Remove fuel gauge retainer.
– Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container. C
the tank. D
– Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. E
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge F
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
EC-579
[KA24DE]
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF706Z
OK or NG
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-580
[KA24DE]
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER A
Replace EVAP canister with a new one.
>> GO TO 4. EC

C
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. D
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. E
NOTE:
OK or NG F

G
H
6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES I
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. K
7. CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube. M
EC-581
[KA24DE]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
EC-582
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
EC
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other C
side to a fuel container.
3. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. D
the tank.
4. Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. E
Always replace O-ring with new one. F
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G
SEF707Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-583
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
– Remove fuel gauge retainer.
– Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE

Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube.
12. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I

Check one-way valve for clogging.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank.
EC-584
[KA24DE]
13. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II A
1. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank.
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose.
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. EC
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank. C
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve D
with fuel tank.
E
SEF665U
EC-585
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[KA24DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
Description UBS00DDU
AEC042B
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake collector.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the
hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some
of the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.
Inspection UBS00DDV
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-
rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger
is placed over the valve inlet.
SEF244Q
VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
EC-586
[KA24DE]
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. A
EC
SET277
EC-587
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[KA24DE]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS00DDW
Fuel pressure at idling Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS00DDX
A/T No-load*3 (in P or N position)

Base idle speed*1 750±50 rpm
M/T No-load*3 (in Neutral position)
Target idle speed*2 800±50 rpm
M/T No-load*3 (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position
Air conditioner: ON 875 rpm or more
M/T In Neutral position
Ignition timing*1 20°±5° BTDC
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-II “WORK SUPPORT” mode
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Under the following conditions:
● Electrical load: OFF (Lighting switch, heater fan and rear window defogger)
● Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Coil UBS00DDY
Primary voltage V Battery voltage 12

Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω Approximately 1.0
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] kΩ Approximately 10
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS00DDZ
Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

Output voltage V 0.9 - 1.8*
Mass air flow 0.9 - 5.8 at idle*
(Using CONSULT-II or GST) g·m/sec 7.5 - 13.2 at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and idling under no-load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS00DE0

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
EGR Temperature Sensor UBS00DE1
EGR temperature Voltage Resistance

°C (°F) (V) (MΩ)
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
Fuel Pump UBS00DE2
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 0.2 - 5.0
EC-588
[KA24DE]
IACV-AAC Valve UBS00DE3
A
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω Approximately 10.0
Injector UBS00DE4
EC
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] Ω 7.4 - 10.9
Resistor UBS00DE5
C
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω Approximately 2.2
Throttle Position Sensor UBS00DE6

D
Throttle valve conditions Voltage (at normal operating temp., engine off, ignition switch on)
Completely closed (a) 0.2 - 0.8V
Partially open Between (a) and (b) E
Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.5V
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS00DE7

F
Calculated Load Value UBS00DE8

G
Calculated load value %
(Using CONSULT-II or GST)
At idle 9.5 - 34.0% H
At 2,500 rpm 13.9 - 24.9%
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS00DE9 I

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
J
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS00DEA

K
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) UBS00DEB

L
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 512 - 632
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS00DEC

M
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
EC-589
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
Alphabetical Index UBS00DED
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Item
CONSULT-II Trip Lighting Reference page
GST up

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 2 × AT-270
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 2 × AT-276
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 2 × AT-281
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 2 × AT-286
A/T COMM LINE P0600*3 2 — EC-1006
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 2 × EC-1129
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 2 × AT-298
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 2 × AT-255
ECM P0605 2 × EC-1012
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 2 × EC-891
EGR SOLENOID/V P1400 2 × EC-1060
ENG SPEED SIG P0725 2 × AT-266
EC-590
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Item
Trip Lighting Reference page
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II
GST up

EC
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 2 × EC-848 C
D
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 2 × EC-981 E
F
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 2 × EC-836 G
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 2 × EC-778
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 2 × EC-787 H
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 2 × EC-799
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 2 × EC-1014
I
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 2 × EC-1020
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 2 × EC-778
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 2 × EC-787 J
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 2 × EC-799
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 2 × EC-1014
K
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 2 × EC-1020
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 2 × EC-711
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 2 × EC-711 L
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 2 × EC-711
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 2 × EC-711
M
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 2 × EC-809
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 2 × EC-818
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 2 × EC-1027
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 2 × EC-1038
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 2 × EC-809
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 2 × EC-818
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 2 × EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 2 × EC-1038
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 2 × EC-719
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 2 × EC-719
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 2 × EC-719
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 2 × EC-719
EC-591
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Item
GST up

IAT SENSOR P0127 2 × EC-773
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 2 × AT-306
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 — — —
FORTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 2 × AT-329
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 2 × EC-1135
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 2 × AT-249
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 2 × AT-311
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 2 × AT-316
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 2 × AT-293
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1 × AT-321
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC AT P0720 2 × AT-261
*1: 1st trip DTC No. 1 is the same as DTC No.
*3: This DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II only.
EC-592
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC No. Index UBS00DEE
×: Applicable —: Not applicable A
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) EC
GST up

NO DTC IS DETECTED. C
P0000 — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-711
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-711 D
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-719
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-719
E
P0051 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-711
P0052 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-711
P0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-719 F
P0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-719
G

P0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-742 H
P0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-748 I
J
P0127 IAT SENSOR 2 × EC-773 K
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-778
L
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-787
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-799
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-809 M
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-818
P0152 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-778
P0153 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-787
P0154 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-799
P0158 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-809
P0159 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-818
EC-593
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Items
GST up

P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE 2 × EC-891
P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 × EC-908
P0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-987
P0600*3 A/T COMM LINE 2 — EC-1006

P0605 ECM 2 × EC-1012
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 × AT-249
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × AT-255
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 × AT-261
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 × AT-266
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 × AT-270
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 × AT-276
EC-594
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33E]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Items
A
CONSULT-II (CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST up
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 × AT-281

EC
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 × AT-286
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 × AT-293
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 2 × AT-298 C
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-306
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 1 × AT-311
D
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 1 × AT-316
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1014
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1020 E
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1027
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1038
F
P1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 1 × EC-1048
P1163 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1014
P1164 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1020 G
P1166 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1027
P1167 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1038
P1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 1 × EC-1048 H
I
P1400 EGR SOLENOID/V 2 × EC-1060
P1442 EVAP SMALL LEAK 2 × EC-1073 J
K
P1464 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-1108 L
M
P1605 A/T DIAG COMM LINE 2 × EC-1129
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 × AT-321
P1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-1135
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-329
EC-595
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS00EM6
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
harness connectors.
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS00DEG
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS
CONNECTOR" .
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-596
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
Precautions UBS00DEH
EC
LEC027A
EC-597
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
● Do not disassemble ECM.

● If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will not start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
SEF707Y

bolt until the gap between orange indicators disappears.
: 3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
SEF308Q

break).
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- SEF291H
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
EC-598
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- A
erly. Refer to EC-673, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. EC
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent. C
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor’ crank- D
shaft position sensor (OBD).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. E
F
SEF217U
H
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and I
J
such as the ground.
SEF348N
EC-599
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
● B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 2 as shown
in the figure.
SEC893C
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS00DEI

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-9, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING"
● GI-9, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
EC-600
PREPARATION
[VG33E]
A
Special Service Tools UBS00DEJ
Tool number
EC
Tool name
(J-33984-A) and radiator filler neck C
Radiator cap tester adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in) D
S-NT564

(J-36471-A) sor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
G
(J-38365) sor 2
H
NT636
I
(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure
Fuel pressure gauge kit
J
K
LEC642

TPS test connector L
LEC120A
EC-601
PREPARATION
[VG33E]
Commercial Service Tools UBS00DEK
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description

i.e.: (J-41416)
NT703
NT704
ing pressure
NT653

perature sensor
NT705

i.e.: (J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
(J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer-
cial Service Tools”.
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5
mm) for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm diameter with pitch
AEM488 1.25 mm) for Titania Oxygen Sensor
i.e.: (Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
AEM489
EC-602
[VG33E]
A
System Diagram UBS00DEL
EC
PBIB1464E
EC-603
[VG33E]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS00DEM
BBIA0183E
Refer to EC-603, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
EC-604
[VG33E]
System Chart UBS00DEN
A
● solenoid valve
On board diagnostic system MIL (On the instrument panel)
EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
● Air conditioner switch
● Knock sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume con- E
EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Battery voltage
● Power steering oil pressure switch
F
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 ● EVAP canister vent control G
● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)* 1 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*3
● TCM (Transmission control module)*2 H
● Ambient air temperature switch
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM. I
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
J
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS00DEO

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM
tion
Actuator K
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position M
Fuel injec-
tion & mix-
Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed ture ratio
control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC-605
[VG33E]
sensor.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>
PBIB0121E
Open Loop Control
● During warm-up
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
EC-606
[VG33E]
the two ratios.
EC
SEF179U

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
J
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
K
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Distributor Ignition (DI) System UBS00DEP L
ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion M
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position Ignition
timing con- Power transistor
trol
EC-607
[VG33E]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
● At starting SEF742M
● During warm-up
● At idle
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioner Cut Control UBS00DEQ

Air conditioner
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
● At high engine speeds.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) UBS00DER

ECM func-
tion
Fuel cut
Throttle position sensor Throttle position Fuel injector
control
EC-608
[VG33E]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine A
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. EC
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-605, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System"
. C
EC-609
[VG33E]
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS00DES
PREPARATION
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Fuses
● Vacuum hoses

● Fuel pressure
● Throttle valve
● Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF.
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in N position.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear defogger.
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
EC-610
[VG33E]
A
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
EC-611
[VG33E]
1. INSPECTION START
– Gasket

– Gasket
SEF976U
2 minutes under no load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace components as necessary.
2. GO TO 2.
SEF977U
EC-612
[VG33E]
load, then run engine at idle speed. EC
SEF978U
E
connector.
4. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times F
under no-load, then run at idle speed.
H
BBIA0424E
5. Check ignition timing with a timing light. I

M/T: 10±5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 10±5° BTDC (in P or N position)
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
SEF927Z L
3. ADJUST IGNITION TIMING

1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor after loosening securing bolts. M
nector to throttle position sensor.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0425E
EC-613
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG SEF058Y
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. ADJUST BASE IDLE SPEED

1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-load then run engine at idle speed.
>> GO TO 6.
LEC513

With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-load then run at idle speed.
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-
load then run at idle speed.
3. Check idle speed. SEF058Y

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-614
[VG33E]
1. Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-992 .
2. Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-992 . EC
C
D
8. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) SIGNAL
With CONSULT-II E
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed F
up to normal operating temperature.), check that the monitor
ing 10 seconds. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG (Monitor does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 17. PBIB0120E
I
NG (Monitor fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 10.

J
Without CONSULT-II
load. K
1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm. L
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V M
OK or NG
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 17.
NG (Voltage fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 10.
EC-615
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no-load.
6. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is warmed
ing 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2). PBIB0120E

4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. PBIB2157E
NG >> GO TO 11.

1. Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-623 .
2. Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-727 .
3. Check injector and its circuit. Refer to EC-1148 .
Clean or replace if necessary.
4. Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit. Refer to EC-748 .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-616
[VG33E]
12. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL A
With CONSULT-II
1. See “HO2S1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” more than 5
times during 10 seconds. C

2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH D
OK or NG
E
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL F

Without CONSULT-II
G
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - H
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. I
PBIB2157E
J
EC-617
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load.
6. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is
times during 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.

load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. PBIB2157E
NG >> GO TO 15.

>> GO TO 2.
EC-618
[VG33E]
16. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS A
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con-
nector.
C
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Connect ECM harness connector. D
2. GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness.
E
2. GO TO 8 (With CONSULT-II).
GO TO 9 (Without CONSULT-II).
17. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) HARNESS F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector.
nector. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> 1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness. J
K
EC-619
[VG33E]
18. PREPARATION FOR CO% CHECK
With CONSULT-II
2. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
Without CONSULT-II
tor.
SEF172Y

>> GO TO 19.
PBIB1436E
19. CHECK CO%

indicator points to the middle of gauge.
SEF976U
3. Check CO%.
Idle CO: 1.5 - 9.5%
4. Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%,
– Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor.
– Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector SEF978U
to engine coolant temperature sensor.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 20.
EC-620
[VG33E]
1. Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connectors to heated oxygen sensors 1.
2. Check fuel pressure regulator. Refer to EC-623 . EC
Clean or replace if necessary. C
D
>> GO TO 2. E
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment UBS00DET
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II F
2. See “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. G
SEF013Y
J
3. When engine coolant temperature is 20 to 30°C (68 to 86°F),
make sure that the center of mark A is aligned with mark B as
shown in the figure. K
● If NG, adjust by turning adjusting screw.
Lock nut
L
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
4. Start engine and warm it up.

M
SEF970R

check the following.
● The center of mark A is aligned with mark C .
● The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle
cam.
● If NG, replace thermo-element and perform the above inspection
and adjustment again.
SEF971R
With GST
EC-621
[VG33E]
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF774U
3. When the voltage is between 3.12 to 3.52V, make sure that the
center of mark A is aligned with mark B as shown in the figure.
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
SEF970R
5. When the voltage is between 1.10 to 1.36V, check the following.

cam.
SEF971R
Fuel Pressure Check UBS00DEU
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF214Y
EC-622
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box. A
2. Start engine.
pressure. EC
C
SEF164X
D
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. E
NOTE:
● Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pressure.
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, A/C etc.). Fuel F
pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in manifold
vacuum.
G
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnect fitting between the con-
nection of the fuel feed hose (from tank) and the fuel hose (to
engine).
H
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connect adapter
hose) to the quick disconnect fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
I
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
At idling: J
WEC875
With vacuum hose con- Approximately 235 kPa
nected (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
K
With vacuum hose dis- Approximately 294 kPa
If results are unsatisfactory, perform Fuel Pressure Regulator Check. L
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check UBS00DEV
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum M

2. Plug intake manifold with a blind cap.
SEF928U
EC-623
[VG33E]
uum is changed.
SEF718BA
EC-624
[VG33E]
A
Introduction UBS00DEW
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979 D
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979 E
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
F
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × — G
GST × ×*1 × — × ×
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
H
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-652 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS00DEX I
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in J
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL, K
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC
L
Items
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing
up up M
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — X —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnosis (refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-590 .)
Except above — — — × — × × —
EC-625
[VG33E]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS00DEY

DTC*1 *2 Test value/

Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit 1st trip DTC*1 Reference page
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-

THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 — — — —
REQUIRED.
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 × × ×*4 EC-711
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 × × ×*4 EC-711
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×*4 EC-719
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 × × ×*4 EC-719
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 × × ×*4 EC-711
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 × × 4 EC-711

×*
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 × × ×*4 EC-719
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 × × ×*4 EC-719

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0101 — — X EC-727
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 — — × EC-742
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 — — × EC-742
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × × EC-778
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*4 EC-787
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × × EC-799
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × × EC-809
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × 4 EC-818
×*
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 — × × EC-778
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 × × 4 EC-787
×*
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 — × × EC-799
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 — × × EC-809
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 × × ×*4 EC-818
EC-626
[VG33E]
Items A
GST (GST only)

EC
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-857 C
D
CYL5 MISFIRE P0305 — — × EC-857 E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 — — × EC-865
F
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 — — × EC-875 G
EGR SYSTEM P0400 × × 4 EC-882
×*
EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 × × ×*4 EC-891
H
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 × × ×*4 EC-903 I
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 × × ×*4 EC-903
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 × × 4 EC-908

×* J
EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 × × 4 EC-916
×*
K
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — × EC-941 L
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — × × EC-955
3 4
M
EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 ×* × ×* EC-966
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 — — × EC-981
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 — — × EC-999
A/T COMM LINE P0600 — — × EC-1006
ECM P0605 — — × EC-1012
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 — — × AT-249
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 — — × AT-255
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 — — × AT-261
EC-627
[VG33E]
Items
GST (GST only)
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 — — × AT-266

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 — — × AT-270
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 — — × AT-276
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 — — × AT-281
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 — — × AT-286
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 — — × AT-293
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 — — × AT-298
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 — — × AT-306
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 — — — AT-311
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 — — — AT-316
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × 4 EC-1014
×*
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×*4 EC-1020
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*4 EC-1027
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*4 EC-1038

HO2S1 (B2) P1163 × × ×*4 EC-1014
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 × × 4 EC-1020

×*
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 × × ×*4 EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 × × ×*4 EC-1038

EGR SOLENOID/V P1400 — — × EC-1060
EGR SYSTEM P1402 × × 4 EC-1065
×*
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-1111
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 — — × EC-1129
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 — — — AT-321
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 — — × AT-329
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
EC-628
[VG33E]
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic A
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not EC
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec- C
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. D
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-638, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-626 . These items are required by legal reg-
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are E
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi- F
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-647 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure
G
or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires
repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC H
With CONSULT-II
With GST I
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) J
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify K
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times L
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
M
PBIB0911E

perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.
EC-629
[VG33E]
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-685 .
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
ECM memory.
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
NOTE:
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items, the
NOTE:
SRT Item
Perfor-
SRT item
mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No.
(CONSULT-II indication)
ority *
CATALYST 3 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAPRAITIVE SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system P0442, P1442
EC-630
[VG33E]
Perfor-
SRT item
mance Pri- Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No. A
(CONSULT-II indication)
ority *
HO2S 3 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143, P1163 EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144, P1164
C
HO2S HEATER 3 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032, P0051, D
P0052
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038, P0057,
P0058 E
EGR SYSTEM 3 EGR function P0400
EGRC-BPT valve function P0402
1 EGR function P1402 F
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
G
SRT Set Timing
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and H
is shown in the table below.
Self-diagnosis result Example
Ignition Ignition Ignition
Ignition
I
Diagnosis OFF – ON – OFF – ON – OFF – ON –
OFF – ON – OFF
OFF OFF OFF
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) – (1) OK (2) – (2) J
P0402 OK (1) – (1) – (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” K
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) – (1) – (1) – (1)
P0402 – (0) – (0) OK (1) – (1)
L
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK – – M
P0402 – – – –
NG (Consecu-
P1402 NG – NG
tive NG)
(1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC – 1st trip DTC DTC (=MIL “ON”)
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
–: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF – ON – OFF), the SRT
will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
EC-631
[VG33E]
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons;
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis result.
NOTE:
EC-632
[VG33E]
If a vehicle has failed the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review A
the following flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
EC
SEF573XA
*1 EC-629 *2 EC-634 *3 EC-634
EC-633
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
SEF713Y
WITH GST
Selecting MODE 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC confirmation procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on
EC-630 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-634
[VG33E]
Driving Pattern
A
EC
PBIB1400E
EC-635
[VG33E]
ing habits, etc.
shortest.
within zone A.
● Sea level
● Flat road
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Pattern 1:
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
Pattern 2:
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
Pattern 4:
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
(56 MPH) again.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with CONSULT-II or GST is advised.
SEF414S

Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
EC-636
[VG33E]
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: and high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 A
ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15)
EC
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 64 (40) 64 (40)
C
4th to 5th 72 (45) 72 (45)

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. D
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause E
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode) F
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
G
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
H
played on the GST screen. I
Test value (GST display) Test
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Conversion
TID CID limit
J
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
Three way catalyst function (Bank 1)
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
CATALYST
P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128 K
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
L
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20mV
EVAP SYSTEM
P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
P1456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2 M
EC-637
[VG33E]
Test value (GST display) Test
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Conversion
TID CID limit
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16ms

P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10mV
P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s
P0153 11H 05H Max. 16ms
P1163 12H 85H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) P1164 13H 05H Max. 10mV
P0152 14H 05H Max. 10mV
HO2S
P0154 15H 05H Max. 1s
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10mV
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1167 22H 87H Min. 10mV
P1166 23H 07H Max. 10mV
P0158 24H 07H Max. 10mV
P0032 29H 08H Max. 20mV
P0031 2AH 88H Min. 20mV
P0052 2BH 09H Max. 20mV
P0051 2CH 89H Min. 20mV
HO2S HEATER
P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20mV
P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20mV
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20mV
P0400 31H 8CH Min. 1°C
P0400 32H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR function P0400 33H 8CH Min. 1°C
EGR SYSTEM P0400 34H 8CH Min. 1°C
P1402 35H 0CH Max. 1°C
P0402 36H 0CH Max. 1count
EGRC-BPT valve function
P0402 37H 8CH Min. 1count

How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-590 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
EC-638
[VG33E]
6. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. A
● If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module). EC
SEF823YD
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF- L
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST. M
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-590 ), skip step 2.
2. Perform AT-188 . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
EC-639
[VG33E]
– Others
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS00DEZ
DESCRIPTION
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-25, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-1172 .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go OFF.
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

Mode Status
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
1172 .)
Engine stopped
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

the 1st trip.
● One trip detection diagnoses

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-
25, "WARNING LAMPS" , or see EC-1172 .
MIL Condition
OFF No malfunction.
OBD System Operation Chart UBS00DF0
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-625, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-640
[VG33E]
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, A
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC
C
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other D
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) E
display)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) F
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-643 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-645 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. G
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-641
[VG33E]
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
EC-642
[VG33E]
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern B>
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. EC
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) C
<Driving Pattern C>

Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: D
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: E
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F). F
Example:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) G
(158°F) H
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
● The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the I
same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC J
is stored in ECM.
EC-643
[VG33E]
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
SEF393SD
be stored in ECM.
EC-644
[VG33E]
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
<Driving Pattern A>
EC
G
AEC574
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. H
<Driving Pattern B>
I
J
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
K
EC-645
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS00DF1
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
be performed. Follow the EC-647, "WORK FLOW" .
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
SEF234G
EC-646
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart A
EC
PBIB1043E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-704, "POWER SUPPLY
DENT" . AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-635, "Driving Pattern". *6 EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
detected, perform EC-703, "TROU- SPECIFICATION VALUE".
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-647
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Description For Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
STEP I
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-638 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
STEP III the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-652 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
SPECIFICATION VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG)” mode.
STEP VI
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
STEP VII
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-638 and AT-187 .)
EC-648
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Description A
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
ble-shooting faster and more accurate. EC
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
tomer complaint. C
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
DTC to be detected. Examples: D
to evaporate into the atmosphere. E
EC-649
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-650
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS00DF2
A
chart.
EC
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor C
● P0121, P0122, P0123 Throttle position sensor
● P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
● P0327, P0328 Knock sensor D
● P0335 P1336 CKP sensor (OBD)
● P0460 P0461 P1464 Fuel level sensor E
● P0500 VSS
● P0600 A/T control
● P0605 ECM F
● P1400 EGRC-solenoid valve
● P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line
● P1706 PNP switch G
2 ● P0132-P0134, P1143, P1144/P0152-P0154, P1163, P1164 HO2S1
● P0031, P0032/P0051, P0052 HO2S1 heater
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147/P0158, P0159, P1166, P1167 HO2S2 H
● P0037, P0038/P0057, P0058 HO2S2 heater
● P0217 Engine coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
● P0405, P0406 EGR temperature sensor I
J
● P0456, P1456 EVAP control system
K
● P0705-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
● P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
L
3 ● P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
● P0306 - P0300 Misfire
● P0400, P1402 EGR function
M
● P0402 EGRC-BPT valve function
● P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
● P0442/P1442 EVAP control system
● P0455 EVAP control system
● P0505 ISC valve
● P0731-P0734 P0744 A/T function
● P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
EC-651
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Fail-safe Chart UBS00DF3
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-sate mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
Condition
display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
80°C (176°F)
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
P0123 cuit speed.
Condition Driving condition
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver.
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation, and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations.
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset value
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running
Fuel pump
and OFF when engine stalls
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed.
Basic Inspection UBS00DF4
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
● Headlamp switch is OFF,
● Air conditioner switch is OFF,
● Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC-652
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or the current need
for scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: EC
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts C
D
With GST>>GO TO 2.
With No Tools>> GO TO 15.
F
SEF983U
2. CONNECT CONSULT-II OR GST TO THE VEHICLE

G
With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector for CONSULT-II and select “ENGINE” from the menu. Refer to
EC-683, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" . H
With GST
Connect GST to the data link connector for GST.
Refer to EC-693, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" . I
With GST>>GO TO 14. J
EC-653
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
3. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
SEF013Y

– The center of mark A is aligned with mark C .
– The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-621, "Fast Idle Cam (FIC)
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 4.
SEF971R

With CONSULT-II
PEF546N
3. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing light.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 5. SEF927Z
EC-654
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
5. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
and touch “START”. EC
M/T: 700±50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/ SEC019C
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" . E
2. GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I F
With CONSULT-II
NOTE: G
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 3. H
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 7. I
EC-655
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II
2. Select “TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
3. Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions.
● Insert a 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
drum as shown in the figure and check the signal.
BBIA0419E
SEF173Y
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P SW” signal, doing so may cause an
incorrect adjustment.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-656
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
9. ADJUSTMENT CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II A
3. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust EC
C
E
BBIA0419E

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. G
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF305Y
I
10. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-III
With CONSULT-II J
K
>> GO TO 11.
M
SEF689W
EC-657
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
11. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV
With CONSULT-II
1. Remove 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
“ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
6. Tighten throttle position sensor. SEF689W
7. Check the “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8.
12. RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IDLE POSITION MEMORY

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Start engine.
SEF864V
8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to

“ON”.
>> GO TO 13.
SEF197Y
EC-658
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
13. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
EC
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
OK or NG D
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-610, "Idle Speed/Igni-
E
2. GO TO 27. SEF174Y
14. CHECK FI CAM FUNCTION F

With GST
G
2. Select MODE 1 with GST.
4. When engine coolant temperature is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F), check the following. H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 16.
Inspection and Adjustment" . J
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R
EC-659
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
No Tools
1. Set the voltmeter between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF119W

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R

Without CONSULT-II
connector.
3. Start engine.
BBIA0424E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 17. SEF927Z
EC-660
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
17. CHECK BASE IDLE SPEED A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Make sure that throttle position sensor harness connector remain disconnected.
EC
2. Does engine speed fall to the following speed?
A/T: 700±50 rpm (in P or N position) C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18. D
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-610, "Idle Speed/Igni-
2. GO TO 18.
E
18. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION
NOTE:
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. G
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
H
>> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I I

2. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch termi- J
nals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
SEF862V M
● Insert the 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
BBIA0419E
EC-661
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity, doing so may cause an incorrect adjust-
ment.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 21.
21. ADJUSTMENT CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II

2. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between the throttle
adjust screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
3. Open throttle valve then close.
BBIA0419E

nals 5 and 6.
Continuity should not exist while closing the throttle
position sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> GO TO 22.
SEF862V

Without CONSULT-II
does not exist.
>> GO TO 23.
SEF689W
EC-662
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
23. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
C
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
opened. D
5. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist E
SEF689W
7. Check the continuity again. F
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle valve.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
H
Without CONSULT-II I
NOTE:
idle position memory will not be reset correctly. J
2. Start engine.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. K
6. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. L
M
>> GO TO 25.
SEF864V
25. REINSTALLATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connec-
tor.
2. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle
speed.
>> GO TO 26.
EC-663
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 27.

Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-187,
"HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-664
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS00DF5
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

EC



C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference D
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
E
F
Warranty symptom code A A A A A AF A AH AJ A AL A H
A B C D E G K M A
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 3 1 EC-1158 G
1 1 2 3 2 2 3
Injector circuit 2 EC-1148
Fuel pressure regulator system EC-623
H
Evaporative emission system EC-1173
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
1 EC-1191
tem I
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-610
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 2 2 1 EC-992
2 3 3 3 2 2 3
IACV-FICD solenoid valve circuit 2 3 3 EC-1167 J
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-610
K
EGR EGRC-solenoid valve circuit 2 2 3 3 3 EC-1060
EC-882, EC-
EGR system 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 891 , EC- L
1065
Main power supply and ground circuit 1 1 EC-704
2 3 3 3 3 2 3 1
Air conditioner circuit 2 3 2 MTC-22 M
EC-665
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A A A A A AF A AH AJ A AL A H
A B C D E G K M A
Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-875
1 EC-727, EC-
Mass air flow sensor circuit
735
1 2 2 2
EC-778, EC-
787 , EC-799
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 3
2 , EC-1014 ,
EC-1020
EC-748, EC-
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 2 3 3 3 3
770
2
EC-753, EC-
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2
762
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjustment 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-652
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 EC-987
Knock sensor circuit EC-865
3 3 3
3 EC-1012,
ECM 2 2 3 3 2 2 1
EC-652
Start signal circuit 1 EC-1154
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit 3 3 3 EC-1135
3 2
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 EC-1163
EC-666
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYMPTOM
A

EC


C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

section
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code A A A A A A A A H F

AF AH AJ AL
A B C D E G K M A
Fuel Fuel tank FL-3
5 G
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit H
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Low octane)
—
Air Air duct I
Air cleaner
(Mass air flow sensor — throttle 5 J
5 5 5 5 4 5
body)
5 5 4
Throttle body, Throttle wire EM-80
Air leakage from intake manifold/ K
5 —
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-4
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L
Generator circuit SC-26
MT-46, AT-
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch M
249
Drive plate/Flywheel 6 EM-80
EC-667
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

section
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code A A A A A A A A H
AF AH AJ AL
A B C D E G K M A
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-102
Cylinder block
Piston 3
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod
Bearing
EM-131, EM-
Crankshaft
91
Valve Timing chain
mecha-
Camshaft
nism 6
Intake valve 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
2
Exhaust valve
Hydraulic lash adjuster
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EX-3
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil fil- EM-88, LU-
tion ter/Oil gallery 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 14 , LU-16
Oil level (Low/Filthy) oil MA-30
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5 5 CO-22, CO-
25 , CO-28 ,
Water pump
CO-32 , CO-
Water gallery 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 6 30
Cooling fan 5 5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
MA-26
coolant
EC-668
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS00DF6
EC
BBIA0426E
EC-669
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
BBIA0180E
EC-670
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
EC
F
PBIB1177E
PBIB1468E J
EC-671
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Circuit Diagram UBS00DF7
BBWA0464E
EC-672
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS00DF8
EC
SEF533P D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS00DF9
PREPARATION E
inspection:
F
H
LEC106A
2. Remove ECM harness protector. I
AEC913 L

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. M
MEC486B

CAUTION:
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
EC-673
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF988U
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF989U
1 - 2V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF992U
3 P/L Tachometer
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
SEF993U
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
EC-674
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed C
EVAP canister purge SEF994U D

5 R/Y volume control solenoid
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm (More than 100
seconds after starting engine)
F
SEF995U

G
7 Y/G A/T check signal 0 - 3.0V
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
0V
● Ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F)
● Air conditioner is operating
I
[Engine is running]
Ambient air tempera- ● Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE
9 B/Y
ture switch ● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F) (11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed K
Approximately 5V
● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F)
● Air conditioner is not operating
[Engine is running] L
● Idle speed
● For a few seconds after turning ignition switch M
0 - 1V
ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V

Malfunction indicator
lamp
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-675
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
20 L/OR Start signal
[Ignition switch: START] 9 - 12V
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON Approximately 0V
21 G/R Air conditioner switch (Compressor operates)*

Approximately 0V
22 L/B
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg) 0.15 - 0.85V
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with
23 L Throttle position sensor a hand vacuum pump
● Accelerator pedal is fully released
24 W/L Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
26 PU/W A/T signal No. 1 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
27 P/B A/T signal No. 2 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg) BATTERY VOLTAGE
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with (11 - 14V)
Throttle position switch a hand vacuum pump
28 BR/W
(Closed position)
● Accelerator pedal is depressed
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
● Lift up the vehicle.
● Shift lever: 2nd (M/T), D (A/T)
● Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25 MPH)
SEF996U
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-676
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
35 G/R A/T signal No. 3 Approximately 0 - 1.0V
● Idle speed EC
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is being turned
39 GY/R C
sure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
D
[Engine is running]
43 BR Sensor ground ● Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
● Idle speed E
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
NOTE:
idle G
44 PU Camshaft position sen- SEF997U

0.3 - 0.5V
H
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm I
SEF998U
J
level.
K
1 - 2V
[Engine is running] (AC range)
● Warm-up condition L
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle M
Crankshaft position SEF690W

47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
EC-677
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
Camshaft position sen- SEF999U
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
[Engine is running]
1 (bank 1)
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
51 G ● Warm-up condition
1 (bank 2)
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly
56 OR after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2 (bank 1)
under no load
EC-678
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition EC
57 Y after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2 (bank 2)
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and C
under no load
Engine coolant temper- D
ature sensor
coolant temperature
Fuel tank temperature E
60 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sensor
temperature
61 PU/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake F
sensor
air temperature.
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
G
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Less than 4.5V
EGR temperature sen- ● Idle speed H
63 G/OR
sor [Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition 0 - 1.5V
● EGR system is operating I
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
67 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] K
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
68 W/G A/T signal Approximately 0 - 5.0V
● Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
69 LG/R Data link connector 6 - 10V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected
72 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]

BATTERY VOLTAGE M
(11 - 14V)
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-679
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Idle speed
NOTE:
102 W/B Injector No. 1 idle
104 W/R Injector No. 3
106 W/G Injector No. 5 SEF007V

(11 - 14V)
113 W Injector No. 6
[Engine is running]
SEF008V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-680
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Warm-up condition Approximately 0.4V EC
119 BR/Y ● Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
1 heater (bank 1)
● Engine speed is above 2,800 rpm (11 - 14V) C
[Engine is running]
D
121 BR ● Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
1 heater (bank 2) E
● Engine speed is above 2,800 rpm (11 - 14V)
lowing conditions are met
– Warm-up condition 0 - 1.0V
G
Heated oxygen sensor 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute
122 R/B
2 heater (bank 1) under no load
H
I
[Engine is running]
J
Heated oxygen sensor 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute K
123 R/Y
L
M
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air temperature is above 25°C (77°F).
CONSULT-II Function UBS00DFA
FUNCTION
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
can be read and erased quickly.*
Input/Output specification of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
EC-681
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Active test
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Freeze frame data
● Test values
● Others

SELF-DIAGNOS- DTC & SRT CON-
TIC RESULTS DATA FIRMATION
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
TOR TEST WORK
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×

Fuel tank temperature sensor × × × ×
× × ×
sensor
EGR temperature sensor × × ×
INPUT

Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) ×
Knock sensor ×
Ignition switch (start signal) × ×
Closed throttle position switch × × ×
Closed throttle position switch
× ×
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
Power steering oil pressure switch × ×
Battery voltage × ×
Ambient air temperature switch × ×
EC-682
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
Item WORK DATA
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
TOR TEST WORK EC
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT
Injectors × × × C
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × × ×

IACV-AAC valve × × × × ×
D
× × × × ×
trol solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay × ×
E
OUTPUT

EGRC-solenoid valve × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater × × × × F
EVAP canister vent control valve × × × × ×
G
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × × ×
X: Applicable H
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-685, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
I
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data J
link connector which is located under LH dash panel near the
fuse box cover.
K
LEC104A
M
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
MBIB0233E
EC-683
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF948Y

procedure.
SEF949Y
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ ● IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting target ignition tim-
ADJUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY After adjustment, confirm target
TURNING THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. ignition timing with a timing light
by turning the distributor.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clean the coefficient of self-
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- learning control valve
FICIENT.
EC-684
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. EC
● IGN SW ON
● ENGINE NOT RUNNING
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). C
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). D
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS-
TEM CLOSE”
● WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
E
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE
INSTRUCTION.
NOTE: F
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
G
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting idle speed
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE H
Self Diagnostic Item
I
Freeze frame data
Description
item * J
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
CODE
to EC-590, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
K
FUEL SYS-B1 * ● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 * Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) L
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. M
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
schedule.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] ● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VHCL SPEED [km/h]
or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-685
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Freeze frame data
Description
item *
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
or [°F]
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
×: Applicable
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (120° signal) of the
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
sensor is displayed. value is indicated.
×
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- value is indicated.
back correction factor per cycle is indi-
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × cated. ● This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
● When the engine coolant temperature
● The engine coolant temperature (deter-
sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the engine
× × enters fail-safe mode. The engine cool-
[°C] or [°F] coolant temperature sensor) is dis-
ant temperature determined by the
played.
ECM is displayed.
HO2S1 (B1) [V] × × ● The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B2) [V] × × sensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal

× After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN] during air-fuel ratio feedback control: ●
RICH: means the mixture became “rich”, “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixture
and control is being affected toward a ratio feedback control begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B2) leaner mixture. ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
× LEAN: means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
[RICH/LEAN]
“lean”, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continuously.
toward a rich mixture.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) ● Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
×
[RICH/LEAN] nal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) three way catalyst is relatively small. value is indicated.
× LEAN: means the amount of oxygen
[RICH/LEAN]
after three way catalyst is relatively large.
VHCL SPEED SE ● The vehicle speed computed from the
× ×
[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.
● The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
played.
● The throttle position sensor signal volt-
age is displayed.
EC-686
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT A
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● The fuel temperature judged from the EC
FUEL T/TMP SE
× fuel tank temperature sensor signal volt-
[°C] or [°F]
age is displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined
INT/A TEMP SE
× × by the signal voltage of the intake air
C
[°C] or [°F]
temperature sensor is indicated.
● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
EVAP SYS PRES [V] D
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the EGR tempera-
EGR TEMP SEN [V] × ×
ture sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sen- E
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] ×
sor is displayed.
START SIGNAL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the ● After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
× ×
[ON/OFF] starter signal. played regardless of the starter signal. F
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal. G
CLSD THL/P SW
[ON/OFF]
switch.
H
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
I
P/N POSI SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
× ×
[ON/OFF] park/neutral position (PNP) switch signal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL oil pressure switch determined by the J
× ×
[ON/OFF] power steering oil pressure signal is indi-
cated.
AMB TEMP SW
×
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the K
[ON/OFF] ambient air temperature switch signal.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
×
[ON/OFF] tion switch. L
INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] × ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
● When the engine is stopped, a certain
width compensated by ECM according to
INJ PULSE-B2 [msec] computed value is indicated.
the input signals.
M
● Indicates the ignition timing computed by ● When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
ECM according to the input signals. value is indicated.
● Calculated load value indicates the value
CAL/LD VALUE [%] of the current airflow divided by peak air-
flow.
● Absolute throttle position sensor indi-
cates the throttle opening computed by
ABSOL TH·P/S [%]
ECM according to the signal voltage of
the throttle position sensor.
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
the mass airflow sensor.
IACV-AAC/V [%] × value computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
EC-687
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG-
NALS
NALS
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
PURG VOL C/V [%] input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
● The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
× tion (determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signal) is indicated.
● Indicates the control condition of the
EGRC SOL/V EGRC-solenoid valve determined by
[ON/OFF] × ECM according to the input signals.
(FLOW/CUT) ● ON: EGR valve is operational
OFF: EGR valve operation is cut-off
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY
× condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
● The control condition of the EVAP canis-
ter vent control valve (determined by
VENT CONT/V [ON/ ECM according to the input signal) is
OFF] indicated.
● ON: Closed
OFF: Open
valve bypass valve (determined by ECM
VC/V BYPASS/V [ON/ according to the input signal) is indi-
OFF] cated.
● ON: Open
OFF: Closed
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF] ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
oxygen sensors 1 heater determined by
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ECM according to the input signals.
[ON/OFF]
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 2 heaters determined by
[ON/OFF]
Voltage [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
● Only “#” is displayed if item is unable to
be measured.
Frequency ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle ● Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.
[msec] or [Hz] or [%] measured by the pulse probe. They are the same figures as an actual
piece of data which was just previously
measured.
NOTE:
EC-688
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Monitored Items A
ECM
MAIN
INPUT
SIG- EC
NALS
NALS
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is running, specifi-
specification is displayed. cation range is indicated. C
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injec-
B/FUEL SCHDL ● When the engine is running, specifi-
× tion pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
[msec] cation range is indicated.
to any learned on board correction.
D
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● When the engine is running, specifi-
● Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel ratio cation range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × feedback correction factor per cycle. ● This data also includes the data for
E
NOTE:
F
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) G
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM. H

trouble condition I
ING CHECK ITEM.
CONSULT-II. J
the engine.
● Change the IACV-AAC valve
OPENING the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve K
SULT-II.
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connector

L
the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch: OFF ● Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ● Power transistor
M
● Cut off each injector signal one at ● Spark plug

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
(Engine stopped)
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
EGRC SOLE- ● Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” EGRC-solenoid valve makes an ● Harness and connector
NOID VALVE and “OFF” using CONSULT-II operating sound. ● EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-689
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
(Engine stopped)
“OFF” with the CONSULT-II and
(Engine stopped)

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-630, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-916/EC-1073
EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-966/EC-1098
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1075
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-908
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-1117
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-799
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1014
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-1020
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-787
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 EC-799
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 Refer to corresponding EC-1014
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 trouble diagnosis for DTC. EC-1020
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 EC-787
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1027
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1038
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-818
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-1038
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-818
EGR SYSTEM EGR-BPT/VLV P0402 EC-891
EC-690
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description A
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger): EC
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be C
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ... D
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF705Y
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on

the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed. E
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN- F
UAL.
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed G
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected. H
SEF707X
Operation
I
1. “AUTO TRIG”
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
detected. J
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components K
and harness in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG” L
EC-691
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
SEF720X
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS00DFB
DESCRIPTION
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. (For details, refer to EC-685, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze
Frame Data" .)
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
EC-692
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
EC
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
C
D
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
E
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
● EVAP canister vent control valve: Closed
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve: Open F
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function.
MODE 8 — ● Low ambient temperature
● Low battery voltage G
● Engine running
● Ignition switch OFF
H
● Low fuel temperature
● Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 CALIBRATION ID
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and calibration IDs.
I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector which is located under LH
K
LEC104A M

shown.)
AEC059B
EC-693
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
dure.
tool maker.
AEC060B
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DFC
Remarks:
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
ENG SPEED ● Run engine and CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.
tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.3V
● No load
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B2) 1.0V
● Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm.
Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
during 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) ● Warm-up condition 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B2) ● After keeping engine speed 1.0V
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR (B2)
under no load.
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
indication speed meter indication
Throttle valve: fully closed 0.15 - 0.85V
the engine
THRTL POS SEN ● Engine: After warming up
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V
(Engine stopped)
CLSD THL POS ● Engine: After warming up, idle Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW the engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Except above OFF
EC-694
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
the engine
EC
● Ignition switch: ON Below 19°C (66°F) OFF
AMB TEMP SW ● Compare ambient air tempera-
Above 25°C (77°F) ON
ture with the following:
C
INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF D
INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.3 msec
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.6 msec E
B/FUEL SCHDL
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.4 msec
● No load F
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10±2° BTDC
IGN TIMING
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC G
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 20%
H
IACV-AAC/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm —
● No load
I
PURG VOL C/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm — J
● No load
A/F ALPHA-B1 Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
● Engine: After warming up 54 - 155%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rpm
K
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON 1.8 – 4.8V
● Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds) L
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY ● Engine running or cranking
Except as shown above OFF
M
EGRC SOL/V Engine speed: Revving engine from
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
idle to 3,000 rpm quickly.
● No load
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
● Engine speed: Below 2,800 rpm
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
● Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
– Engine: After warning up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
at idle for 1 minute under no load
VC/V BYPASS/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
EC-695
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
CAL/LD VALUE
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 18.0 - 21.0%
● No load
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
mmHg, -11.81 inHg) of vacuum is
ABSOL TH·P/S applied to the throttle opener with
a hand vacuum pump.
● Ignition switch: ON Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 80%
(Engine stopped)
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s
● No load
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DFD
SEF306Y
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
EC-696
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
EC
SEF241Y
EC-697
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF242YD
EC-698
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DFE
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS00DFF
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
● Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5 I
ahead.
J
Inspection Procedure UBS00DFG
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display. K
L
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
SEF601Z
EC-699
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DFH
LEC089A
EC-700
[VG33E]
EC
SEF768Z
EC-701
[VG33E]
LEC090A
EC-702
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DFI
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
specific malfunctioning area. C
Common I/I Report Situations

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
E
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DFJ F

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA- G
TION" .
>> GO TO 2. H

I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”,
“Ground Inspection”.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
K
Perform GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION L
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M

Refer to GI-22, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
EC-703
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DFK
BBWA0465E
EC-704
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0 - 1.5V
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
● More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
[Ignition switch: ON] G
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
67 B/P BATTERY VOLTAGE I
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

(Back-up) (11 - 14V) J
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
[Engine is running]
124 B/R ECM ground Engine ground L
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DFL
1. INSPECTION START M
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-705
[VG33E]
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674U

● 10A fuse

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0418E
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT-I FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-706
[VG33E]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Stop engine.

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
SEF678U
E
F
● 10A fuse G
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair harness or connectors. H
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

I
J
drop to approximately 0V. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. L
12. PBIB2168E
EC-707
[VG33E]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
LEC106A

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF625W

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F27
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117 and ECM relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-708
[VG33E]
13. CHECK ECM RELAY A
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
EC
12V (1 - 2) applied : Continuity exists.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 14.
D
SEF090M
E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 15.
H
I
BBIA0418E
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT-II FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

Refer to Wiring Diagram. K

3. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. M

>> INSPECTION END.

Ground Inspection UBS00GZ0
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
EC-709
[VG33E]
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-17, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-710
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER
[VG33E]
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description UBS00DFM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control heater
C
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION D
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters
Above 2,800 OFF
E
Below 2,800 after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DFN
Specification data are reference values. F

● Engine: After warming up G
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DFO
Trouble diagnosis
name I
P0031 The current amperage in the heated oxygen
(Bank 1) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal ● Harness or connectors
range.
sensor 1 heater
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to open or shorted.) J
P0051 control circuit low
(Bank 2) ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
P0032 The current amperage in the heated oxygen K
range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1
L
(Bank 2) ● Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DFP

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-711
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
5. Start engine and run it for at 6 seconds at idle speed.
EC-712
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DFQ
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1077E
EC-713
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
119 BR/Y ●
heater (bank 1)
EC-714
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1078E
EC-715
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
121 BR ●
heater (bank 2)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DFR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0188E
3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0783E
EC-716
[VG33E]
● 15A fuse
C
4. CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1 terminal as follows.
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0031 119 3 Bank 1 G
P0051 121 3 Bank 2

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
L
M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection UBS00DFS
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Resistance: 3.3 - 4.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2. Check continuity between HO2S1 terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
3. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
CAUTION:
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one. SEF935X
EC-717
[VG33E]
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Removal and Installation UBS00DFT

EC-718
[VG33E]
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description UBS00DFU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
heater control
speed. D
OPERATION
E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warning up F
ON
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DFV G

H
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and I
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DFW
Trouble diagnosis
name
K
P0037 The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 2 heater open or shorted.)
P0057 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low L
(Bank 2) through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to M
P0058 shorted.)
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2) heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DFX
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
EC-719
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and
. SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-720
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DFY
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1116E
EC-721
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following
conditions are met
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000
Heated oxygen sensor 2 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no
122 R/B
heater (bank 1) load
EC-722
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1081E
EC-723
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
conditions are met
123 R/Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DFZ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-724
[VG33E]
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0181E
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground. E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0112E
H

I
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M26 J
● 15A fuse
K
4. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037,
122 2 Bank 1
P0038
P0057,
123 2 Bank 2
P0058

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-725
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00DG0

1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3

CAUTION:
PBIB1596E
Removal and Installation UBS00DG1

EC-726
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DG2
the heat loss. C
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
SEF030T
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DG3

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s J
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DG4

K
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or L
A) shorted.)
P0101 cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors M
B)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DG5
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
EC-727
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Check the voltage of MAS AIR/FL SE with “DATA MONITOR”.
increases.
SEF998NA
EC-728
[VG33E]
onds. A
THRTL POS SEN More than 3V
EC
Selector lever Suitable position
this test.
. D
Overall Function Check UBS00DG6

With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1.
G
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-731, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
SEF534P
EC-729
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DG7
BBWA0470E
EC-730
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
OFF
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] G
ground
● Idle speed
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
67 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition: switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition: switch: ON] I
(11 - 14V)
J
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DG8
1. INSPECTION START
K
A or B
A >> GO TO 3. L
B >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM M

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
● Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-731
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC641A
3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
● Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
EC-732
[VG33E]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 55. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
J
Refer to EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K
>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection UBS00DG9

M
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 54 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal oper-
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
● Turn ignition switch OFF.
● Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
EC-733
[VG33E]
● Perform step 2 and 3 again.
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust.
EC-734
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DGA
flow. The mass air flow sensor control the temperature of the hot
the heat loss. C
SEF030T
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DGB

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DGC

K
Trouble diagnosis
name
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors L

Mass air flow sensor sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection ● Intake air leaks
logic. ● Mass air flow sensor
M
P0103
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DGD
NOTE:
EC-735
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds at most.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
2. If 1st trip DTC is detected,
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
.
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-736
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DGE
EC
BBWA0470E
EC-737
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
OFF
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DGF
1. INSPECTION START
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-738
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E
E
F
AEC641A
I

CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W
M
EC-739
[VG33E]
6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
4. Also check harness for short ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DGG

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
engine speed.
EC-740
[VG33E]
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust. A
EC
EC-741
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DGH
to the ECM.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* (V) Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 61
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DGI
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM. ● Harness or connectors
low input
Intake air tempera- Intake air temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ●
sent to ECM.
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DGJ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
EC-742
[VG33E]
WITH GST
EC
EC-743
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DGK
BBWA1074E
EC-744
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DGL

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
G
I
LEC519
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1 J

and ground.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF203W M
EC-745
[VG33E]
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-746
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DGM
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data> E
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
H
SEF012P
EC-747
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DGN

mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DGO

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 perature sensor cir-
cuit low input
Engine coolant tem- Engine coolant temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
EC-748
[VG33E]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
EC
or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition C
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F) D
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
E
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DGP

F
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. G
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. H
I
K
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. L
EC-749
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DGQ
BBWA0472E
EC-750
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DGR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK ECTS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
G
I
AEC643A
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
in harness or connectors. L
SEF206W M
3. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-751
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00DGS

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
Removal and Installation UBS00DGT

EC-752
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DGU
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. Refer to EC
EC-999 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiome-
ECM.
J
SEF349X
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DGV

● Engine: After warming up, idle the L
engine
M
(Engine stopped)
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 mmHg, Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
-11.81 inHg) of vacuum is applied
ABSOL TH·P/S to the throttle opener with a hand
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
EC-753
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DGW
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is
A) sent to ECM under light load driving ● TP sensor
condition. ● Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor cir- ● Camshaft position sensor
P0121 cuit range/performance prob-
lem
A low voltage from the sensor is (The TP sensor circuit is open or
B) sent to ECM under heavy load driv- shorted.)
ing condition. ● Intake air leaks
● TP sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DGX
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
With CONSULT-II
for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,000 rpm.
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Brake pedal Depressed
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
. SEF058Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-754
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. A
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following: EC
depression.
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approx- C
imately 4V.
If NG, go to EC-757, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SEF177Y
If OK, go to following step. D
SEF174Z
J
SULT-II.
onds. K
CMPS·RPM (REF) More than 2,000 rpm

MAS AIR/FL SE More than 3V L
IACV-AAC/V Less than 80%
M
Selector lever Suitable position SEF805Z

this test.
With GST
EC-755
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DGY
BBWA0473E
EC-756
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with D
[Ignition switch: ON] E
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DGZ
1. INSPECTION START H

A or B I
A >> GO TO 4.
B >> GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

K
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Ignitions timing
A/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
L
Base idle speed
Closed throttle position switch idle Feeler gauge thickness and switch
M
position adjustment condition
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
>> GO TO 3.
EC-757
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
3. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM.
2. Check the following for connection.
– Air duct
– Vacuum hoses
– Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

Loosen and retighten ground screw.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0418E
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC638A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF630W
EC-758
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.
J
9. ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH
Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" . K
Ignitions timing
L

Base idle speed
M
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-759
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
2. Start engine.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground, ECM terminal 49 and ground with DC range.
NOTE:
<Terminal 44 or 48 and ground>
Condition Idle 2,000 rpm
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U
<Terminal 49 and ground>

Voltage Approximately 2.5V Approximately 2.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END
EC-760
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DH0

With CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). EC
C
tions.
sensor installed in vehicle. D
Throttle valve conditions THRTL POS SEN

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85V E
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7V
SEF719Y
F
With GST
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). G
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. H

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 I
Completely open 3.5 - 4.7
EC-761
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DH1
NOTE:
If DTC P0122, P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-999 .
ECM.
SEF349X
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DH2

engine
(Engine stopped)
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DH3
these self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic.
EC-762
[VG33E]
A
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM (The TP sensor circuit is open or
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0123
circuit high input sent to ECM ● TP sensor EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. C

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed. D
circuit
When engine is idling Normal E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DH4

F
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION: H
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. I
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. J
K
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-765, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L
SEF065Y
M
WITH GST
EC-763
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DH5
BBWA0473E
EC-764
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
of vacuum is applied to the throttle opener with D
[Ignition switch: ON] E
42 B/W Sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DH6
1. CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS H

2. Loosen and retighten ground screw. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. J
BBIA0418E L
EC-765
[VG33E]
AEC638A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
SEF630W
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-766
[VG33E]
6. ADJUST CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
EC
Ignitions timing
M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) C
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON D
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
A/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-652, "Basic Inspection" . F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
EC-767
[VG33E]
2. Start engine.
NOTE:
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-768
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DH7

With CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). EC
C
tions.
sensor installed in vehicle. D

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85V E
SEF719Y
F
With GST
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF). G
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. H

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 I
EC-769
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DH8
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-748 .
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 9.2
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DH9
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed (High resistance in the circuit)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DHA
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-770
[VG33E]
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F). A
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. EC
be OK.
C
.
SEF174Y
D
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DHB
E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
H
I
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION L
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT" .

>> INSPECTION END
EC-771
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DHC

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS00DHD

EC-772
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DHE
ing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal EC
to the ECM.
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C
LEC519
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* (V) Resistance kΩ F
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38 G
CAUTION: H
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground. I
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DHF
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors
too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DHG
NOTE: L
CAUTION: M
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-773
[VG33E]
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature.
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine.
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con- SEF176Y
secutive seconds.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DHH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-744, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END
EC-774
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DHI
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
H
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace in take air temperature sensor. I
EC-775
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DHJ
enough.
● Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
● Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
P0128 Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
stat
the engine has run long enough.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DHK
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), cool down the engine to less than
70°C (158°F), then retry from step 1.
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE 80 - 120 km/h (50 - 75 MPH)
PBIB1917E
.
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DHL

OK or NG
EC-776
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DHM
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
H
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. I

Removal and Installation UBS00DHN

J
EC-777
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DHO

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DHP

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
(B1) rpm
Changes more than 5 times during
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DHQ
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1847E
P0132
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0152 1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
(Bank 2)
EC-778
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DHR
A
NOTE:
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. C
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. D
.
E
SEF174Y
G
WITH GST
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. I
J
K
EC-779
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DHS
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-780
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - Approximately 1.0V C
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
● Warm-up condition D
SEF002V E
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-781
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-782
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DHT F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 K

Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) L
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-783
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S1
terminal as follows.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0188E
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground.
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

OK or NG
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-784
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
With CONSULT-II
EC
SULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/
(B2)”.
C
ing steps.
4. Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.
D
E
PBIB2025E

– “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode changes
from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” more than 5 times in 10 sec-
onds.
G
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown right:
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. H
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
SEF647Y I
SEF648Y
CAUTION: M
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-785
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground.
● The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
● The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
● The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DHU

EC-786
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS00DHV
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhales manifold. It

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DHW I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
● Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH K
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DHX

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time M
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-787
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
(Bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
● Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel injector
P0153 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
(Bank 2)
● PCV valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DHY
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0133/
P0153” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
SEF338Z

step 2.
EC-788
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-793, "Diagnostic A
Procedure" .
EC
SEF658Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS00DHZ
DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HOS1 (B1) sig- F
nal] or 51 [HOS1 (B2) signal] and ground.
stant under no load. G
H
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V →
0 - 0.3V I
SEF919UA
EC-789
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DI0
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-790
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-791
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-792
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DI1 F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 K

Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb) L
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-793
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-794
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
D
E
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at G
idle speed.
H
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
I
Is it difficult to start engine? J
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-828 or EC-836 .
No >> GO TO 6. K
EC-795
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1
P0153 51 2 Bank 2 BBIA0188E

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1
P0153 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK PCV VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover;
make sure that a hissing noise will be heard as air passes through it
and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
OK or NG
SEC137A
EC-796
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
C
F
PBIB2025E
5. Check the following. G

onds. H
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. I
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-797
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33E]
10. CHECK FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Without CONSULT-II
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E

from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DI2

EC-798
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS00DI3

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DI4 I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DI5

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately M
SEF237U
P0134
(Bank 1) The voltage from the sensor is constantly
1 circuit no activity (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0154 approx. 0.3V.
(Bank 2)
EC-799
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DI6
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0134/P0154” of “HO2S1” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
LEC068A

step 2.
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148 and P1168 may be stored in ECM.
LEC034A
Overall Function Check UBS00DI7
WITH GST
ground.
EC-800
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
stant under no load. A
EC
SEF919UA
EC-801
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DI8
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-802
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
50 B
(bank 1)
SEF002V E
EC-803
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1076E
EC-804
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
51 G
(bank 2)
SEF002V E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DI9 F

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E
EC-805
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
2. CHECK HO2S 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1
P0154 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0188E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1
P0154 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 4.
EC-806
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
(B2)”.
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- C
ing steps.
D
E
PBIB2025E

onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below. G
SEF647Y
I
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-807
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor;
use a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DIA

EC-808
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS00DIB

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DIC

HO2S2 (B1)
● Warm-up condition 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S2 (B2)
● After keeping engine speed
HO2S2 MNTR Revving engine from idle up to G
between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 3,000 rpm quickly
(B1)
1 minute and at idle for 1 minute LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DID

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen I
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during J
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E
L
M
P0138
(Bank 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DIE
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-809
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
. SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-810
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DIF
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-811
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor 2 ● Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after
56 OR the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1)
rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
EC-812
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-813
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
57 Y the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 2)
load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DIG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-814
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
2. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 EC
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1 D
P0158 57 1 Bank 2
BBIA0181E
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1 G
P0158 57 1 Bank 2
Continuity should not exist. H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
M
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTORS FOR WATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 connector and harness connector for water.
OK or NG
EC-815
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.
SEF989RD
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.62V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.48V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-816
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. C
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load D
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or F
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D SEF922UA
position with “OD” OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).

The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this procedure. G
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. J
>> INSPECTION END.

L
Removal and Installation UBS00DIH

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . M
EC-817
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS00DII

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DIJ

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
● After keeping engine speed Revving engine from idle up to
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DIK

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
SEF302U
P0159 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
(Bank 2) ● Fuel injector
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DIL
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-818
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. A
5. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II. EC
E
PBIB0115E

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-823, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA G
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II. H
go to step 3.
I
J
SEF174Y
Overall Function Check UBS00DIM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
WITH GST
M
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2(B1)
signal] or 57 [HO2S2(B2) signal] and ground.
at least 10 times.
A changed of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
essary.

A changed of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
EC-819
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DIN
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-820
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 1) D
load
E
EC-821
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1080E
EC-822
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 2) D
load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DIO

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-823
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-828 or EC-836 .
No >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and
ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con-
BBIA0181E
nectors.
EC-824
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor C
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2
D
Refer to Wiring Diagram. E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor F
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2
G
H
OK or NG
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
EC-825
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-826
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.

The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this procedure. G
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. J
>> INSPECTION END

L
Removal and Installation UBS00DIP

Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . M
EC-827
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[VG33E]
DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DIQ
ratios.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) control
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0171 ● Intake air leaks
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
● Fuel injector
Fuel injection system ● Exhaust gas leaks
too lean ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
(Bank 2) ● Lack of fuel
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DIR
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-832, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
has a malfunction, too.
starts, go to EC-832, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not SEF968Y
start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
5. Select MODE 3 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the DTC P0102.
EC-828
[VG33E]
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunc-
tion exists. If so, go to EC-832, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-832, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. EC
EC-829
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DIS
BANK 1
BBWA1082E
EC-830
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1083E
EC-831
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DIT

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK FOR PCV HOSE

Check PCV hose for loose connection or disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-832
[VG33E]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1 D
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1 G
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE J

Refer to EC-622, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . K
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-623, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
At idling:
L
When fuel pressure regulator valve 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
When fuel pressure regulator valve 294 kPa (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi) M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Fuel lines (Refer to MA-28, "Checking Fuel Lines" .)
EC-833
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec : at idling
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
ground. Refer to EC-727 .

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1148, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-834
[VG33E]
9. CHECK INJECTOR A
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors. EC
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 1. C
For DTC P0174, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2.
D
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out for injectors on
bank 1. E
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out for injectors on
bank 2.
F
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. G
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones. SEF595Q
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

I
>> INSPECTION END
EC-835
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DIU
ratios.
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0172 ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
(Bank 1) Fuel injector
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ●
Fuel injection system
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 too rich
(Bank 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DIV
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
SULT-II.
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage,
if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-840, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
If engine starts, go to EC-840, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine SEF968Y
does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc.
WITH GST
idle speed.
tion exists. If so, go to EC-840, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-836
[VG33E]
If engine starts, go to EC-840, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and A
check for fouling, etc.
EC
EC-837
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DIW
BANK 1
BBWA1082E
EC-838
[VG33E]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1083E
EC-839
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DIX

SEC502D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-840
[VG33E]
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE A
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-623, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" . EC
At idling:
When fuel pressure regulator valve vacuum 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi) C
hose is connected.
hose is disconnected. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. E

Check the following. F
G

H
With CONSULT-II
I
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec : at idling J
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST K
L
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-841
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1148, "INJECTOR
CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-842
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DIY
LEC764
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) F
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DIZ
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DJ0

L
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F). SEF174Y

EC-843
[VG33E]
WITH GST
EC-844
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DJ1
EC
BBWA1084E
EC-845
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJ2
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
LEC764
4. Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit terminal T and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEC310C

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal E and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground
EC-846
[VG33E]
5. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
2. Check resistance fuel level sensor unit terminals T and E by
heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
PBIB1425E
E
F
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DJ3
G
H
EC-847
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DJ4
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJ5
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DJ6
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-848
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DJ7
EC
BBWA1084E
EC-849
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJ8
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
LEC764

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEC310C

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
2. Check harness continuity between fuel level sensor unit terminal E and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground
EC-850
[VG33E]
heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
PBIB1425E
E
F
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DJ9
G
H
EC-851
[VG33E]
PFP:00019
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJA
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.
● Thermostat
● Blocked front end
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired)
● Damaged bumper
For more information, refer to EC-856, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating" .
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
RATIO" .
Overall Function Check UBS00DJB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the engine coolant over temperature enrichment protection
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (Using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mix-
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or the radiator is below
the proper range, skip following steps and go to EC-854,
● If the coolant mixture ratio is out of range between 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Cool-
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
SEF621W
speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be

sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIX-
TURE RATIO" .
– After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-852
[VG33E]
– After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3) below.
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled the engine coolant, skip fol- A
lowing steps and go to EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates. If NG, go to EC-854, "Diagnostic
Procedure" . After repair, go to next step. EC
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp upper and lower radiator hoses and make
sure that coolant flows. C
If NG, go to step 4 of EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step.
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage D
Check for blocked condenser or radiator (condenser or radiator fins damaged, condenser or radiator
clogged), after market fog lamps ...etc. Check for condenser or radiator fin damage, shroud damage, vehi-
cle front end for clogging of debris or insects ...etc.
Check for improper fitting of front end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, vehicle frontal area dam- E
aged by collision but not repaired.
If NG, take appropriate action and then go to next step.
6. Check ECT sensor for proper operation. Refer to step 5 of EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If NG, F
replace ECT sensor and go to next step.
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm. G
SEF927Z
J
WITH GST
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mix- K
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-854, L
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Cool- M
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling SEF621W

TURE RATIO" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled engine coolant, skip following
steps and go to EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
sure that coolant flows.
EC-853
[VG33E]
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage
Check for improper fitting of front end cover, damaged radiator grille or bumper, vehicle frontal area dam-
6. Check ECT sensor for proper operation. Refer to step 5 of EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If NG,
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm.
SEF927Z
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" .

CAUTION:
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2 , 23 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak:
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer to CO-25, "WATER PUMP" . SLC754A
EC-854
[VG33E]
3. CHECK RADIATOR CAP A
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
Radiator cap 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/ EC
relief pressure: cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
D
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT E

F
Valve opening : 82°C (180°F) [standard]
temperature G
Valve lift : More than 10 mm/95°C (0.39 in/203°F)
perature. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5. SLC343
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J

nals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. K
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 L
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
M
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF012P
EC-855
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS00DJD

● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14 .
3 ● Coolant level ● Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-26 .
in reservoir tank and radi-
ator filler neck
4 ● Radiator cap ● Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-23 .
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
ON*1 5 ● Coolant leaks ● Visual No leaks See CO-23 .
ON*1 6 ● Thermostat ● Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-28 .
lower radiator hoses
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● Visual Operating SeeCO-32 .

(Crankshaft driven)

gauge when driving
● Coolant overflow to ● Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-26 .
reservoir tank ing and idling
OFF*3 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See CO-22 .
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank
tor
OFF 11 ● Cylinder head ● Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-102 .
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-131 .
tons walls or piston
EC-856
DTC P0300 - P0306 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 6 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[VG33E]
FIRE PFP:00000 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJE
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP EC
sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire C

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) D
for a change. E
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. F
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only G
H
Multiple cylinder misfire
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire. I
detected ● Improper spark plug
No.1 cylinder misfire ● Insufficient compression
detected ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 2 cylinder misfire ● The injector circuit is open or shorted J
detected ● Fuel injector
No. 3 cylinder misfire ● Intake air leak
detected ● The ignition secondary signal circuit is K
No. 4 cylinder misfire open or shorted
detected ● Lack of fuel
No. 5 cylinder misfire ● Signal plate or flywheel L
No. 6 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect PCV hose connection
detected M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DJF
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-857
FIRE
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
.
NOTE:
the following procedure is advised. SEF213Y

Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine speed Time
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJG

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-858
FIRE
[VG33E]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST A
With CONSULT-II
EC
engine speed drop?
C
SEF070Y
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, F
speed drop?
Yes or No G
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.
H
LEC809 I
4. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle? J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1148, K
MEC703B
M
EC-859
FIRE
[VG33E]
2. Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
3. Disconnect ignition wire from spark plug.
4. Connect a known-good spark plug to the ignition wire.
6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF282G

Resistance:
Cylinder No. Resistance kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5
4 Approx. 12.5
5 Approx. 8.5 SEF174P
6 Approx. 11.0
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK >> Check the following:
● Distributor rotor head for incorrect parts
● Ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits

Refer to EC-1142, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-32, "Changing
Spark Plugs" .
SEF156I
EC-860
FIRE
[VG33E]
8. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE A
Refer to EM-102, "Measurement of Compression" .
● Check compression pressure.
EC
Minimum : 883 kPa (9.0 kg/cm2 , 128 psi)/300 rpm
C
Difference between each cylinder : 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. D
9. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE E

Refer to EC-622, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . F
At idle: Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi) G

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. H

I
● Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-623 .) J
● Fuel lines (Refer to MA-28 .)
K
11. CHECK IGNITION TIMING L

Items Specifications M
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
EC-861
FIRE
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1
(B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown left:
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-862
FIRE
[VG33E]
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK1)(BANK2) A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
D
● The voltage never exceeds 1.0V. E
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION: F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. H

I
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST K
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
L
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. M
15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
16. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE
>> GO TO 17.
EC-863
FIRE
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END
EC-864
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS00DJH

C
SEF332I
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJI
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

Trouble diagnosis F
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
low input sent to ECM. G
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
P0328 ●
high input sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DJJ
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
K
. L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-865
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DJK
BBWA0480E
EC-866
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJL

D
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
E
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 64 and ground.
NOTE:
F
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Resistance: Approximately 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 64 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
Check the following. M
● Harness connector F37, F101
● Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
EC-867
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33E]
NOTE:
Resistance: 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC439D

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0418E
6. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect harness connectors F37, F101.
2. Check harness continuity between harness connector F37 terminal 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness connector F37
● Harness for open or short between harness connector F37 and ground

>> INSPECTION END
EC-868
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DJM

change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only
for the on board diagnosis.
H
BBIA0182E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DJN

ENG SPEED ● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II with the value tachometer indication. J
tachometer indication.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJO
K
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft ● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
P0335
sensor (OBD) circuit while the engine is running at the specified
engine speed. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DJP M

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
.
SEF058Y
EC-869
[VG33E]
WITH GST
EC-870
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DJQ
EC
BBWA0481E
EC-871
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle

47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-872
[VG33E]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (OBD) and ECM
harness connectors.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CKP sensor EC
(OBD) terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

● Harness connectors F38, F102
F
● Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. J
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

L
● Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-873
[VG33E]

SEF960N

Resistance: Approximately 512 - 632Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF504V

>> INSPECTION END
EC-874
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DJS

input signals to the ECM are used to control fuel injection, ignition
timing and other functions.
SEF928V
are converted into ON-OFF signals by the wave-forming circuit and
E
sent to the ECM.
NOTE: F
tributor shaft must be torqued properly.
G
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)
H
SEF614B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJT

I
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM J
A) for the first few seconds during engine ● Harness or connectors
cranking. (The CMP sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM
Camshaft position sen- ● Camshaft position sensor K
P0340 B) often enough while the engine speed is
sor circuit
higher than the specified engine speed. ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
● The relation between 1° and 120° signal is ● Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-9 .)
C) not in the normal range during the specified ● Dead (Weak) battery L
engine speed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DJU

M
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
With CONSULT-II
EC-875
[VG33E]
.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
.
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-876
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DJV
EC
BBWA0482E
EC-877
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay (Self shut- OFF
4 OR/B
off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle

0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
67 B/P [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-878
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DJW

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
G
I
AEC647A
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 5 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF708U M
EC-879
[VG33E]
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49, CMPS terminal 3 and
ECM terminals 44, 48. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
5. CHECK CMPS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between CMPS terminal 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

2. Start engine.
NOTE:
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-880
[VG33E]
Removal and Installation UBS00DJX
DISTRIBUTOR C
EC-881
[VG33E]
Description UBS00DJY
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature EGR control EGRC-solenoid valve
and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the solenoid valve. This causes the
intake manifold vacuum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Engine starting
● Engine idling
SEF317U
throttle valve opening and EGRC-BPT valve operation. The vacuum
controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum
diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-882
[VG33E]
EGRC-Solenoid Valve
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When A
the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve
is energized. The vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector
to the EGR valve) passes through the solenoid valve. The signal EC
then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the intake manifold to the ECR valve.
C
SEF318UA
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DJZ
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor E

under the condition that calls for EGR, a low-flow malfunction is
diagnosed.
F
SEF073P H
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No.
name
DTC detecting condition Possible Cause I
● EGR valve stuck closed
● EGRC-BPT valve
J
● Vacuum hose
EGRC-solenoid ● No EGR flow is detected under condi-
P0400 ● EGRC-solenoid valve
valve circuit close tions that call for EGR.
● EGR passage
K
● EGR temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DK0

L
CAUTION:
M
NOTE:
● P0400 will not be displayed at “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is “NG”.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-883
[VG33E]
2. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-II.
Confirm COOLAN TEMP/S valve is within the range listed
below.
COOLAN TEMP/S: Less than 40°C (104°F)
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other
than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnos-
tic result.
SEF013Y
3. Start engine and let it idle monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
When the “COOLAN TEMP/S” value reaches 70°C (158°F), immediately go to the next step.
6. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and
then stop vehicle with engine running.
If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
SEF732Y

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
“TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 60 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 2,400 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)
THRTL POS SEN X − (X + 0.82) V
Selector lever Suitable position SEF733Y
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from

step 2.
Procedure" .
SEF235Y
Overall Function Check UBS00DK1
Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WITH GST
EC-884
[VG33E]
2. Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from 2,000 to 3,000 rpm quickly under no load using the
following methods. A
EC
D
SEF642Q
EGR valve should lift up and down without sticking.

If NG, go to EC-887, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
sensor signal) and ground at idle speed.
Less than 4.5V should exist. F
If NG, go to next step.
G
H
SEF182V
5. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector. I

AEC660A
L
7. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor harness connector terminal 2 and ECM ter-
minal 43. Refer to EC-900, "Wiring Diagram" . M

8. Perform EC-902, "Component Inspection" .
EC-885
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DK2
BBWA0504E
EC-886
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DK3
1. CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
G
With CONSULT-II H
3. Check for vacuum existence at idle. I

J
AEC648A
L
4. Select “EGRC SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode
with CONSULT-II and turn the solenoid valve ON.
5. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from idle up M
to 3,000rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF129Y
EC-887
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check for vacuum existence when revving engine from idle up
to 3,000 rpm quickly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
AEC648A
NG >> GO TO 5.
4. CHECK EGR VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

2. Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connec-
tion.
OK or NG
SEF109L
6. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
2. Turn EGRC-solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” in “ACTIVE TEST”
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace EGRC-solenoid valve or repair circuit.
SEF129Y
EC-888
[VG33E]
7. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
3. Connect a suitable jumper wire between ECM terminal 103 and ground.
4. Check operating sound of EGRC-solenoid valve when disconnecting and connecting the jumper wire. C
OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair or replace EGRC-solenoid valve or repair circuit.
8. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE E

2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the F
Conditions G
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
H
OK or NG
NG >> Repair EGRC-solenoid valve. I

1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the J
Conditions K
2 L
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
M
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair EGRC-solenoid valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-889
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00DK4
EGR VALVE
1. Apply vacuum to EGR vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.
2. Check for sticking.
3. If NG, repair or replace EGR valve.
MEF137D
EGRC-BPT VALVE
SEF083P
Removal and Installation UBS00DK5
EGR VALVE
EC-890
[VG33E]
DTC P0402 EGRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION PFP:14741
A
Description UBS00DK6
EC
SEF864U
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling intake manifold vac- H
uum applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning
of the EGR valve or to engine operation.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DK7 I
If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase. If
the roughness is large, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC-solenoid valve. If
the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated. J
● EGRC-BPT valve
K
● EGR valve
● Blocked rubber tube
● The EGRC-BPT valve does not L
P0402 ECRC-BPT VALVE FUNCTION ● Camshaft position sensor
operate properly.
● Blocked exhaust system
● Orifice
M
● EGRC-solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DK8
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-891
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EGRC-BPT VLV P0402” of
“EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF930VA
SEF718Z

played on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may
increase. Maintain the conditions many times until “COM-
PLETED” appears.
Vehicle speed 30 - 60 km/h (19 - 37 MPH) (A/T)
30 - 100 km/h (19 - 62 MPH) (M/T)
SEF719Z
THRTL POS SEN X – (X + 0.9) V
NOTE:
● The bar chart on CONSULT-II screen indicates the status
of this test. However, the test may be finished before the
bar chart becomes full scale.
● If the bar chart indication does not continue to progress,
completely release accelerator pedal once and try to
meet the conditions again.
● If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II screen,
retry from step 2.
9. If CONSULT-II instructs to carry out Overall Function Check, go LEC038A
to next step. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-894, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
EC-892
[VG33E]
11. Raise engine speed to 2,000 to 2,800 rpm under no-load and
hold it. Then touch “NEXT” on CONSULT-II screen. A
EC
PEF034W
D
2,800 rpm.
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91 E
inHg).
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen.
F
13. Check the rubber tube between intake manifold collector,
EGRC-solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT valve for
cracks, blockages or twisting.
If NG, repair or replace. G
If OK, touch “YES” on the CONSULT-II screen. PEF035W
Overall Function Check UBS00DK9

H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
WITH GST I
2. Lift up vehicle. J
3. Start engine and shift to D (A/T), 1st (M/T) position.
2,800 rpm. K
Vacuum should be 0 to −20 kPa (0 to −150 mmHg, 0 to −5.91
inHg).
If NG, go to EC-894, "Diagnostic Procedure" . L
SEF930V
5. Check rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC-
solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT valve for misconnection, cracks or blockages. M
EC-893
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DKA
1. CHECK HOSE
Check vacuum hose for clogging and improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Check exhaust system for collapse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK ORIFICE
Check if orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and EGRC-solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace vacuum hose.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-894
[VG33E]
5. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR A
2. Start engine.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 44, 48 and ground, ECM terminal 49 and ground with DC range. EC
NOTE:
<Terminal 44 or 48 and ground> C

Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V D
Pulse sig-
E
nal
PBIB1424E F
SEF997U SEF998U

G
Pulse sig-
nal I
SEF999U SEF001V
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
K
Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. M
EC-895
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
SEF129Y
Without CONSULT-II
Conditions
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK EGR VALVE

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DKB
EGRC-BPT VALVE
2. Vacuum from the other port and check leakage without applying
any pressure from under EGR-BPT valve.
Leakage should exist.
SEF172P
EC-896
[VG33E]
DTC P0405, P0406 EGRT SENSOR PFP:14710
A
Component Description UBS00DKC

EGR passageway. When the EGR valve opens, hot exhaust gases EC
an input signal. As the temperature increases, EGR temperature C
engine system.
It is used only for the on board diagnosis. D
SEF599K
E
<Reference data>
F
°C (°F) V MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094 G
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
(EGR temperature sensor) and ground. H
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DKD
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause M
An excessively low voltage from the (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is shorted.)
EGR temperature circuit
P0405 EGR temperature sensor is sent to ● EGR temperature sensor
low input
ECM. ● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT valve
or EGRC-solenoid valve
An excessively high voltage from the (The EGR temperature sensor circuit is open.)
EGR temperature circuit
P0406 EGR temperature sensor is sent to ● EGR temperature sensor
high input
ECM. ● Malfunction of EGR function, EGRC-BPT valve
or EGRC-solenoid valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DKE
Perform PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0405 first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR DTC P0406.
EC-897
[VG33E]
NOTE:
With CONSULT-II
3. Verify that engine coolant temperature is less than 50°C
(122°F).
If the engine coolant temperature is above the range, cool
the engine down.
.
SEF174Y
With GST
● Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above.
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
If the result is NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402. Refer to EC-1065 .
4. Read “EGR TEMP SEN” at about 1,500 rpm while holding the
EGR valve in full open position by hand.
tle position) and note it. SEF201Y
8. Start engine.
9. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 2,400 rpm (A/T)
1,800 - 2,600 rpm (M/T)
COOLAN TEMP/S Above 70°C (158°F)
THRTL POS SEN X − (X + 0.82) V
Overall Function Check UBS00DKF
EC-898
[VG33E]
With GST A
2. Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting. If NG, perform trouble diag-
nosis for DTC P1402. Refer to EC-1065 . EC
SEF360Q
E
sensor signal) and ground at about 1,500 rpm with EGR valve
lifted up to the full position by hand. F
If OK, perform trouble diagnoses for DTC P0400 and P1400. G
Refer to P0400 EC-882 and P1400 EC-1060 .
SEF362Q
EC-899
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DKG
BBWA0506E
EC-900
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DKH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
G
I
AEC660A
3. Check voltage between EGR temperature sensor terminal 1 and J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF263W M
3. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
Refer to the Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
EC-901
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection UBS00DKI

1. Check resistance change and resistance value.
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature °C (°F) Voltage [V] Resistance MΩ
0 (32) 4.56 0.62 - 1.05
50 (122) 2.25 0.065 - 0.094
100 (212) 0.59 0.011 - 0.015
SEF068XB

Removal and Installation UBS00DKJ

EC-902
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[VG33E]
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DKK

sensors 1 and 2. EC
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
switching frequency will increase. C
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed. D
SEF484YF
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) F
P0420 ● Exhaust tube
(Bank 1) ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
ciency below threshold
● Fuel injector G
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
P0430
(Bank 2) ● Spark plug
● Improper ignition timing H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DKL
NOTE: I
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
K
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. L
6. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP- M
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step
10.
SEF344Z
EC-903
[VG33E]
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take
SEF345Z

If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-905, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF560X
Overall Function Check UBS00DKM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
CAUTION:
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operation temperature.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal], 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground, and ECM terminals
56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal], 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
PBIB2157E
between ECM terminals 56 and ground, or 57 and ground is
very less than that of ECM terminals 50 and ground, or 51 and
ground.
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-905, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
PBIB1437E
EC-904
[VG33E]
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 50 or 51 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5, A
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153 first. (See EC-787, "DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1" .)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DKN
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
D
E
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
L
M
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-905
[VG33E]
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-1149 .
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111
and 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-1148, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
SEF711U

6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF282G

Resistance:
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5
4 Approx. 12.5
6 Approx. 11.0
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1142, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
EC-906
[VG33E]
8. CHECK INJECTOR A
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . EC
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. C
OK or NG D
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
E
F
Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
G
EC-907
[VG33E]
System Description UBS00DKO
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. (See EC-999 .)
PBIB1438E
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DKP
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube
EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between ● Blocked rubber tube
P0441
incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
solenoid valve circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DKQ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-908
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
D
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,400 rpm E
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 119°C (32 - 246°F)
F
I
PBIB0826E

7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC- J
Overall Function Check UBS00DKR
K
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST L
M
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Headlamp switch ON
SEF906U
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC-909
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DKS

OK or NG
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
vacuum gauge.
CONSULT-II.
AEC649A

PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100% Should exist
0% Should not exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF985Y
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW

Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG AEC649A
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-910
[VG33E]
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it. C

D
E
G
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely. H

OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. I
SEF368U
K
EC-911
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity.

Condition Air passage continuity between A
PURG VOL CONT/V value and B
100% Yes
0% No
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid SEF660U
valve.

Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity between A
Condition
and B
Yes
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. SEF661U
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-912
[VG33E]
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A
nector.
2. Check connectors for water. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. C
D
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION E
Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452, EC-941 or P0453, EC-950 .
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 11.
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE G
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. H
Condition VENT CONTROL/V

Air passage continuity between I
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes J
Operation takes less than 1second.

K
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
L
Air passage continuity between A M
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, clean valve using air BBIA0309E
blower or replace as necessary.
If portion B is rusted, replace control valve.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
OK or NG
EC-913
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch.

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
6. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle posi-
tion switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor.
EC-914
[VG33E]
13. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
nals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
D
Partially open or completely closed No E

Check the following items. Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" . BBIA0423E
F
Ignitions timing
A/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) G
Base idle speed
Closed throttle position switch idle Feeler gauge thickness and switch H
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
I
Target idle speed
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in “Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle posi- J
tion switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. K

L
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace it.

>> GO TO 16.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-915
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DKT
NOTE:
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
PBIB1438E
EC-916
[VG33E]
valve.
control valve.
D
E
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP tem pressure sensor
P0442 small leak detected control system does not operate prop- ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly. F
missing or damaged
● water separator H
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit I
● ORVR system leaks J
CAUTION:
the MIL may come on. K
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DKU
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090 M
.)
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full, and vehicle is
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-917
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F)
SEF475Y
5. Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
NOTE:
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
EC-918
[VG33E]
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0441, EC-910, "Diagnostic Pro- A
cedure" .
– If P0442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select MODE 1 with GST. EC
C
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DKV

D
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 2.
F
SEF915U
H
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. L
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-919
[VG33E]
AEC649A
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC-920
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
C
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- D

sure in the system.
PEF917U
F
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAW-
G
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
I
SEF200U
EC-921
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
NOTE:

sure in the system.
AEC632A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-922
[VG33E]
10. CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER A
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

● EVAP canister for damage I
K
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine. L
CONT/V” opening to 100%. M
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF985Y
EC-923
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-924
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
E
Condition PURG VOL CONT/V value Air passage continuity between A or B

100% Yes F
0% No
SEF660U
I
Without CONSULT-II
J
AEC652A
M
Condition Air passage continuity between A or B
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-925
[VG33E]
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor. PBIB1425E

1. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, −27.56 inHg) or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92
inHg) of pressure.
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum Voltage V
-26.7 kpa (-200 mmHg, -7.87 inHg) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Discard and EVAP control system pressure sensor which
●
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a
new one. PBIB1426E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-926
[VG33E]
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE A
. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. C

Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose- D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. E
24. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE F

OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 25.
25. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 26.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END.

L
EC-927
VALVE
[VG33E]
VALVE PFP:14920
Description UBS00DKW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EVAP can-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
flow con- control solenoid valve
trol
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DKX

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-928
VALVE
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DKY
A
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
C
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
shorted
solenoid valve D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DKZ
NOTE: E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-932, "Diagnostic Procedure" H
.
J
SEF058Y
WITH GST
K
EC-929
VALVE
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DL0
BBWA1085E
EC-930
VALVE
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off) D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
EVAP canister purge SEF994U
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
I
J
SEF995U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE L
M
EC-931
VALVE
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DL1
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
harness connector.
AEC652A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF646W

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-932
VALVE
[VG33E]
C

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
E
valve opening.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
G
H
SEF985Y

I
With CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity under the following conditions.
J
PURG VOL CONT/V value between A and B
100% Yes K
0% No
SEF660U
M
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-933
VALVE
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-934
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DL2
ter and is used to seal the canister vent. EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative C
opened. D
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
SEF032W
E
H
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DL3 I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DL4

K
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) L
P0447
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DL5

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-935
[VG33E]
.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-936
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DL6
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-937
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DL7
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF989Y
EC-938
[VG33E]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
SEF143S
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF648W

● 10A fuse K
L
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-939
[VG33E]
7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
Condition Air passage continuity between
VENT CONTROL/V A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, clean valve using
BBIA0309E
air blower or replace as necessary.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-940
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DL8

nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DL9 I

EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DLA

K

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DLB

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-941
[VG33E]
.
SEF194Y
WITH GST
2. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less
than 4.2V.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-944, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-942
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DLC
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-943
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
62 Y [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DLD

2. Check rubber tube connected to the sensor for clogging, vent,
kink, disconnection or improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-944
[VG33E]
4. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Check voltage between EVAP cnotrl system pressure sensor
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
E
F

H
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
43. J
Continuity should exist. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> GO TO 7.
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M

EC-945
[VG33E]
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor

−26.7 kpa (−200 mmHg, −7.87 inHg) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value
CAUTION:
● Do not apply below −93.3 kPa (−700 mmHg, −27.56 inHg) or
over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-946
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DLE

nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DLF I

EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8V
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DLG

K
EVAP control system EVAP canister vent control valve
P0453 pressure sensor high M
sent to ECM. ● EVAP canister
input
● Water separator
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DLH
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-947
[VG33E]
.
SEF194Y
WITH GST
than 4.2V.
EC-948
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DLI
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-949
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DLJ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-950
[VG33E]
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
E
F

H
SHORT
43. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-951
[VG33E]
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


With CONSULT-II
VENT CONTROL/V between A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, clean valve using
BBIA0309E
air blower or replace as necessary.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-952
[VG33E]
C
D
CAUTION:
E
OK or NG PBIB1426E
F
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE G
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube.
I
J
K
NOTE: L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. M
PBIB1032E
EC-953
[VG33E]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> GO TO 17.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-954
[VG33E]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DLK
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1090 .) EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
H
PBIB1438E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
● Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve J
● Leak is in line between intake manifold K
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister L
vent control valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) M
leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak
EVAP control system EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
P0455 such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys- ●
gross leak detected
tem does not operate properly. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
● EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
EC-955
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DLL
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090
.)
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
EC-956
[VG33E]
is displayed, refer to EC-957, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform EC-919, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
LEC048A
D
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-635, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle. E
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle. F
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK. G
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving. H
8. Stop vehicle.
I
● If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-957, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to for DTC EC-919, "Diagnostic Procedure" or EC-1074, J
● If P0442, P0455 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. K
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6. L
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DLM
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U
EC-957
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
2. Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-958
[VG33E]
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A
EC
D
AEC649A
NOTE: E
F
G
H
SEF916U
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK I
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the K
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. L
sure in the system.
M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-959
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
AEC632A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
2,000 rpm.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
EC-960
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. C
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13. E
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-604, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" . F
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 15. G
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
L
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity. M

100% Yes
0% No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
valve.
SEF660U
EC-961
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
Yes
No supply No
SEF661U
AEC652A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-962
[VG33E]
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals T and E by heating with hot water or heat gun
as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
E
PBIB1425E
LEC764 I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor. J
EC-963
[VG33E]
AEC651A

−26.7 kpa (−200 mmHg, −7.87 inHg) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
PBIB1426E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
EC-964
[VG33E]
EC-965
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DLN
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
PBIB1438E
EC-966
[VG33E]
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
D
E
tem pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak.
control system very ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
P0456 ● EVAP system does not operate prop-
small leak (negative ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. F
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● ORVR system leaks I
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve J
CAUTION:
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DLO
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure. M
NOTE:
P1456.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-967
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
properly.
Overall Function Check UBS00DLP
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
CAUTION:
1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP ser-
vice port.
isfied. SEF462UA
EC-968
[VG33E]
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: A
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg)
NOTE: EC
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DLQ

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U G

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-969
[VG33E]
AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-970
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
2 E
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
AEC632A
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
SEF200U
J
2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. K
A , and then C plugged. L
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-971
[VG33E]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
EC-972
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
K
L
SEF985Y
EC-973
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100 % Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-974
[VG33E]
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals T and
E by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. D
PBIB1425E
E
F
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure. G
H
CAUTION: I

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure. J
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. K

L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-975
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-976
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DLR
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DLS
tion is detected.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Harness or connectors G

P0460 being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
noise
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DLT
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
K
.
L
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-977
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DLU
BBWA1088E
EC-978
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0 - 4.8V C
level.

66 B Approximately 0V D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DLV
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector. F
ground with CONSULT-II or a tester. G

H
PBIB1427E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. K

L
● Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-979
[VG33E]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal G, ECM terminal
66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DLW
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-980
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DLX
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DLY
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.

been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does G
Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0461
H
Overall Function Check UBS00DLZ
I
WARNING:
"FUEL TANK" . J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II K
NOTE:
L
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer toEC-622, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . M
SULT-II.
II.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
EC-981
[VG33E]
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
it.

EC-982
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DM0
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DM1
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the G
low input sensor is sent to ECM.
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the
P0463 ● Fuel level sensor
high input sensor is sent to ECM. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DM2
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. L
.
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-983
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DM3
BBWA1089E
EC-984
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DM4

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. G

H
PBIB1427E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-985
[VG33E]
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal G. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DM5
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-986
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DM6

AEC110
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DM7
F
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DM8
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. K
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. L
M
onds.
END SPEED 1,700 - 6,000 rpm (A/T) SEF196Y
2,000 - 6,000 rpm (M/T)

B/FUEL SCHDL 4.5 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
6.3 - 31.8 msec (M/T)
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Overall Function Check UBS00DM9
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
EC-987
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
EC-988
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DMA
EC
BBWA1090E
EC-989
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
SEF996U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DMB
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
EC-990
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33E]
EC-991
[VG33E]
Description UBS00DMC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position Idle air
IACV-AAC valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation control

Ambient air temperature switch Ambient air temperature
engine load (air conditioner and power steering).
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM.
The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will flow
through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DMD

IACV-AAC/V
● No load
EC-992
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DME
A
Idle speed control sys- The IACV-AAC valve does not operate
A) (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open) EC
tem circuit properly
● IACV-AAC valve
Idle speed control sys- ● Harness or connectors

The IACV-AAC valve does not operate (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
P0505 B) tem RPM lower than C
properly
expected ● IACV-AAC valve

C) tem RPM higher than D
properly
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DMF

E
NOTE:
F
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot confirmed, perform PRO-
CEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A G
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON. H
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. I
J
.
L
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. M
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-993
[VG33E]
.
SEF174Y
With GST
EC-994
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DMG
EC
BBWA1091E
EC-995
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DMH
1. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Stop engine.
BBIA0427E
4. Check voltage between IACV-ACC valve terminal 2 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF651W
EC-996
[VG33E]
● Harness connectors F37, F101 EC
● 10A fuse
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. H

Check the following. I
● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM
J
5. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE K
1. Remove IACV-AAC valve.

– Check IACV-AAC valve resistance. L

– Check plunger for seizing or sticking. M
– Check for broken spring.
2. Supply battery voltage between IACV-AAC valve connector ter-
minals.
Plunger should move.
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-997
[VG33E]
Removal and Installation UBS00DMI
IACV-AAC VALVE
EC-998
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH
[VG33E]
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH PFP:22620
A
Component Description UBS00DMJ

uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge volume C
control solenoid valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunc-
tioning.
D
SEF505V
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DMK

● Engine: After warming up, idle the Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW
engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DML
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause H
Battery voltage from the closed throttle (The closed throttle position switch circuit is
Closed throttle position open or shorted)
switch I
throttle valve opened ● Closed throttle position switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DMM J

CAUTION:
NOTE: K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine. M
4. Check the signal under the following conditions.
Throttle valve: Idle position ON

SEF197Y
EC-999
[VG33E]
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
Driving location help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF198Y
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1002, "Diagnostic Proce-

dure" .
Overall Function Check UBS00DMN
WITH GST
tions.
At idle : Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm : Approximately 0V
SEF872U
EC-1000
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DMO
EC
BBWA0490E
EC-1001
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
28 BR/W
(Closed position)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DMP
1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC653A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF715U

● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
EC-1002
[VG33E]
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and throttle position switch terminal 4. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED E

Items Specifications F
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed

M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Target idle speed
A/T: 750 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) H
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6. I

J
With CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”. L
M
Partially open or completely closed OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1003
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Partially open or completely closed No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0423E
7. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.3 mm (0.012 in): ON
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position
switch.
OK or NG
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
EC-1004
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
5. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN”.
D
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. F
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR G
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground. I
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. L

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1005
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE
[VG33E]
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS00DMQ
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DMR
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

ECM receives incorrect voltage from ● Harness or connectors
A/T control serial com-
P0600* TCM (Transmission Control Module) con- [The circuit between ECM and TCM (Trans-
munication link
tinuously. mission Control Module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” with CONSULT-II.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DMS
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine, and rev engine more than 1,000 rpm once, then let
it idle for more than 40 seconds.
4. If DTC 1st trip is detected, go to EC-1010, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1006
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DMT
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1092E
EC-1007
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-1008
[VG33E]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1009
[VG33E]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DMU
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and TCM (Transmission
Control Module) harness connector.
LEC106A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and TCM

terminal 5, ECM terminal 27 and TCM terminal 6, ECM terminal
35 and TCM terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A

● Harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module)
3. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ground, ECM terminal 27 and ground, ECM ter-
minal 35 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1010
[VG33E]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness. EC

C
>> INSPECTION END. D

WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN E
F
H
LEC106A
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector. I

terminal 33.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 2
AEC655A
L
2. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL FOR SHORT

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1011
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DMV

input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.
SEC220B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DMW
P0605 Engine control module ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DMX
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1012
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DMY
With CONSULT-II
EC
With GST
3. Touch “ERASE”.
See EC-1012, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
G
Yes >> Replace ECM.
No >> INSPECTION END.
H
EC-1013
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DMZ
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DN0

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DN1
SEF300U
EC-1014
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The maximum and minimum voltage from the
1 lean shift monitoring
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- ● Fuel pressure EC
P1163 ages. ● Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DN2
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
E
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
CONSULT-II. H
I
NOTE:
J
LEC072A
K
take approximately 50 seconds or more.) L
EGN SPEED 1,200 - 3,150 rpm

Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH) M
step 2.
Procedure" .
LEC055A
EC-1015
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Overall Function Check UBS00DN3
WITH GST
ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DN4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

Tightening torque: 40 - 60 N·m (4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1016
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-828 .
No >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER L
1. Stop engine.
2. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1. M
CAUTION:
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust sys- SEF935X
tem threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-

43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
EC-1017
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1018
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
F
one.
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.

For circuit, refer to EC-780, "Wiring Diagram" . J
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DN5
K
L
EC-1019
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DN6
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DN7

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DN8
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the ●
P1164 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
EC-1020
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DN9
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P1144/ E
CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm after this step. If G
H
LEC074A

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- I
J
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.8 - 11.0 msec K

L
step 2.
Procedure" . M
LEC058A
Overall Function Check UBS00DNA
WITH GST
EC-1021
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
– The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DNB

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1022
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer toEC-836 .
No >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HO2S 1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER L

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1023
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Check continuity between HO2S1 terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF935X
OK or NG
EC-1024
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
C
F
PBIB2025E
5. Check the following. G

onds. H
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. I
SEF647Y J
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1025
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

For circuit, refer to EC-780, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DNC

EC-1026
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS00DND

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DNE

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DNF

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is J
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF972Z
L
M
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 minimum voltage ●
P1166 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring ● Fuel pressure
(Bank 2)
● Fuel injector
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DNG
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1027
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0818E

a. Stop engine and cool down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates less than 70°C (158°F).
b. Turn ignition switch ON.
c. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
d. Start engine.
e. Return to step 6 again when the “COOLAN TEMP/S” reaches to 70°C (158°F).
EC-1028
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Overall Function Check UBS00DNH
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. EC
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. C
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load E
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this F
procedure.
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or G
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this SEF922UA
H
procedure.
I
EC-1029
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DNI
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1030
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Warm-up condition.
56 OR the following condition are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
(bank 1) D
load
E
EC-1031
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1080E
EC-1032
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 2) D
load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DNJ

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1033
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0181E
nectors.
EC-1034
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and HO2S2 terminal as follows. EC

C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1 D
P1166 57 1 Bank 2

F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1 G
P1166 57 1 Bank 2
H
OK or NG I
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
EC-1035
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1036
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this SEF922UA G
procedure.
CAUTION: H
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J

K
>> INSPECTION END L
Removal and Installation UBS00DNK

M
EC-1037
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS00DNL

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DNM

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DNN

is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
SEF303UB
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1167 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DNO
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1038
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II.
EC
PBIB0819E
E
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. F
c. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
d. Start engine.
H
Overall Function Check UBS00DNP
DTC might not be confirmed. I
CAUTION:
J
WITH GST
K
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and L
ground.
at least 10 times. M
procedure.
essary.
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this SEF922UA
procedure.
EC-1039
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DNQ
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1040
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 1) D
load
E
EC-1041
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
BANK 2
BBWA1080E
EC-1042
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 2) D
load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DNR

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1043
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0181E
nectors.
EC-1044
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
A
Terminals
DTC Bank C
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2 D

E
Terminals F
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2 G

H
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5. I
EC-1045
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1046
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION: H
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen SensorThread I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J

K
>> INSPECTION END L
Removal and Installation UBS00DNS

M
EC-1047
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
[VG33E]
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DNT

The closed loop control function for bank 1
P1148
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
(Bank 1)
Closed loop control in the specified condition. open or shorted.
function The closed loop control function for bank 2 ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1168
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● Heated oxygen sensor heater
(Bank 2)
in the specified condition.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DNU
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm during the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. If the engine
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1049, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes.
onds.
SEF967Y
ENG SPEED 1,600 rpm or more
During this test, P0134 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
Overall Function Check UBS00DNV
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-1048
[VG33E]
signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground. A
– The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once. EC
C
SEF919UA
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DNW
Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153, EC-793, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
EC-1049
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT)
[VG33E]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT) PFP:00021
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DNX
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
● Cooling fan does not operate properly
(Overheat). ● Radiator hose
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop- ● Radiator
Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat). ● Radiator cap
P1217
ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the sys- ● Water pump
tem using the proper filling method.
● Thermostat
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
For more information, refer to EC-1052,
range.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant, follow the procedure in MA-26,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring
coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-
FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
Overall Function Check UBS00DNY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
SEF621W
WITH GST
EC-1050
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DNZ
1. CHECK COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT DRIVEN) OPERATION A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" . C

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops. D
CAUTION:
E
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm, 23 psi)
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak
● Hose G
● Radiator
● Water pump
H

I
pressure.
Radiator cap : 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 J
relief pressure psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. K
L
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT M
Valve opening : 82°C (180°F) [standard]
temperature
perature.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace thermostat
EC-1051
[VG33E]
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF012P

>> INSPECTION END.

Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS00DO0

● Blocked bumper
ator filler neck
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan (crank- ● Visual Operating See CO-32 .

shaft driven)
EC-1052
[VG33E]
A
gauge when driving
reservoir tank ing and idling EC
OFF*3 10 ● Coolant return from ● Visual Should be initial level in See MA-14 .
tor C
12 ● Cylinder block and pis- ● Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-131 . D
*2: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. E
EC-1053
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DO1

housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the flywheel or drive plate. It
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
SEF804Z
BBIA0182E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DO2
Crankshaft position (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate gear
P1336 sensor (OBD) range/
tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
performance
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DO3
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1054
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DO4
EC
BBWA0481E
EC-1055
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle

47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DO5

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1056
[VG33E]
connectors.
(OBD) terminal 2.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

F
1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring H
Diagram.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. J
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1057
[VG33E]

1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
2. Perform EC-1054, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is a 1st trip DTC P1336 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 9.

SEF960N

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF504V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1058
[VG33E]
EC-1059
[VG33E]
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14956
Component Description UBS00DO6
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal,
the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. The vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector) passes
through the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut the vacuum signal from the intake mani-
fold collector to the EGR valve.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DO7

EGRC SOL/V Rev engine up from idle to 3,000
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
rpm quickly.
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DO8
● The improper voltage signal is sent (The EGRC-solenoid valve circuit is open or
P1400 EGRC-solenoid valve to ECM through EGRC-solenoid shorted.)
valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DO9
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
onds.
ENG SPEED Less than 3,200 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL Less than 13 msec
VHCL SPEED SE Suitable speed
dure" .
SEF201Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH “CONSULT-II” above.
EC-1060
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DOB
EC
BBWA0505E
EC-1061
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DOC

With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and rev engine up to 3,000 rpm quickly.
2. When disconnecting and reconnecting the EGRC-solenoid valve
harness connector, make sure that the EGRC-solenoid valve
makes operating sound. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the
EGRC-solenoid valve will be displayed, however, ignore it.)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6. SEF722Z
NG >> GO TO 2
EC-1062
[VG33E]
2. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
2. Disconnect EGRC-solenoid valve harness connector.
AEC659A
E
4. Check voltage between EGRC-solenoid valve terminal 1 and
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> GO TO 3.
H
SEF193Z

● 10A fuse K
● Harness for open or short between EGRC-solenoid valve and fuse
L
4. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and EGRC-solenoid valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
EC-1063
[VG33E]
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
OK or NG

Conditions
2
No supply No Yes
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1064
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DOD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
EGR con-
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature EGRC-solenoid valve
trol
D
and-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the ECM E
detects any of the following conditions, current through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to
be cut. The EGR valve remains closed.
● Low engine coolant temperature F
● Engine starting
● Engine idling G
H
SEF317U
K
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve L
throttle valve opening and EGRC-BPT valve operation. The vacuum
M
controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum
diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-1065
[VG33E]
EGRC-solenoid Valve
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the coil in the solenoid valve
is energized. Vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector)
passes through the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR
valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut
valve.
SEF318UA
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DOE
If EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition

that does not call for EGR, a high-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
NOTE:
Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature
is approx. 50 to 60°C (122 to 140°F). Therefore, it will be better to
turn ignition switch ON (Start engine) at the engine coolant tempera-
ture below 40°C (104°F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.
SEF073P
EGRC-solenoid valve cir- ● EGR flow is detected under conditions that ● EGR valve leaking or stuck open
P1402
cuit open do not call for EGR. ● EGR temperature sensor
● EGRC-BPT valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DOF
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
● Engine coolant temperature and EGR temperature must be
verified in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II before
starting “DTC WORK SUPPORT” test. If it is out of range
below, the test cannot be conducted.
COOLAN TEMP/S: −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)*
EGR TEMP SEN: Less than 4.8V
If the values are out of the ranges indicated above, park the
vehicle in a cool place and allow the engine temperature to
stabilize. Do not attempt to reduce the engine coolant or
EGR temperature with a fan or means other than ambient
air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
SEF202Y
*: Although CONSULT-II screen displays “−10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)”
as a range of engine coolant temperature, ignore it.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1066
[VG33E]
2. Select “EGR SYSTEM P1402” of “EGR SYSTEM” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II. A
EC
PEF803W
D
3. Touch “START”. Follow instruction of CONSULT-II.
G
SEF203Y
4. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II H

screen is turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take 60 seconds or
more.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition I
OFF and cool the engine coolant temperature to the range
of −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F). Retry from step 1.
J
K
SEF204Y
SEF236Y
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select MODE 1 with GST.
2. Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of −10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F).
3. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than
4.8V.
5. Stop engine.
6. Perform from step 1 to 4.
EC-1067
[VG33E]
EC-1068
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DOG
EC
BBWA0504E
EC-1069
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DOH

Check vacuum hose for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
OK or NG
SEF109L
2. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF716Z
3. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT

Without CONSULT-II
2. Disconnect EGRC-solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check operating sound of the solenoid valve when disconnecting and reconnecting EGRC-solenoid valve
harness connector. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC-solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between fuse and EGRC-solenoid valve
● Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-1070
[VG33E]
5. CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity C
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes D
OK or NG
NG >> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve. E

F
Without CONSULT-II
G
Conditions
12V direct current supply H
2
No supply No Yes I
OK or NG
AEC919
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve. J
7. CHECK EGR VALVE

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1071
[VG33E]
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DOI
EGR VALVE
1. Apply vacuum to EGR vacuum port with a hand vacuum pump.
2. Check for sticking.
3. If NG, repair or replace EGR valve.
MEF137D
EGRC-BPT VALVE
SEF083P
EC-1072
[VG33E]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DOJ
NOTE:
If DTC P1442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090 .) EC
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank. C
D
PBIB1438E
EC-1073
[VG33E]
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold
solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
● EVAP canister
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
EVAP control system control system pressure sensor
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
P1442 small leak detected Loose or disconnected rubber tube
system does not operate properly. ●
(positive pressure)
circuit
solenoid valve
● Water separator
purge volume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DOK

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DOL
Refer to EC-919, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1074
[VG33E]
PFP:14920 A
Description UBS00DOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
ECM
function
C
Ignition switch Start signal D
EVAP can-
trol
E
F
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP G
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor H
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ I
J
SEF337U L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DON
Specification data are reference values. M

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-1075
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DOO
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge
P1444 volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve
completely closed.
● Hoses
clogged.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DOP
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
PBIB1460E
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
WITH GST
EC-1076
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DOQ
EC
BBWA1085E
EC-1077
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
(More than 100 seconds after starting engine)
SEF995U

72 B/P (11 - 14V)

EC-1078
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DOR
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR- A
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
E
AEC652A
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
SEF646W
I

J
● Harness connectors M65, E43 K
L
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR- M
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1079
[VG33E]

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair it.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
AEC651A

CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
EC-1080
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step. C
E
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity. F

100% Yes G
0% No
If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid H
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. I
valve.
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity. K

Condition
between A and B
L
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
M
valve.
OK or NG
valve.
EC-1081
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

Check for obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
PBIB1032E
EC-1082
[VG33E]
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. G
NG >> GO TO 15.

H
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection I

J
>> INSPECTION END.

L
EC-1083
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DOS
opened.
SEF032W
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DOT

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DOU
and the circuit
trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DOV
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1084
[VG33E]
3. Start engine. A
NOTE: EC
dure" . C
SEF201Y
D
WITH GST
E
EC-1085
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DOW
BBWA1086E
EC-1086
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE C
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DOX

D
2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent E
control valve.
SEF143S
H
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR J
NOTE:
● Do not disassemble water separator. M
PBIB1032E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1087
[VG33E]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE AND O-RING
With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.

SEF596U
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
EC-1088
[VG33E]
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER A
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
C
D
E
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HOSE F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> Repair it.
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR H

nector.
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 9.
AEC651A
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION L
Refer to EC-941, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or EC-947, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1089
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DOY
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagno-
opened.
SEF032W
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DOZ

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DP0
and the circuit
EVAP canister vent control EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve open open under specified driving conditions.
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DP1
NOTE:
● If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
EC-1090
[VG33E]
● It is better that the fuel level is low. A
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE More than 0°C (32°F)
D
E
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II. F
PBIB1461E
NOTE: J
6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. K
If “NG” is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve L
properly.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator. M
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
Condition Air passage continuity between A and
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
OFF Yes

If the result is OK, go to EC-919, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF013Z
EC-1091
[VG33E]
Overall Function Check UBS00DP2
WITH GST
3. Verify the following.
No
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes

BBIA0309E
EC-1092
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DP3
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-1093
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DP4

2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF143S

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1032E
EC-1094
[VG33E]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE AND O-RING A
With CONSULT-II
EC
A and B C
ON No
OFF Yes
D
SEF013Z
E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B G
No
OFF Yes H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
K
4. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE
Check vacuum cut valve as follows: L
port B . M
port A .
of port A .
6. Blow air in port A check that air flows freely out of port C . SEF379Q
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1095
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

Refer to EC-941, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or EC-941, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1096
[VG33E]
EC-1097
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DP5
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank in the same way as conventional EVAP small
leak diagnosis.
PBIB1438E
trol valve.
Evaporative emission ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
● EVAP system has a very small leak. tem pressure sensor
control system very
small leak (positive ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
pressure check) erly.
valve
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
● Water separator
EC-1098
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
● Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DP6
CAUTION: C
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
D
or P1456 first.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait E
TESTING CONDITION:
● Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. F
– Fuel filler cap is removed. G
● Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. H
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. I
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) J
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool K
start from step 1). L
M
5. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456 / P1456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

EC-1099
[VG33E]
NOTE:
properly.
Overall Function Check UBS00DP7
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
CAUTION:
vice port.
isfied. SEF462UA

NOTE:
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DP8

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1100
[VG33E]
3. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE C

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP E
sure pump to EVAP service port securely. F
AEC649A
I
NOTE:
EVAP service port may cause leaking. J
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7. K
SEF916U
EC-1101
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- AEC632A
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1102
[VG33E]
8. CHECK WATER SEPARATOR A
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. EC
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. C
NOTE:
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
E
PBIB1032E
9. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE, O-RING AND CIRCUIT F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 10.
H
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13. J
L
SEF596U

M
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-1103
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-1104
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
E

PURG VOL CONT/V value A and B F
100 % Yes
0% No
G
SEF660U
I
Without CONSULT-II
J
AEC652A
M
Condition
A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals
Yes
1 and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-1105
[VG33E]
as shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB1425E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.

CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
●

OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-1106
[VG33E]
22. CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR LINE A
. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. C

Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, loose- D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24. E
24. CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE F

OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 25.
25. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 26.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END.

L
EC-1107
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DP9
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
SEF800Z
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DPA

One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
Fuel level sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DPB
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1108
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DPC
EC
BBWA1093E
EC-1109
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
46 OR\B Fuel level sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with fuel
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DPD
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

● Harness for open and short between ECM and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DPE
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1110
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DPF
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank. C
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the D
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
SEF186S
E
K
PBIB1438E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DPG
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DPH
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DPI
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1111
[VG33E]
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1112
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DPJ
EC
BBWA1094E
EC-1113
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DPK
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF014Z
EC-1114
[VG33E]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
E
SEF186S
4. Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF659W I
K
● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse L

M
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1115
[VG33E]

With CONSULT-II
SEF014Z
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON Yes
OFF No
PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Yes
No supply No
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1116
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DPL
the EVAP canister.
being applied to the fuel tank. C
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the D
SEF186S
E
K
PBIB1438E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DPM
L
EC-1117
[VG33E]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DPN
● EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit
P1491 clogged
clogged
● EVAP canister
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DPO
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30°C (41 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
PBIB1462E
CMPS·RPM (POS) More than 500 rpm

EC-1118
[VG33E]
Overall Function Check UBS00DPP
A
WITH GST EC
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
as an assembly.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from C
port B .
port A .
D
of port A .
5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. E
8. If NG, go to EC-1121, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F
SEF530Q
I
EC-1119
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DPQ
BBWA1094E
EC-1120
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DPR

D
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
2. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II G
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B. H
I
8. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B. J
SEF017Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1121
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
port B.
4. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port
A.
of port A.
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A. PBIB0635E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1122
[VG33E]
6. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEF014Z
E
F
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON Yes
G
OFF No
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the H
following conditions. PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II I

12V direct current supply between ter- J
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No
Operation takes less than 1 second. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve. PBIB1430E L

M
port B .
port A .
of port A .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1123
[VG33E]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
AEC651A

Refer to DTC P0452 EC-941, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or DTC P0453 EC-947, "DTC Confirmation Pro-
cedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1124
[VG33E]
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. EC
Condition
C
VENT CONTROL/V
ON Yes
OFF No D

E
SEF013Z
F
Without CONSULT-II
following conditions. G
Condition
between A and B
H
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes
I
blower or replace as necessary. J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 12.
L
EC-1125
[VG33E]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel tank.
EC-1126
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
– Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
the other side to a fuel container.
the tank.
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G
SEF707Z
M
Without CONSULT-II
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
the tank.
EC-1127
[VG33E]
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Replace fuel tank.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1128
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE
[VG33E]
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
A
Component Description UBS00DPS
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information EC
such as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DPT
C
[The communication line circuit between ECM D
A/T diagnosis communi- An incorrect signal from TCM (Transmis- and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is
P1605 open or shorted.]
cation line sion Control Module) is sent to ECM.
● Dead (Weak) battery
E
● TCM (Transmission Control Module)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DPU
NOTE: F
TESTING CONDITION: G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
I
dure" .
J
K
SEF985Y
WITH GST L
EC-1129
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DPV
WITHOUT VDC
BBWA1095E
EC-1130
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TERMI- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] C
[Engine is running]
EC-1131
[VG33E]
WITH VDC
BBWA1329E
EC-1132
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
68 W/G A/T signal 0 - 5.0V
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DPW

D
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
E
Control Module) harness connector. F
LEC106A
I
terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
AEC655A


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1133
[VG33E]
WITH VDC
LEC106A
3. Disconnect TCM harness connector.

terminal 33.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1134
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DPX
When the gear position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral

position (PNP) switch is ON. EC
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON
signal) exists.
For A/T models, the park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly
also includes a transmission range switch to detect selector lever C
position.
AEC877A
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DPY

Except above OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DPZ
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
switch
starting and driving. I
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DQ0
J
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
WITH CONSULT-II
L
ing conditions. M
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal

N or P position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
EC-1135
[VG33E]
onds.

dure" . SEF213Y
Overall Function Check UBS00DQ1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 and ground under the
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known-good data)
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Except above position Approx. 5
SEF877U
EC-1136
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQ2
EC
BBWA1096E
EC-1137
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position ● Shift lever: N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQ3
FOR M/T MODELS

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connec-
tor.
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC877A

● Harness for open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and ground
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
EC-1138
[VG33E]
5. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. EC

D
>> INSPECTION END.
FOR A/T MODELS
E
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) relay. F
4. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
G
5. Check voltage between PNP relay terminal 2 and ground with
Voltage: Battery voltage H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2. I
J
SEF661W

K
tor. L
PNP relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0421E

2. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1139
[VG33E]
● 7.5A fuse
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse

Refer to AT-254, "PNP SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
6. CHECK PNP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Check harness continuity between PNP relay terminals 1, 6 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (With vehicle security system)>>GO TO 7
NG (Without vehicle security system)>>Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

Check the circuit between PNP relay and ground.
Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
8. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

EC-1140
[VG33E]
10. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) RELAY A
1. Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
minals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. EC

No voltage applied : Continuity should not C
exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. D
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
SEC202B
E
F
>> INSPECTION END.

G
EC-1141
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DQ4

The power transistor switches ON and OFF the ignition coil primary
circuit according to the ECM signal. As the primary circuit is turned
ON and OFF, the proper high voltage is induced in the secondary cir-
cuit. The distributor is not repairable except for the distributor cap
and rotor head.
NOTE:
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)
SEF928V
EC-1142
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQ5
EC
BBWA0496E
EC-1143
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF988U
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF989U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQ6
1. INSPECTION START
Is engine running?
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF070Y
EC-1144
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
EC
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground
with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
C
shown below.
NOTE:
D
E
PBIB1431E
SEF988U
F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
G
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
I
K
AEC656A
4. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 7 and ground with L

M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF721U

EC-1145
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
6. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between power transistor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

2. Disconnect resistor harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 8 and resistor terminal 1, resistor terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
5. Also check for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK RESISTOR
Resistance: Approximately 2.2 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF240V
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power transistor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1146
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL A
EC
Resistance [at 20°C
Terminal
(68°F)]
7 - 8 (Primary coil) Approx. 1.0Ω
C
7 - 9 (secondary coil) Approx. 10 kΩ
SEF013S E
For checking secondary coil, remove distributor cap and mea-

sure resistance between coil tower metal tip 9 and terminal 7. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace distributor assembly. G
AEC657A
I
1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor & power transistor harness connector and ignition coil harness con-
nector. J
Terminals Resistance Result K
Except 0Ω OK
2 and 8
0Ω NG
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
M
SEF015S

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DQ7
DISTRIBUTOR
EC-1147
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Component Description UBS00DQ8
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
SEF812J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DQ9

INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF
● No load
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No load
EC-1148
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQA
EC
BBWA0497E
EC-1149
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● Idle speed
NOTE:

(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF008V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQB
1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1150
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
E
SEF070Y
1. Start engine.
Clicking noise should be heard. G
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3. H
MEC703B
J
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1151
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
● 10A fuse
5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111, 113.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and injector
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 -140°F)]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1152
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Removal and Installation UBS00DQC
INJECTOR A
EC
EC-1153
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DQD

EC-1154
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQE
EC
BBWA1097E
EC-1155
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: START] 9 - 12V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQF
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition “START SIGNAL”
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch START ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Other positions Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF733U
4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
EC-1156
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
5. CHECK FUSE A
2. Disconnect 7.5A fuse.
3. Check if 7.5A fuse is OK. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 7.5A fuse. C
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuse block. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

● Harness connectors M81, F36 H
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I

J
>> INSPECTION END. K
EC-1157
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Description UBS00DQG
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
fuel pump.
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds
Except as shown above Stops
damper are located in the fuel tank).
SEF018S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DQH

● Ignition switch is turned to ON. (Operates for 5 seconds.)
ON
EC-1158
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQI
EC
BBWA1098E
EC-1159
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQJ

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0422E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
LEC103A

4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 2, 5 and
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674W
EC-1160
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
● 15A fuse EC
C
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
2. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 2 and E
ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3.
Continuity should exist. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
LEC764
H
I
● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay J
K
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and fuel pump relay terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Continuity should exist. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1161
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
SEF073Y
Without CONSULT-II
Condition Continuity
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.
SEF511P
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP

2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF022S

>> INSPECTION END

Removal and Installation UBS00DQK
FUEL PUMP
EC-1162
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DQL

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. EC
C
LEC521
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DQM

engine
The steering wheel is turned. ON G
EC-1163
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQN
BBWA0500E
EC-1164
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pressure ● Steering wheel is being turned
39 GY/R
Approximately 5V
● Steering wheel is not being turned D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQO
1. INSPECTION START E

Yes or No F
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION G
With CONSULT-II
H
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
I
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL
Steering is in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON J
OK or NG
K
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0304E
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. M
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground.
Steering is neutral position Approx. 5
Steering is turned to full position Approx. 0
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF739U
EC-1165
[VG33E]
4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between power steering oil pressure
switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
LEC521
nectors.
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2.
Steering wheel is being fully turned Yes
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
SEC312C

>> INSPECTION END
EC-1166
[VG33E]
A
Component Description UBS00DQP
When the air conditioner is on, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve sup-
plies additional air to adjust to the increased load. EC
LEC515
EC-1167
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQQ
BBWA1099E
EC-1168
[VG33E]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
0V
● Air conditioner is operating D
[Engine is running]
Ambient air temperature ● Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE
9 B/Y
switch ● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F) (11 - 14V) E
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
Approximately 5V
G
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE H
I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQR

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) K
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON. L
M/T: 850 rpm or more (in Neutral position) M
SEF742U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-22, "Symptom Table" .
EC-1169
[VG33E]
3. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
4. Start engine, then turn air conditioner switch and blower fan
switch ON.
LEC515
5. Check voltage between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 2

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF680W

5. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-I

2. Disconnect ambient air temperature switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature switch terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1170
[VG33E]
6. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-II A
1. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature
switch terminal 2 and IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 1.
EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
PBIB1432E

F
● Diode-5 G
● Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ambient air temperature switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

I
2. Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to ter-
minals.
J
3. Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
SEF682W
M
4. Check for broken spring.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF097K

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1171
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[VG33E]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
Wiring Diagram UBS00DQS
BBWA1100E
EC-1172
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DQT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
SEF569XA
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.
EC-1173
[VG33E]
BBIA0184E
EC-1174
[VG33E]
EC
AEC886A
EC-1175
[VG33E]
Component Inspection UBS00DQU
EVAP CANISTER
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
AEC630A
Tightening Torque
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
SEF445Y

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 ,
2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 ,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come ON SEF943S

With CONSULT-II
EC-1176
[VG33E]
6. Turn ignition switch ON. A
EC
SEF017Z
3. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from G
port B.
A. H
of port A.
6. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector. I
9. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A. PBIB1428E J
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II K
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the L
valve opening.
M
SEF985Y
EC-1177
[VG33E]

100% Yes
0% No
valve.
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
2. If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve.
SEF661U

heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB1425E
EVAP SERVICE PORT

service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a
SEF462UA
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS00DQV
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1178
[VG33E]
● Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
A
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
EC
C
D
PEF838U
F
7. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure G
pump.
I
PEF917U
8. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1174, "EVAP- J

ORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U M
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
EC-1179
[VG33E]
canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
5. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
AEC632A
EC-1180
[VG33E]
A
System Description UBS00DQW
EC
SEF206VA
G
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can- H
during driving. I
WARNING: J
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. K
CAUTION:
L
M
EC-1181
[VG33E]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DQX
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
SEF596U

>> GO TO 4.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1032E

EC-1182
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
EC
the tank.
SEF707Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1183
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1184
[VG33E]
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage. C
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
NG >> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank. J
WHILE REFUELING.
K
L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-1185
[VG33E]
>> GO TO 4.

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1032E

6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

improper connection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.
EC-1186
[VG33E]
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 10. J
EC-1187
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
– Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1188
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
the tank. D
– Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit. E
– Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel level F
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1189
[VG33E]
13. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
SEF665U
EC-1190
[VG33E]
A
Description UBS00DQY
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to con-

duct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. EC
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold
sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by
and a small amount of ventilating air. C
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the
crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connect-
ing air inlet tubes to rocker cover. D
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to
draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the
SEC481D
hose connection in the reverse direction.
E
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions. F
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
H
SEC631AA
Component Inspection UBS00DQZ
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE I

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover; if
the valve is working properly, a hissing noise will be heard as air
passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately J
when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
L
SEC137A
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE

1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. M
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
EC-1191
[VG33E]
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS00DR0
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS00DR1
A/T No load*4 (in P or N position)

M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position)
M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing*3 10±5° BTDC
Throttle position sensor idle position 0.15 - 0.85V
*3: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Ignition Coil UBS00DR2
Primary voltage 12V

Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10 kΩ
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS00DR3
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14)V

Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.7*V
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS00DR4

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS00DR5
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω
Fuel Pump UBS00DR6
EC-1192
[VG33E]
IACV-AAC Valve UBS00DR7
A
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10.0Ω
Injector UBS00DR8
EC
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω
Throttle Position Sensor UBS00DR9
C
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition
Throttle valve conditions
switch ON)
Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85V
D
Calculated Load Value UBS00DRA

E
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 18.0 - 26.0
At 2,500 rpm 18.0 - 21.0 F
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS00DRB
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ G

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
H
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS00DRC

I
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) UBS00DRD
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] 512 - 632Ω

J
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS00DRE

K
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
L
EC-1193
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
Alphabetical Index UBS00DRF
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Item
GST up

A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 2 × AT-270
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 2 × AT-276
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 2 × AT-281
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 2 × AT-286
A/T COMM LINE P0600*3 2 — EC-1596
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 2 × EC-1706
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 2 × AT-298
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 2 × AT-255
ECM P0605 2 × EC-1602
ENG SPEED SIG P0725 2 × AT-266
EC-1194
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Item
A
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II
GST up

EC
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 2 × EC-1571
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 2 × EC-1573 C
D
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 2 × EC-1445 E
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 2 × EC-1387
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 2 × EC-1396
F
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 2 × EC-1408
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 2 × EC-1604
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 2 × EC-1610 G
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 2 × EC-1387
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 2 × EC-1396
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 2 × EC-1408 H
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 2 × EC-1604
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 2 × EC-1610
I
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 2 × EC-1313
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 2 × EC-1313
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 2 × EC-1313 J
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 2 × EC-1313
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 2 × EC-1418
K
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 2 × EC-1427
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 2 × EC-1617
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 2 × EC-1628 L
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 2 × EC-1418
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 2 × EC-1427
M
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 2 × EC-1617
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 2 × EC-1628
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 2 × EC-1327
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 2 × EC-1327
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 2 × EC-1327
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 2 × EC-1327
IAT SENSOR P0127 2 × EC-1382
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 2 × AT-306
EC-1195
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Item
GST up

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 — — —
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 2 × AT-329
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 2 × EC-1712
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 2 × AT-249
SC FUNCTION P0299 2 × EC-1466
SCB/V CONT SOL/V P0034 2 × EC-1321
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 1 × AT-311
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 1 × AT-316
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 2 × AT-293
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 1 × AT-321
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC AT P0720 2 × AT-261
*1: 1st trip DTC No. 1 is the same as DTC No.
DTC No. Index UBS00DRG

1 2
DTC* * MIL
Items
GST up

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 — — —
P0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1313
P0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1313
EC-1196
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Items
A
GST up
P0034 SCB/V CONT SOL/V 2 × EC-1321

EC
P0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1327
P0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 × EC-1327
P0051 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1313 C
P0052 HO2S1 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1313
P0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1327
D
P0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 × EC-1327
P0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-1343 E
F
P0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-1356 G
P0123 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-1371 H
P0127 IAT SENSOR 2 × EC-1382
I
P0132 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1387
P0133 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1396 J
P0134 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1408
P0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1418
K
P0139 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1427
P0152 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1387
P0153 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1396 L
P0154 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1408
P0158 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1418
M
P0159 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1427
P0299 SC FUNCTION 2 × EC-1466
EC-1197
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Items
GST up

P0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 × EC-1500
P0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-1577
3 A/T COMM LINE 2 — EC-1596
P0600*
P0605 ECM 2 × EC-1602
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 × AT-249
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 × AT-255
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT 2 × AT-261
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 2 × AT-266
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 × AT-270
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 × AT-276
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 × AT-281
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 × AT-286
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 × AT-293
P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 2 × AT-298
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-306
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC 1 × AT-311
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC 1 × AT-316
P1143 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1604
EC-1198
INDEX FOR DTC
[VG33ER]
DTC*1 *2 MIL
Items
A
GST up
P1144 HO2S1 (B1) 2 × EC-1610

EC
P1146 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1617
P1147 HO2S2 (B1) 2 × EC-1628
P1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 1 × EC-1639 C
P1163 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1604
P1164 HO2S1 (B2) 2 × EC-1610
D
P1166 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1617
P1167 HO2S2 (B2) 2 × EC-1628
P1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 1 × EC-1639 E
F
P1446 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 × EC-1661 G
P1464 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-1685 H
I
P1605 A/T DIAG COMM LINE 2 × EC-1706
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 × AT-321
P1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-1712 J
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC 2 × AT-329
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012. K
EC-1199
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” UBS00EM7
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
WARNING:
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
harness connectors.
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T UBS00DRI
CAUTION:
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS
CONNECTOR" .
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-1200
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
Precautions UBS00DRJ
EC
LEC027A
EC-1201
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
● Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
● Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
● Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
● Do not disassemble ECM.

● If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will not start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
SEF707Y

bolt until the gap between orange indicators disappears.
: 3 - 5 N·m (0.3 - 0.5 kg-m, 26 - 43 in-lb)
SEF308Q

break).
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
● Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
● Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- SEF291H
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded

operation of ICs, etc.
● Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
EC-1202
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
● Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- A
erly. Refer to EC-1276, "ECM Terminals and Reference
Value" .
● Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. EC
● Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
● Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent. C
● Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents. MEF040D
● Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crank- D
shaft position sensor (OBD).
● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. E
F
SEF217U
H
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and I
J
such as the ground.
SEF348N
EC-1203
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
● B1 indicates the bank 1, B2 indicates the bank 1 as shown
in the figure.
SEC893C
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS00DRK

● GI-13, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
● PG-9, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING"
● GI-9, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
EC-1204
PREPARATION
[VG33ER]
A
Special Service Tools UBS00DRL
Tool number
EC
Tool name
(J-33984-A) and radiator filler neck C
Radiator cap tester adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in) D
S-NT564

(J-36471-A) sor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
G
(J-38365) sor 2
H
NT636
I
J-44321 Checking fuel pressure
Fuel pressure gauge kit
J
K
LEC642

TPS test connector L
LEC120A
EC-1205
PREPARATION
[VG33ER]
Commercial Service Tools UBS00DRM
Tool name (Kent-Moore No.) Description

i.e: (J-41416)
NT703
NT704
ing pressure
NT653

perature sensor
NT705

i.e.:(J-43897-18) before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use
(J-43897-12) with anti-seize lubricant shown in “Commer-
cial Service Tools”.
a: J-43897-18 (18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5
mm) for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: J-43897-12 (12 mm diameter with pitch
AEM488 1.25 mm) for Titania Oxygen Sensor
i.e.:(Permatex™ 133AR or equivalent tool when reconditioning exhaust system
AEM489
EC-1206
[VG33ER]
A
System Diagram UBS00DRN
EC
SEC667C
EC-1207
[VG33ER]
Vacuum Hose Drawing UBS00DRO
PBIB1342E
Refer to EC-1207, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.
EC-1208
[VG33ER]
System Chart UBS00DRP
A
● solenoid valve
On board diagnostic system MIL (On the instrument panel)
Supercharged air control SCB valve control solenoid valve
● Park/neutral position (PNP) switch D
● Air conditioner switch
● Knock sensor
● Intake air temperature sensor EVAP canister purge volume con- E
EVAP canister purge flow control
trol solenoid valve
● EVAP control system pressure sensor*1
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
● Battery voltage
● Power steering oil pressure switch
F
● Fuel tank temperature sensor*1 ● EVAP canister vent control G
● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)* 1 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS for EVAP system valve
● Heated oxygen sensor 2*3
● TCM (Transmission control module)*2 H
● Ambient air temperature switch
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM. I
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
J
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS00DRQ

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM
tion
Actuator K
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position M
Fuel injec-
tion & mix-
Fuel injector
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed ture ratio
control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC-1209
[VG33ER]
sensor.
<Fuel increase>
● During warm-up
● When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
<Fuel decrease>
PBIB0121E
Open Loop Control
● During warm-up
originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
EC-1210
[VG33ER]
the two ratios.
EC
SEF179U

Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
J
The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
K
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Distributor Ignition (DI) System UBS00DRR L
M
Throttle position
Ignition timing
Power transistor
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed control
EC-1211
[VG33ER]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A °BTDC
● At starting SEF742M
● During warm-up
● At idle
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioner Cut Control UBS00DRS

Air conditioner
cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
● At high engine speeds.
● When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load) UBS00DRT

Throttle position sensor Throttle position Fuel cut control Fuel injector
EC-1212
[VG33ER]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 2,500 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is neutral and engine A
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. EC
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1209, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) Sys-
tem" . C
EC-1213
[VG33ER]
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS00DRU
PREPARATION
● Battery
● Ignition system
● Fuses
● Vacuum hoses
● Fuel pressure
● Throttle valve
● Evaporative emission system
2. On air conditioner equipped models, checks should be carried out while the air conditioner is OFF.
3. On automatic transmission equipped models, when checking idle rpm, ignition timing and mixture ratio,
checks should be carried out while shift lever is in N position.
5. Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear defogger.
7. Make the check after the cooling fan has stopped.
EC-1214
[VG33ER]
A
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
EC-1215
[VG33ER]
1. INSPECTION START
– Gasket

– Gasket
SEF976U
2 minutes under no load.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace components as necessary.
2. GO TO 2.
SEF977U
EC-1216
[VG33ER]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed. EC
SEF978U
E
connector.
4. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times F
under no load, then run at idle speed.
H
BBIA0424E
5. Check ignition timing with a timing light. I

J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K
SEF927Z L
3. ADJUST IGNITION TIMING

1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor after loosening securing bolts. M
nector to throttle position sensor.
>> GO TO 2.
BBIA0425E
EC-1217
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
Without CONSULT-II
OK or NG SEF058Y
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5. ADJUST BASE IDLE SPEED

1. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load then run engine at idle speed.
>> GO TO 6.
LEC513

With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-load then run at idle speed.
Without CONSULT-II
nector.
2. Start and rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-
load then run at idle speed.
3. Check idle speed. SEF058Y

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1218
[VG33ER]
1. Check IACV-AAC valve and replace if necessary. Refer to EC-1582 .
2. Check IACV-AAC valve harness and repair if necessary. Refer to EC-1582 . EC
C
D
With CONSULT-II E
3. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is warmed F
ing 10 seconds. G
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
I

J
Without CONSULT-II
load. K
1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm. L
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V M
OK or NG
EC-1219
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
6. Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is warmed
ing 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.

load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12. PBIB2157E
NG >> GO TO 11.

>> GO TO 2.
EC-1220
[VG33ER]
12. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL A
With CONSULT-II
1. See “HO2S1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is
times during 10 seconds. C

2 times: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN → RICH D
OK or NG
E
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) SIGNAL F

Without CONSULT-II
G
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - H
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. I
PBIB2157E
J
EC-1221
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
6. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is
times during 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.

load.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 -
0.3V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END. PBIB2157E
NG >> GO TO 15.

>> GO TO 2.
EC-1222
[VG33ER]
16. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 1) HARNESS A
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector. EC
nector.
C
OK or NG
OK >> 1. Connect ECM harness connector. D
2. GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness.
E
17. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK 2) HARNESS F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) harness connector.
nector. H
OK or NG
I
OK >> 1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace harness. J
K
EC-1223
[VG33ER]
18. PREPARATION FOR CO% CHECK
With CONSULT-II
2. Set “ENG COOLANT TEMP” to 5°C (41°F) by touching “DWN”
and “Qd”.
SEF172Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
>> GO TO 19.
PBIB1436E
EC-1224
[VG33ER]
19. CHECK CO% A
indicator points to the middle of gauge.
EC
D
SEF976U
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no- E
3. Check CO%.
F
Idle CO: 1.5 - 9.5%
4. Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%, G
– Disconnect the resistor from terminals of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor.
– Connect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector SEF978U
H
to engine coolant temperature sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. I
NG >> GO TO 20.
20. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

1. Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connectors to heated oxygen sensors 1. K
4. Check injector and its circuit. Refer to EC-1725 . L
6. Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM. M
>> GO TO 2.
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment UBS00DRV
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
EC-1225
[VG33ER]
2. See “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
SEF013Y

make sure that the center of mark A is aligned with mark B as
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
SEF970R

cam.
SEF971R
With GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF774U
EC-1226
[VG33ER]
3. When the voltage is between 3.12 to 3.52V, make sure that the
center of mark A is aligned with mark B as shown in the figure. A
Lock nut
EC
: 0.98 - 1.96 N·m (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)

C
SEF970R
D
● The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle E
cam.
and adjustment again. F
G
SEF971R
Fuel Pressure Check UBS00DRW
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE H

With CONSULT-II
I
3. Start engine. J
pressure.
L
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box. M
2. Start engine.
pressure.
SEF164X
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
● Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit J-44321 to check fuel pressure.
EC-1227
[VG33ER]
● Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, A/C etc.). Fuel
pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in manifold
vacuum.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnect fitting between the con-
nection of the fuel feed hose (from tank) and the fuel hose (to
engine).
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connect adapter
hose) to the quick disconnect fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
At idling:
WEC875
With vacuum hose Approximately 235 kPa
With vacuum hose Approximately 294 kPa
disconnected (3.0 kg/cm2 , 43 psi)
If results are unsatisfactory, perform Fuel Pressure Regulator Check.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check UBS00DRX
1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum

2. Plug intake manifold with a blind cap.
SEF928U

uum is changed.
SEF718BA
EC-1228
[VG33ER]
A
Introduction UBS00DRY
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
Emission-related diagnostic information SAE Mode
C
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of SAE J1979 D
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Calibration ID Mode 9 of SAE J1979 E
F
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II × × × × × — G
GST × ×* × — × ×
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
H
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1255
.)
I
Two Trip Detection Logic UBS00DRZ
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> J
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
K
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC L
Items
Blinking Blinking ing ing ing ing M
up up
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnosis (refer
— × — — × — — —
to EC-1194 .)
Except above — — — × — × × —
EC-1229
[VG33ER]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information UBS00DS0


Items
GST (GST only)
NO DTC IS DETECTED. FUR-

THER TESTING MAY BE P0000 — — — —
REQUIRED.
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 × × ×*4 EC-1313
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 × × ×*4 EC-1313

SCB/V CONT SOL/V P0034 — — × EC-1321
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 × × ×*4 EC-1327
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 × × 4 EC-1327

×*
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0051 × × ×*4 EC-1313
HO2S1 HTR (B2) P0052 × × ×*4 EC-1313
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 × × ×*4 EC-1327
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 × × ×*4 EC-1327

HO2S1 (B1) P0132 — × × EC-1387
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 × × ×*4 EC-1396
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 — × × EC-1408
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 — × × EC-1418
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 × × ×*4 EC-1427
HO2S1 (B2) P0152 — × × EC-1387
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 × × 4 EC-1396
×*
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 — × × EC-1408
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 — × × EC-1418
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 × × 4 EC-1427
×*
EC-1230
[VG33ER]
Items A
GST (GST only)

EC
ENG OVER TEMP P0217 — — × EC-1461 C
SC FUNCTION P0299 — — × EC-1466
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 — — × EC-1469
D
CYL3 MISFIRE P0303 — — × EC-1469 E
F
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 — — × EC-1477 G
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 — — × EC-1487
H
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 × × ×*4 EC-1500 I

J
EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 — — × EC-1533 K
EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 — × × EC-1547
L
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 — — × EC-1571 M
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC P0510 — — × EC-1589
A/T COMM LINE P0600 — — — EC-1596
ECM P0605 — — × EC-1602
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 — — × AT-249
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 — — × AT-255
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 — — × AT-261
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 — — × AT-266
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 — — × AT-270
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 — — × AT-276
EC-1231
[VG33ER]
Items
GST (GST only)
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 — — × AT-281

A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 — — × AT-286
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 — — × AT-293
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 — — × AT-298
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 — — × AT-306
SFT SOL A/CIRC P0750 — — × AT-311
SFT SOL B/CIRC P0755 — — × AT-316
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 × × ×*4 EC-1604
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 × × ×*4 EC-1610
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 × × ×*4 EC-1617
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 × × ×*4 EC-1628

HO2S1 (B2) P1163 × × 4 EC-1604
×*
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 × × ×*4 EC-1610
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 × × ×*4 EC-1617
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 × × ×*4 EC-1628

CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 — — × EC-1639
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 — — × EC-1641
VC/V BYPASS/V P1490 — — × EC-1688
A/T DIAG COMM LINE P1605 — — × EC-1706
TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 — — × AT-321
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 — — × AT-329
*3: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
EC-1232
[VG33ER]
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the A
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-1241, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
EC
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-1230, "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS" . These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/
component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and C
therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi-
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame D
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-1250, "WORK FLOW" . Then perform DTC Con-
firmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
E
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-II F
With GST
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012. G
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
● Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is H
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc- I
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. J
M
PBIB0911E

perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed and absolute pressure at the
moment a malfunction is detected.
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-1287, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
lowing priorities to update the data.
EC-1233
[VG33ER]
Priority Items
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
ECM memory.
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
NOTE:
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items, the
NOTE:
SRT Item
SRT item Perfor-
Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-II indica- mance Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
No.
tion) Priority *
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM 1 EVAP control system P0442, P1442
2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133, P0153
HO2S
EC-1234
[VG33ER]
SRT item Perfor-
Corresponding DTC
(CONSULT-II indica- mance Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” A
No.
tion) Priority *
HO2S HEATER 2 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032, P0051,
P0052 EC
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038, P0057,
P0058
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for C
SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is D
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Self-diagnosis result Example E
Ignition Ignition Ignition
Ignition
Diagnosis OFF – ON – OFF – ON – OFF – ON –
OFF – ON – OFF
OFF OFF OFF F
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) – (1) OK (2) – (2)
P0402 OK (1) – (1) – (1) OK (2)
G
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) – (1) – (1) – (1) H
P0402 – (0) – (0) OK (1) – (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) – (2) – (2)
I
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK – –

P0402 – – – – J
NG (Consecu-
P1402 NG – NG
tive NG)
(1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC – 1st trip DTC DTC (=MIL “ON”) K
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. L
–: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF – ON – OFF), the SRT
will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above M
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
cate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons;
● The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis result.
NOTE:
EC-1235
[VG33ER]
If a vehicle has failed the State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the following flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.
SEF573XA
*1 EC-1233 *2 EC-1237 *3 EC-1237
EC-1236
[VG33ER]
A
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a “CMPLT” is displayed on the EC
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
“INCMP” is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below. C
“CMPLT” means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
SEF935Z
D
WITH GST E
Selecting MODE 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each F
With CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC confirmation procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on G
EC-1234 .
Without CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The H
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-1237
[VG33ER]
Driving Pattern
PBIB0123E
EC-1238
[VG33ER]
ing habits, etc. A
shortest.
EC
within zone A.
● Sea level
C
● Flat road
● Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Pattern 1: E
● The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
G
Pattern 2:
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. H
Pattern 3:
Pattern 4: I
● If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. J
(56 MPH) again. K
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times. L
– During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible.
*3: Checking the vehicle speed with CONSULT-II or GST is advised. M
SEF414S

Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
EC-1239
[VG33ER]
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: and high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000
ft)]:
Gear change ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd 24 (15) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 40 (25) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 64 (40) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 72 (45) 72 (45)

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
tions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause
km/h (MPH)
Gear
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st 50 (30)
2nd 95 (60)
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is “OK” or “NG” while
played on the GST screen.
Test value (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
CATALYST
P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20mV
EVAP SYSTEM
P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
P1456 07H 03H Max. 1/128mm2
EC-1240
[VG33ER]
Test value (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test limit Conversion A
TID CID
P0133 09H 04H Max. 16ms
P1143 0AH 84H Min. 10mV EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) P1144 0BH 04H Max. 10mV
P0132 0CH 04H Max. 10mV
P0134 0DH 04H Max. 1s C
P0153 11H 05H Max. 16ms
P1163 12H 85H Min. 10mV
D
Heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2) P1164 13H 05H Max. 10mV
P0152 14H 05H Max. 10mV
HO2S
P0154 15H 05H Max. 1s E
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500ms
P1147 1AH 86H Min. 10mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) F
P1146 1BH 06H Max. 10mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10mV
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10mV/500ms G
P1167 22H 87H Min. 10mV
P1166 23H 07H Max. 10mV
H
P0158 24H 07H Max. 10mV
P0032 29H 08H Max. 20mV
P0031 2AH 88H Min. 20mV I
P0052 2BH 09H Max. 20mV
P0051 2CH 89H Min. 20mV
HO2S HEATER J
P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20mV
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20mV
P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) K
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20mV

L
How to Erase DTC
With CONSULT-II
NOTE: M
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1194 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch “BACK”
twice.
EC-1241
[VG33ER]
● If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indi-
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
SEF823YD
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1194 ), skip step 2.
2. Perform AT-188 . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
hours.
– Diagnostic trouble codes
– 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
– Freeze frame data
– 1st trip freeze frame data
– System readiness test (SRT) codes
– Test values
– Others
EC-1242
[VG33ER]
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) UBS00DS1
DESCRIPTION A
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. EC
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-25, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-1749 .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go OFF. C
D
SEF217U
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION E

Mode Status F
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. (See EC-
1749, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" ) G
Engine stopped
H
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is I

J
the 1st trip.
● One trip detection diagnosis K

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI- L
25, "WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-1749 .
MIL Condition M
OFF No malfunction.
OBD System Operation Chart UBS00DS2
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
● When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to “Two Trip Detection Logic” on
EC-1229, "Two Trip Detection Logic" .
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
EC-1243
[VG33ER]
● The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1 , *2 *1 , *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see EC-1246 .
For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see EC-1248 .
*1 : Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2 : Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-1244
[VG33ER]
FIRE” <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF392S
be stored in ECM.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
EC-1245
[VG33ER]
TION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern B>
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
● When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
● When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70°C (158°F).
Example:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
(158°F)
● The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
● The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the
same malfunction.
● The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
● The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-1246
[VG33ER]
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” A
EC
SEF393SD
be stored in ECM.
EC-1247
[VG33ER]
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”
<Driving Pattern A>
AEC574
● The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
<Driving Pattern B>
● The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-1248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS00DS3
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
E
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are F
ment of good parts.
G
SEF233G
I
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-1250 . J
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. L
SEF234G
M
EC-1249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
SEF510ZF
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS” is other than [0] or [1t], form EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-1306, "POWER SUP-
DENT" . PLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be *5 EC-1238, "Driving Pattern". *6 EC-1301, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
detected, perform EC-1305, "TROU- SPECIFICATION VALUE".
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .
EC-1250
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Description For Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A
STEP I
EC
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1241 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . C
D
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
STEP III the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO F
TRIG)” mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
G
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. H
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1255 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
STEP V
perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-1301, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS -
SPECIFICATION VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections
I
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO J
TRIG)” mode.
Refer to EC-1276 , EC-1296 .
STEP VI
K
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts. L
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" .
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. M
STEP VII
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer toEC-1241 and AT-187 )
EC-1251
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
ble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
DTC to be detected. Examples:
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC-1252
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
LEC031A
EC-1253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
DTC Inspection Priority Chart UBS00DS4
chart.
1 ● P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
● P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor
● P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
● P0121, P0122, P0123 Throttle position sensor
● P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
● P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
● P0335 P1336 CKP sensor (OBD)
● P0460 P0461 P1464 Fuel level sensor
● P0500 VSS
● P0600 A/T control
● P0605 ECM
● P1605 A/T diagnosis communication line
● P1706 PNP switch
2 ● P0132-P0134, P1143, P1144/P0152-P0154, P1163, P1164 HO2S1
● P0031, P0032/P0051, P0052 HO2S1 heater
● P0138, P0139, P1146, P1147/P0158, P0159, P1166, P1167 HO2S2
● P0037, P0038/P0057, P0058 HO2S2 heater
● P0217 Engine coolant overtemperature enrichment protection
● P0705-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
● P0456, P1456 EVAP control system
● P1490 P1491 Vacuum cut valve bypass valve
3 ● P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
● P0306 - P0300 Misfire
● P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
● P0442/P1442 EVAP control system
● P0455 EVAP control system
● P0505 ISC valve
● P0731-P0734 P0744 A/T function
● P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
EC-1254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Fail-safe Chart UBS00DS5
A
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-sate mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. EC
P0103
P0118 sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
C
Condition
display)
D
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
80°C (176°F) E
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)

F
P0123 cuit speed.
Condition Driving condition G
H
the CPU of ECM), the MIL on the instrument panel lights to warn the driver. I
Engine control with fail-safe
When ECM fail-safe is operating, fuel injection, ignition timing, fuel pump operation, and
IACV-AAC valve operation are controlled under certain limitations. J
K
Ignition timing Ignition timing is fixed at the preset value
Fuel pump relay is ON when engine is running L
Fuel pump
and OFF when engine stalls
Replace ECM, if ECM fail-safe condition is confirmed. M
Basic Inspection UBS00DS6
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
● Headlamp switch is OFF,
● Air conditioner switch is OFF,
● Rear window defogger switch is OFF,
● Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC-1255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or the current need for
– Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
– Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
With GST>>GO TO 2.
With No Tools>> GO TO 15.
SEF983U
2. CONNECT CONSULT-II OR GST TO THE VEHICLE

With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector for CONSULT-II and select “ENGINE” from the menu. Refer to
EC-1286, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
With GST
Connect GST to the data link connector for GST.
Refer to EC-1295, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
With GST>>GO TO 14.
EC-1256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
E
SEF013Y

check the following. F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-1225, "Fast Idle Cam
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" . H
2. GO TO 4.
SEF971R
I
With CONSULT-II J
and touch “START”. K
PEF546N

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 5. SEF927Z
EC-1257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Select “TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/ SEC019C
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 6.
6. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 3.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-II A
3. Read “CLSD THL/P SW” signal under the following conditions. EC
● Insert a 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
drum as shown in the figure and check the signal. C
BBIA0419E
I
SEF715Y
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “ON” while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 8. K
L
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
M
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking “CLSD THL/P SW” signal, doing so may cause an
incorrect adjustment.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-1259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
3. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between throttle adjust
BBIA0419E

“CLSD THL/P SW” signal should remain “OFF” when the
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF715Y

With CONSULT-II
>> GO TO 11.
SEF689W
EC-1260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
11. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV A
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
“ON”, then temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
D
when the throttle valve is closed. E
6. Tighten throttle position sensor. SEF689W
7. Check the “CLSD THL/P SW” signal again.
The signal remains “OFF” while closing throttle valve. F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
G
NG >> GO TO 8.

H
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor I
2. Start engine. J
K
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds. L
SEF864V
8. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until “CLSD THL POS” signal changes to

“ON”.
>> GO TO 13.
SEF715Y
EC-1261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
OK or NG
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Igni-
2. GO TO 27. SEF174Y

With GST
4. When engine coolant temperature is 75 to 85°C (167 to 185°F), check the following.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R
EC-1262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
No Tools
1. Set the voltmeter between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground. EC
C
SEF119W
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16. G
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
H
SEF971R
16. CHECK IGNITION TIMING I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature. J
connector.
3. Start engine. K
M
BBIA0424E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 17. SEF927Z
EC-1263
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Make sure that throttle position sensor harness connector remain disconnected.
2. Does engine speed fall to the following speed?
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Igni-
2. GO TO 18.
18. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-I

nals 4 and 5 under the following conditions.
SEC298C
● Insert the 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.
BBIA0419E
EC-1264
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
20. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION A
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
● Never adjust throttle adjust screw (TAS). EC
● Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity, doing so may cause an incorrect adjust-
ment.
C
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine. D
>> GO TO 21. E

1. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector. F
2. Insert 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge between the throttle
adjust screw and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
3. Open throttle valve then close. G
I
BBIA0419E
J
nals 4 and 5.
Continuity should not exist while closing the throttle K
position sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23. L
NG >> GO TO 22.
M
SEC298C

Without CONSULT-II
does not exist.
>> GO TO 23.
SEF689W
EC-1265
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
23. ADJUSTMENT THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION-IV
Without CONSULT-II
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
opened.
5. Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist
SEF689W
7. Check the continuity again.
Continuity does not exist while closing the throttle
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG >> GO TO 20.

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
2. Start engine.
>> GO TO 25.
SEF864V
EC-1266
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
25. REINSTALLATION A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connec-
tor. EC
2. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle
speed.
C
>> GO TO 26.
26. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
M/T: 750±50 rpm (in Neutral position) F
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment"
.
2. GO TO 27. H

I
Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" and AT-187,
"HOW TO ERASE DTC" . J
>> INSPECTION END.

K
EC-1267
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Symptom Matrix Chart UBS00DS7
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 3 1 EC-1735
1 1 2 3 2 2 3
Injector circuit 2 EC-1725
Fuel pressure regulator sys-
EC-1228
tem
Evaporative emission system 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 EC-1750
Air Positive crankcase ventilation
1 EC-1768
system
Incorrect idle speed adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1214
ment
IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 2 2 1 EC-1582
IACV-FICD solenoid valve cir- 2 3 3 3 2 2 3
2 3 3 EC-1744
cuit
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjust-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1214
ment
Main power supply and ground circuit 1 1 EC-1306
2 3 3 3 3 2 3 1
Air conditioner circuit 2 3 2 MTC-22
EC-1268
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-1487
F
1 EC-1335, EC-
Mass air flow sensor circuit
1343
G
1 2 2 2 EC-1387, EC-
1396 , EC-
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 3 1408 , EC-
2
1604 , EC- H
1610
EC-1356, EC-
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 2 3 3 3 3
1379
2 I
EC-1362, EC-
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2
1371
Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust- J
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-1255
ment
Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 EC-1577
Knock sensor circuit EC-1477 K
3 3 3
3 EC-1602, EC-
ECM 2 2 3 3 2 2 1
1255
Start signal circuit 1 EC-1731 L
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit 3 3 3 EC-1712
3 2
Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 EC-1740
M
EC-1269
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
section
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-3
5
Vapor lock
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso- 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
line, Low octane)
—
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
(Mass air flow sensor — throt- 5
5 5 5 5 4 5
tle body)
5 5 4
Throttle body, Throttle wire EM-80
Air leakage from intake mani-
5 —
fold/Collector/Gasket
Crank- Battery SC-4
ing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit SC-26
Park/neutral position (PNP) MT-46, AT-
switch 249
Drive plate/Flywheel 6 EM-80
EC-1270
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
section
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

F
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-102
Cylinder block
G
Piston 3
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Connecting rod H
Bearing
EM-131, EM-
Crankshaft
91 I
Valve Timing belt
mecha-
Camshaft
nism 6
Intake valve 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 J
2
Exhaust valve
Hydraulic lash adjuster
K
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EX-3
Three way catalyst
L
Lubrica- LU-15, LU-16
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/
tion , LU-14 , EM-
Oil filter/Oil gallery 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 88
M
Oil level (Low/Filthy) oil MA-30
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
Thermostat 5 5 CO-25, CO-
28 , CO-32 ,
Water pump
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 6 CO-30
Water gallery
Cooling fan 5 5
Coolant level (low)/Contami-
MA-26
nated coolant
EC-1271
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Engine Control Component Parts Location UBS00DS8
BBIA0420E
EC-1272
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
EC
BBIA0186E
EC-1273
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
PBIB1177E
PBIB1469E
EC-1274
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Circuit Diagram UBS00DS9
EC
BBWA0507E
EC-1275
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout UBS00DSA
SEF533P
ECM Terminals and Reference Value UBS00DSB
PREPARATION
inspection:
LEC106A
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
AEC913

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
MEC486B

CAUTION:
EC-1276
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE A
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V
EC
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at C
idle
SEF988U
1 PU/W Ignition signal D
1.1 - 1.5V
F
SEF989U
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE: H
idle
SEF992U
3 P/L Tachometer I
3 - 5V
[Engine is running] J
K
SEF993U
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V L
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE M
switch OFF
EC-1277
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF995U
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

SCB valve control sole- ● Engine stopped (11 - 14V)
6 G/W
noid valve [Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0V
[Engine is running]
Ambient air tempera- ● Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE
9 B/Y
ture switch ● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F) (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0 - 1V
ON
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
EC-1278
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Malfunction indicator EC
lamp
[Engine is running]
19 B/R ECM ground Engine ground C
● Idle speed
[Ignition switch: START] 9 - 12V D
[Engine is running]
● Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON Approximately 0V
21 G/R Air conditioner switch (Compressor operates)* E
[Ignition switch: ON] F

Approximately 0V
22 L/B
Approximately 5V G
[Engine is running]
H
● Accelerator pedal is fully released I
● Accelerator pedal is fully depressed J
[Ignition switch: ON] K
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
L
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] M
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
28 BR/W
(Closed position) ● Accelerator pedal is fully released
EC-1279
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
SEF996U
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- ● Steering wheel is being turned
39 GY/R
sure switch [Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle

0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
level.
EC-1280
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
1 - 2V
[Engine is running] (AC range) EC
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
idle
Crankshaft position SEF690W D

47 L
sensor (OBD) 3 - 4V
(AC range)
E
[Engine is running]
F
SEF691W
G
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed H
NOTE:
idle I
49 LG
Approximately 2.5V
J
[Engine is running]
K
SEF001V
L
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor M
1 (bank 1)
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
1 (bank 2)
SEF002V
EC-1281
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
56 OR after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2 (bank 1)
under no load
[Engine is running]
57 Y after the following conditions are met 0 - Approximately 1.0V
2 (bank 2)
under no load
Engine coolant temper-
ature sensor
coolant temperature
Fuel tank temperature
60 Y/B [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel
sensor
temperature
61 PU/R [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature.
EVAP control system
pressure sensor
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
69 LG/R Data link connector 6 - 10V
● CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
EC-1282
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
● Idle speed
NOTE: C
idle
SEF005V
101 OR/L IACV-AAC valve D
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
E
F
SEF692W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V) G
● Idle speed
NOTE: H
I
(11 - 14V)
J
[Engine is running]
K
SEF008V
EVAP canister vent BATTERY VOLTAGE L

[Engine is running]
● Idle speed M
[Engine is running]
119 BR/Y ● Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
1 heater (bank 1)

[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sensor Engine speed is below 2,800 rpm
121 BR ●
1 heater (bank 2)
EC-1283
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
– Engine: After warning up 0 - 1.0V
122 R/B
[Engine is running]
123 R/Y
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
CONSULT-II Function UBS00DSC
FUNCTION
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
can be read and erased quickly.*
Input/Output specification of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
Data monitor (SPEC)
data monitor items can be read.
Active test
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
● Freeze frame data
● Test values
● Others
EC-1284
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A

Item WORK DATA EC
MONI- DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI- ACTIVE SRT
TOR WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR TEST STA-
(SPEC) SUP-
DATA*2 TUS
PORT C
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × × ×
D

Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × × × E

Fuel tank temperature sensor × × × × F
× × ×
sensor
G
INPUT
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) ×

Knock sensor × H
Ignition switch (start signal) × ×
Closed throttle position switch × × ×
Closed throttle position switch I
× ×
Air conditioner switch × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × × ×
J
Power steering oil pressure switch × ×

Battery voltage × ×
K
Ambient air temperature switch × ×
Injectors × × ×
L
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × × × ×

IACV-AAC valve × × × × ×
trol solenoid valve
× × × × × M
Air conditioner relay × ×
OUTPUT

EVAP canister vent control valve × × × ×
Vacuum cut valve bypass valve × × × × ×
SCB valve control solenoid valve × × × ×
X: Applicable
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1287, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
EC-1285
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data
link connector which is located under LH dash panel near the
fuse box cover.
LEC104A

4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
MBIB0233E
SEF948Y

procedure.
SEF949Y
EC-1286
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item A
TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ ● FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION IN When adjusting the idle throttle
EC
THE SERVICE MANUAL. position
IGNITION TIMING ADJ ● IGNITION TIMING FEEDBACK CONTROL WILL BE When adjusting target ignition tim-
ADJUST IGNITION TIMING WITH A TIMING LIGHT BY After adjustment, confirm target C
TURNING THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. ignition timing with a timing light
by turning the distributor.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ● FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure D
SELF-LEARNING CONT ● THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clean the coefficient of self- E
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- learning control valve
FICIENT.
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN point of EVAP system F
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
● IGN SW ON G
● ENGINE NOT RUNNING
● AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F).
● NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS- H
TEM
● FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F).
● WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYS- I
TEM CLOSE”
● WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
II WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE J
INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY K
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* ● IDLE CONDITION When adjusting idle speed
L
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item M
Freeze frame data
Description
item *
DIAG TROUBLE
● The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Refer
CODE
to EC-1194, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
FUEL SYS-B1 ● “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] ● The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-1287
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Freeze frame data
Description
item *
COOLANT TEMP [°C]
or [°F]
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] ● “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
● The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] ● The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VHCL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] ● The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [°C]
or [°F]
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
×: Applicable
ECM
MAIN SIG-
Monitored item [Unit] INPUT Description Remarks
NALS
SIGNALS
ENG SPEED [rpm] × × from the REF signal (120° signal) of the
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
sensor is displayed. tain value is indicated.
×
rection.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
● The mean value of the air-fuel ratio tain value is indicated.
feedback correction factor per cycle is
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × indicated. ● This data also includes the data for
● When the engine coolant tempera-
● The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-cir-
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
× ×
[°C] or [°F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is The engine coolant temperature
displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
played.

EC-1288
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM
MAIN SIG-
Monitored item [Unit] INPUT Description Remarks A
NALS
SIGNALS
× After turning ON the ignition switch,
[RICH/LEAN] nal during air-fuel ratio feedback con- ●
EC
trol: “RICH” is displayed until air-fuel
RICH: means the mixture became mixture ratio feedback control
“rich”, and control is being affected begins.
HO2S1 MNTR (B2) toward a leaner mixture. C
× ● When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
[RICH/LEAN] LEAN: means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
“lean”, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continuously.
toward a rich mixture.
D
×
[RICH/LEAN] nal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively ● When the engine is stopped, a cer- E
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) small. tain value is indicated.
× LEAN: means the amount of oxygen
[RICH/LEAN]
after three way catalyst is relatively
large. F
● The vehicle speed computed from the
VHCL SPEED SE
× × vehicle speed sensor signal is dis-
[km/h] or [mph]
played. G
● The power supply voltage of ECM is
displayed.

● The throttle position sensor signal volt- H
age is displayed.
● The fuel temperature judged from the
FUEL T/TMP SE
× fuel tank temperature sensor signal I
[°C] or [°F]
voltage is displayed.
● The intake air temperature determined
INT/A TEMP SE
× × by the signal voltage of the intake air
[°C] or [°F] J
temperature sensor is indicated.
● The signal voltage of EVAP control sys-
EVAP SYS PRES [V]
tem pressure sensor is displayed.
K
● The signal voltage of the absolute pres-
ABSOL PRES/SE [V]
sure sensor is displayed.
● The signal voltage of the fuel level sen-
FUEL LEVEL SE [V] × L
sor is displayed.
● After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
× × displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF] starter signal.
signal. M
CLSD THL POS
[ON/OFF]
position sensor signal.
CLSD THL/P SW
[ON/OFF]
switch.
AIR COND SIG
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
P/N POSI SW
× × park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
[ON/OFF]
nal.
● [ON/OFF] condition of the power steer-
PW/ST SIGNAL ing oil pressure switch determined by
× ×
[ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure signal is
indicated.
EC-1289
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM
MAIN SIG-
Monitored item [Unit] INPUT Description Remarks
NALS
SIGNALS
AMB TEMP SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
×
[ON/OFF] ambient air temperature switch signal.
IGNITION SW ● Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-
×
[ON/OFF] tion switch.
INJ PULSE-B1
× ● Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
[msec] ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
width compensated by ECM according
INJ PULSE-B2 tain computed value is indicated.
[msec]
● Indicates the ignition timing computed ● When the engine is stopped, a cer-
IGN TIMING [BTDC] ×
by ECM according to the input signals. tain value is indicated.
● “Calculated load value” indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
● Absolute throttle position sensor indi-
cates the throttle opening computed by
ABSOL TH·P/S [%]
the throttle position sensor.
MASS AIRFLOW
[g·m/s]
the mass airflow sensor.
IACV-AAC/V [%] × value computed by ECM according to
the input signals.
● Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control
value computed by the ECM according
PURG VOL C/V [%] to the input signals.
● The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
● The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
× tion (determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signal) is indicated.
● Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY
× condition determined by ECM accord-
[ON/OFF]
ing to the input signals.
● The control condition of the EVAP can-
ister vent control valve (determined by
VENT CONT/V ECM according to the input signal) is
[ON/OFF] indicated.
● ON: Closed
OFF: Open
valve bypass valve (determined by
VC/V BYPASS/V ECM according to the input signal) is
[ON/OFF] indicated.
● ON: Open
OFF: Closed
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
[ON/OFF]
EC-1290
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ECM
MAIN SIG-
Monitored item [Unit] INPUT Description Remarks A
NALS
SIGNALS
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
EC
[ON/OFF]
● The control condition of the SCB valve C
control solenoid valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signals) is
SCB/V CON S/V indicated.
● ON: SCB valve is closed.
D
OFF: SCB valve is opened.
Voltage [V] ● Voltage measured by the voltage probe.
E
● Only “#” is displayed if item is
unable to be measured.
Frequency ● Pulse width, frequency or duty cycle ● Figures with “#”s are temporary
[msec] or [Hz] or [%] measured by the pulse probe. ones. They are the same figures as F
an actual piece of data which was
just previously measured.
NOTE: G

Monitored Items H
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals I
● The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor ● When the engine is running, specifi-
specification is displayed. cation range is indicated.
● “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injec- J
B/FUEL SCHDL ● When the engine is running, specifi-
× tion pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
[msec] cation range is indicated.
to any learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] × ● When the engine is running, specifi- K
● Indicates the mean value of the air-fuel ratio cation range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B2 [%] × feedback correction factor per cycle. ● This data also includes the data for
L
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE M

Test Item
● Fuel injector
TION ● Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.

trouble condition
ING CHECK ITEM.
CONSULT-II.
the engine.
OPENING ● Change the IACV-AAC valve the opening percent. ● IACV-AAC valve
SULT-II.
EC-1291
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
● Engine: After warming up, idle ● Harness and connector

the engine. ● Compression
POWER BAL- ● A/C switch OFF ● Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ● Power transistor
● Cut off each injector signal one at ● Spark plug

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see ● Engine coolant temperature sen-
perature using CONSULT-II. ● Fuel injector
(Engine stopped)
and “OFF” using CONSULT-II
PURG VOL ● Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to ● Harness and connector
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. ● Solenoid valve
SULT-II.
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
(Engine stopped)
(Engine stopped)

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-1234, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
EC-1292
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
A
EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 EC-1508, EC-1650

EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 EC-1556, EC-1675 EC
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM PURG VOL CN/V P1444 EC-1652
PURGE FLOW P0441 EC-1500
VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 EC-1694 C
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-1408
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-1604
D
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 EC-1610
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-1396
HO2S1 Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B2) P0154 EC-1408 E
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S1 (B2) P1163 EC-1604
HO2S1 (B2) P1164 EC-1610
F
HO2S1 (B2) P0153 EC-1396
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-1617
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-1628 G
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-1427
HO2S2
HO2S2 (B2) P1166 EC-1617
H
HO2S2 (B2) P1167 EC-1628
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 EC-1427
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA) I

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. J
1. “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):
● The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time. K
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR” L
in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...
xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF705Y
“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touched on M

the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the
recording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and
“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MAN-
UAL.
● DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed
automatically on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction
is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
SEF707X
Operation
1. “AUTO TRIG”
EC-1293
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
● While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
detected.
● While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip DTC
will be displayed. (Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. “MANU TRIG”
● If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU
SEF720X
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function UBS00DSD
DESCRIPTION
ual.
SEF139P
EC-1294
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
FUNCTION
A
EC
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1287, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze
Frame Data" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored C
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.
● Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1) D
● Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2) E
F
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi- G
tions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed. H
● EVAP canister vent control valve: Closed
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve: Open
In the following conditions, this mode cannot function. I
MODE 8 — ● Low ambient temperature
● Low battery voltage
● Engine running J
● Ignition switch OFF
● Low fuel temperature
● Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system K
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 CALIBRATION ID
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and calibration IDs.
L
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector which is located under LH M
LEC104A
EC-1295
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
shown.)
AEC059B

dure.
tool maker.
AEC060B
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DSE
Remarks:
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED
MAS A/F SE-B1
● No load
HO2S1 (B1) 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S1 (B2) 1.0V
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rpm.
Changes more than 5 times
HO2S1 MNTR (B2)
during 10 seconds.
HO2S2 (B1) ● Warm-up condition 0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B2) ● After keeping engine speed 1.0V
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) under no load.
● Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value speedometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
tion with the speedometer indication. speedometer indication
the engine
(Engine stopped)
EC-1296
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A
CLSD THL POS ● Engine: After warming up, idle Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW the engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF EC
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.) C
Except above OFF
D
the engine
E
● Ignition switch: ON Below 19°C (66°F) OFF
AMB TEMP SW ● Compare ambient air tempera-
Above 25°C (77°F) ON
ture with the following:
F
INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF G
● No load
● Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 1.6 msec H
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No load I
● Engine: After warming up Idle 10±2° BTDC
IGN TIMING J
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm More than 25° BTDC
● No load
K
IACV-AAC/V
● No load
L
PURG VOL C/V
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm — M
● No load
A/F ALPHA-B1 Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
● Engine: After warming up 54 - 155%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rpm
EVAP SYS PRES ● Ignition switch: ON 1.8 – 4.8V
ON
Except as shown above OFF
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
EC-1297
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
● Engine: After warning up
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
● Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ON (Engine stopped) OFF
SCB/V CON S/V
● Engine speed: Idle ON
VC/V BYPASS/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
● More than -40.0 kpa (-300 Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%
mmHg, -11.81 inHg) of vacuum is
ABSOL TH·P/S applied to the throttle opener with
a hand vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
MASS AIRFLOW
● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 12.0 - 14.9 g·m/s
● No load
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DSF
SEF306Y
“INJ PULSE-B1” when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.
EC-1298
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A
EC
SEF241Y
EC-1299
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SEF242YD
EC-1300
[VG33ER]
A
Description UBS00DSG
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI- EC
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
● B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
● A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
● MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition UBS00DSH
● Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) F

● Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
● Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
TEMP SE” (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drive vehicle for 5 I
ahead.
J
Inspection Procedure UBS00DSI
NOTE:
Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale display. K
L
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
SEF601Z
EC-1301
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DSJ
LEC089A
EC-1302
[VG33ER]
EC
SEF768Z
EC-1303
[VG33ER]
LEC090A
EC-1304
[VG33ER]
A
Description UBS00DSK
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
specific malfunctioning area. C
Common I/I Report Situations

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
E
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DSL F

1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA- G
TION" .
>> GO TO 2. H

I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “CIRCUIT INSPECTION”,
“Ground Inspection”.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
K
Perform GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , “INCIDENT SIMULATION L
TESTS”.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M

Refer to GI-22, "How to Check Terminal" , “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Con-
tact Spring of Terminal”.
OK or NG
EC-1305
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DSM
BBWA0465E
EC-1306
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
4 OR/B
(Self-shut-off) [Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
OFF
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed F
[Ignition switch: ON] G
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
H
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
67 B/P BATTERY VOLTAGE I
72 B/P (11 - 14V)

(Back-up) (11 - 14V) J
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
[Engine is running]
124 B/R ECM ground Engine ground L
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DSN
1. INSPECTION START M
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.
EC-1307
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674U

● 10A fuse
4. CHECK GROUND CONNECTORS

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
BBIA0418E
5. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
EC-1308
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Stop engine.

OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
D
SEF678U
E
F
● 10A fuse G
● Harness for open or short between ECM and battery
>> Repair harness or connectors. H
8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

I
J
drop to approximately 0V. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. L
12. PBIB2168E
EC-1309
[VG33ER]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
LEC106A

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
SEF625W

● Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F27
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 67, 72, 117 and ECM relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1310
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK ECM RELAY A
1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
EC
12V (1 - 2) applied : Continuity exists.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 14.
D
SEF090M
E
14. CHECK GROUND CONNECTORS
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 15.
H
I
BBIA0418E
15. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II J


3. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. M

>> INSPECTION END

Ground Inspection UBS00GZ2
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
EC-1311
[VG33ER]
● Clean as required to assure good contact.
● If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-17, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-1312
[VG33ER]
DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690
A
Description UBS00DSO
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
C
speed.
OPERATION D
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters
Above 2,800 OFF
E
Below 2,800 after warming up ON
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DSP
Specification data are reference values. F

● Engine: After warming up G
HO2S1 HTR (B1) ON
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DSQ
Trouble diagnosis
name I
P0031 The current amperage in the heated oxygen
range.
sensor 1 heater open or shorted.) J
P0051 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
heater.)
P0032 The current amperage in the heated oxygen K
range.
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
P0052 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high L
heater.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DSR

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up normal operating temperature.
EC-1313
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
dure"
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up normal operating temperature.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1318, "Diagnostic Procedure"
EC-1314
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DSS
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1077E
EC-1315
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
119 BR/Y ●
heater (bank 1)
EC-1316
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1078E
EC-1317
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
121 BR ●
heater (bank 2)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DST

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

BBIA0189E
3. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 1 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0783E
EC-1318
[VG33ER]
● 15A fuse
C
4. CHECK HO2S1 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0031 119 3 Bank 1 G
P0051 121 3 Bank 2

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 5.
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
L
M
>> INSPECTION EN
Component Inspection UBS00DSU

CAUTION:
face such as a concrete floor; use a new one. SEF935X
EC-1319
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS00DSV

EC-1320
DTC P0034 SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[VG33ER]
DTC P0034 SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14110
A
Description UBS00DSW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Supercharged C
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature SCB valve control solenoid valve
air control
D
This system controls supercharged air according to the engine operating conditions.
This control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the SCB valve control solenoid valve.
When the solenoid valve is ON, the SCB valve shuts. Then intake air is lead to supercharger, and super- E
charged air is sent to the cylinder.
When the solenoid valve is OFF, the SCB valve opens. Then intake air is sent to the cylinder directly.
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the solenoid valve.
F
● Engine stopped
● Engine starting
● High-load, high-speed engine operation G
● Excessively low engine coolant temperature
● Engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction H
● Throttle position sensor malfunction
SEC313C
L
SCB Valve Control Solenoid Valve
The SCB valve control solenoid valve responds to signals from the M
ECM.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the solenoid valve is bypassed
to apply intake manifold vacuum to the SCB valve actuator. This
operation opens the SCB valve. When the ECM sends ON (ground)
signal, the SCB valve opens or closes depend on the throttle valve
position, regarding to the pressure difference between atmosphere
and throttle body.
LEC806
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DSX
EC-1321
[VG33ER]
● More than 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ON (Engine
OFF
SCB/V CON S/V stopped)
● Engine speed: Idle ON
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DSY
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detection condition Possible cause
● Harness or connectors (The SCB
Improper voltage signal from SCB valve control solenoid valve circuit
SCB valve control solenoid valve cir-
P0034 valve control solenoid valve is sent is open or shouted)
cuit problem
to ECM.
● SCB valve control solenoid valve.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DSZ
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1322
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DT0
EC
BBWA1105E
EC-1323
[VG33ER]
Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
SCB valve control solenoid ● Engine stopped (11 - 14V)
6 G/W
valve [Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DT1
1. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect SCB valve control solenoid valve harness connec-
tor.
LEC806
4. Check voltage between SCB valve control solenoid valve termi-

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF657W

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between SCB valve control solenoid valve and fuse
EC-1324
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND A
SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 6 and SCB valve control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
E
● Harness connectors E43, M65 F
● Harness for open or short between SCB valve control solenoid valve and ECM
G
5. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace SCB valve control solenoid valve.
J
K
>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DT2 L
SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform “SCB/V CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. M
PBIB1439E
EC-1325
[VG33ER]
Air passage between continuity Air passage between continuity

Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes
PBIB1434E
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Air passage between continu- Air passage between continu-
Conditions
ity between A and B ity between A and C
12V direct current
supply between Yes No
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No Yes
PBIB1435E
EC-1326
[VG33ER]
DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description UBS00DT3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
heater control
speed. D
OPERATION
E
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
● Engine: After warning up F
ON
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DT4 G

H
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON
– Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute I
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DT5
Trouble diagnosis
name
K
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 2 heater open or shorted.)
P0057 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low L
(Bank 2) through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to M
P0058 shorted.)
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
(Bank 2) heater.) ● Heater oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DT6
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
EC-1327
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
ture.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and
dure" . SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1328
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DT7
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1116E
EC-1329
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
conditions are met
122 R/B
EC-1330
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1081E
EC-1331
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
conditions are met
123 R/Y
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DT8

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1332
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
BBIA0187E
3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 3 and ground. E

OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
G
PBIB0112E
H

I
● Fuse block (J/B) connector M26 J
● 15A fuse
K
4. CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0037,
122 2 Bank 1
P0038
P0057,
123 2 Bank 2
P0058

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1333
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DT9

1 and 2, 3, 4
No
4 and 1, 2, 3
CAUTION:
PBIB1596E
Removal and Installation UBS00DTA

EC-1334
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DTB
the heat loss. C
SEF030T
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DTC

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DTD

K
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or L
A) shorted.)
P0101 cuit range/performance ● Harness or connectors M
B)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DTE
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first.

If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
NOTE:
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
EC-1335
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF174Y
With GST
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
4. Check the voltage of MAS AIR/FL SE with “DATA MONITOR”.
increases.
SEF243Y
EC-1336
[VG33ER]
onds. A
THRTL POS SEN More than 3V
EC
this test.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1339, "Diagnostic Proce- SEF175Y
dure" . D
Overall Function Check UBS00DTF

With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with MODE 1.
G
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
5. If NG, go to EC-1339, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
SEF534P
EC-1337
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DTG
BBWA0470E
EC-1338
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
OFF
● Idle speed
ground
● Idle speed
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
72 B/P Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] I
(11 - 14V)
J
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DTH
1. INSPECTION START
K
A or B
A >> GO TO 3. L
B >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM M

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1339
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E

AEC641A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W

EC-1340
[VG33ER]
A
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 55. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 8.
H
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
J
>> INSPECTION END.

L
Component Inspection UBS00DTI

M
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
engine speed.
EC-1341
[VG33ER]
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust.
EC-1342
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DTJ
the heat loss. C
SEF030T
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DTK

MAS A/F SE-B1 G
● No load
H
CAL/LD VALUE
● No load
I
MASS AIRFLOW
● No load
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DTL

K
Trouble diagnosis
name
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors L

Mass air flow sensor sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input This self-diagnosis have the one trip detection ● Intake air leaks
logic. ● Mass air flow sensor
M
P0103
FAIL-SAFE MODE
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DTM
NOTE:
EC-1343
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds at most.
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
2. If 1st trip DTC is detected,
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
dure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-1344
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DTN
EC
BBWA0470E
EC-1345
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
4 OR/B
BATTERY VOLTAGE
OFF
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
ground
● Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DTO
1. INSPECTION START
P0102 or P0103
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.

● Air duct
● Vacuum hoses
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1346
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0418E
E
F
AEC641A
I

CONSULT-II or tester. J
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF627W
M
EC-1347
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DTP

signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
1.0 - 1.7
temperature.)
1.7 - 2.3
ating temperature.)
SEF747U
engine speed.
EC-1348
[VG33ER]
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot wire for damage or dust. A
EC
EC-1349
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00DTQ
to the ECM.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DTR
Trouble diagnosis
name
Intake air tempera-
low input
Intake air tempera- Intake air temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
high input
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DTS
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1350
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
EC
EC-1351
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DTT
BBWA1074E
EC-1352
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DTU

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor harness connector.
G
I
LEC519
3. Check voltage between intake air temperature sensor terminal 1 J

and ground.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF203W M
EC-1353
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DTV
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
EC-1354
[VG33ER]
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ A

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
EC
SEF012P
EC-1355
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00DTW

SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DTX

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
cuit low input
Engine coolant tem- Engine coolant temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
EC-1356
[VG33ER]
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. A
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
EC
or START.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition C
(CONSULT-II display)
Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80°C (176°F) D
START
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
E
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DTY

F
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. H
I
K
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. L
EC-1357
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DTZ
BBWA0508E
EC-1358
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DU0

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
G
I
AEC643A
3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF206W M
● Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
EC-1359
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Component Inspection UBS00DU1

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
EC-1360
[VG33ER]
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ A

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 EC
SEF012P
D
Removal and Installation UBS00DU2

E
EC-1361
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00DU3
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. Refer to
EC-1589 .
ECM.
SEC299C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DU4

engine
(Engine stopped)
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
EC-1362
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DU5
A
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
EC
shorted.)
A high voltage from the sensor is
A) sent to ECM under light load driving ● TP sensor
condition. ● Fuel injector
Throttle position sensor cir- C
● Camshaft position sensor
P0121 cuit range/performance prob-
lem
D
A low voltage from the sensor is (The TP sensor circuit is open or
B) sent to ECM under heavy load driv- shorted.)
ing condition. ● Intake air leaks
● TP sensor E
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DU6
NOTE: F
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
● If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait G
With CONSULT-II H
I
for at least 10 seconds to keep engine speed below 1,000 rpm.
J
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N
Brake pedal Depressed
Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH) K
dure" . SEF058Y
L
With GST
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B M
CAUTION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-1363
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
SULT-II.
ITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Print out the recorded graph and check the following:
depression.
– The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approx- SEF177Y
imately 4V.
SEF174Z

SULT-II.
onds.
CMPS·RPM (REF) More than 2,000 rpm
MAS AIR/FL SE More than 3V
IACV-AAC/V Less than 80%
Selector lever Suitable position SEF805Z

this test.
With GST
EC-1364
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DU7
EC
BBWA0473E
EC-1365
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DU8
1. INSPECTION START
A or B
A >> GO TO 4.
B >> GO TO 2.
2. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Check the following items. Refer to EC-1255, "Basic Inspection"
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1366
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM. A
2. Check the following for connection.
– Air duct EC
– Vacuum hoses
– Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold collector
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
D
Loosen and retighten ground screw. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. F
BBIA0418E H

1. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector. I
L
AEC638A

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF630W
EC-1367
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
A/T:750 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1368
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
2. Start engine.
NOTE:

Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V D
Pulse sig-
E
nal
PBIB1424E
F
SEF997U SEF998U

G
Pulse sig-
nal I
SEF999U SEF001V
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
K
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. L
2. Check resistance between injector terminals as shown in the fig-
ure.
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1369
DTC P0121 TP SENSOR
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00DU9

With CONSULT-II
tions.
SEF719Y
With GST
EC-1370
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DUA
NOTE:
If DTC P0122, P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. EC
Refer to EC-1589 .
ECM.
J
SEC299C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DUB

● Engine: After warming up, idle the L
engine
M
(Engine stopped)
vacuum pump.
(Engine stopped)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DUC
These self-diagnosis have one trip detection logic.
EC-1371
[VG33ER]
P0122
circuit low input sent to ECM (The TP sensor circuit is open or
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.)
P0123
circuit high input sent to ECM ● TP sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.
circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DUD
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
Selector lever Suitable position except P or N position
SEF065Y
WITH GST
EC-1372
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DUE
EC
BBWA0473E
EC-1373
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DUF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1374
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
EC
D
AEC638A
3. Check voltage between throttle position sensor terminal 3 and E

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power G
SEF630W
H
I
3. Check harness continuity between throttle position sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1375
[VG33ER]
Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1376
[VG33ER]
2. Start engine.
NOTE:

Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V D
Pulse sig-
E
nal
PBIB1424E
F
SEF997U SEF998U

G
Pulse sig-
nal I
SEF999U SEF001V
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1377
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00DUG

With CONSULT-II
tions.
SEF719Y
With GST
EC-1378
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DUH
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or EC
P0118. Refer to EC-1356 .
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant C
mistor decreases as temperature increases. D
SEF594K
F
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature °C (°F) G
−10 (14) 4.4 9.2
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
H
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 59 I
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DUI
K
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed L
(High resistance in the circuit)
M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DUJ
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1379
[VG33ER]
3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
be OK.
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DUK

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION

When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT" .

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1380
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00DUL
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between coolant temperature sensor termi-
EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data> E

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 F
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
G
H
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. I

Removal and Installation UBS00DUM

J
EC-1381
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00DUN
to the ECM.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 1.23 0.27 - 0.38
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DUO
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is ● Harness or connectors

too high
from engine coolant temperature sensor. ● Intake air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DUP
NOTE:
CAUTION:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
a. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1382
[VG33ER]
b. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
c. Check the engine coolant temperature. A
d. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F),
turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine.
● Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature EC
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 con- SEF176Y
secutive seconds. D
WITH GST E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DUQ
F
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 2.
I
J
BBIA0418E

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M

For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-1352, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1383
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00DUR
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 038
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace in take air temperature sensor.
EC-1384
[VG33ER]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DUS
enough. EC
C
● Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
● Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
P0128 Thermostat function reach to specified temperature even though
stat
the engine has run long enough.
● Engine coolant temperature sensor D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DUT
NOTE: E
● For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher.
WITH CONSULT-II G
H
CONSULT-II.
I
4. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), cool down the engine to less than
70°C (158°F), then retry from step 1. J
conditions.
K
PBIB1917E
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1385, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . L
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II” above. M
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DUU

OK or NG
EC-1385
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00DUV

PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation UBS00DUW

EC-1386
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description UBS00DUX

D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DUY I

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DUZ
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high. M
PBIB1847E
P0132
(Bank 2)
EC-1387
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DV0
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1388
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DV1
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1075E
EC-1389
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
SEF002V
EC-1390
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1076E
EC-1391
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
SEF002V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DV2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

1. Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1392
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
A
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1 D
P0152 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0189E
Terminals F
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0132 50 2 Bank 1
P0152 51 2 Bank 2 G

OK >> GO TO 4. I
4. CHECK FRONT HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER

J
Water should not exist. K
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6. L
EC-1393
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
(B2)”.
ing steps.
PBIB2025E

onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown right:
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7
EC-1394
DTC P0132, P0152 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION: F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. H
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor.

I
>> INSPECTION END. J
Removal and Installation UBS00DV3

K
EC-1395
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DV4

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DV5

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DV6

measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
SEF010V
EC-1396
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
● Heated oxygen sensor 1 EC
● Fuel pressure
Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the ● Fuel injector
P0153 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time.
(Bank 2)
● PCV valve
● Mass air flow sensor D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DV7
CAUTION: E
NOTE:
F
TESTING CONDITION:
G
WITH CONSULT-II
P0153” of “HO2S1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with I
CONSULT-II.
J
NOTE:
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5. K
SEF338Z
L

tinuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will M
step 2.
EC-1397
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Procedure" .
SEF658Y
Overall Function Check UBS00DV8
WITH GST
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HOS1 (B1) sig-
nal] or 51 [HOS1 (B2) signal] and ground.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V
→ 0 - 0.3V
SEF919UA
EC-1398
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DV9
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1075E
EC-1399
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
SEF002V
EC-1400
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1076E
EC-1401
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
SEF002V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DVA

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1402
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK A
EC
SEC502D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace. F

G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. H
EC-1403
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1437 or EC-
1445 .
No >> GO TO 6.
EC-1404
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1 D
P0153 51 2 Bank 2 BBIA0189E

F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0133 50 2 Bank 1 G
P0153 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 7.
7. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR J

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
8. CHECK PCV VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover;
make sure that a hissing noise will be heard as air passes through it M
and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 9.
SEC137A
EC-1405
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
“HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1406
DTC P0133, P0153 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
10. CHECK FRONT HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
F
one.
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 11.

J
>> INSPECTION END.
Removal and Installation UBS00DVB

EC-1407
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DVC

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DVD

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DVE

not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
SEF237U
P0134
(Bank 1) The voltage from the sensor is constantly
1 circuit no activity (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0154 approx. 0.3V.
(Bank 2)
EC-1408
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DVF
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. C
WITH CONSULT-II
D
2. Select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P0134/P0154” of “HO2S1” in “DTC
WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START”. E
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm after this step. If F
G
LEC068A
5. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be dis- H

I
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 14.0 msec J
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from LEC069A K

step 2.
RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1414, "Diagnostic L
Procedure" .
During this test, P1148 and P1168 may be stored in ECM.
M
LEC034A
Overall Function Check UBS00DVG
WITH GST
ground.
EC-1409
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
SEF919UA
EC-1410
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DVH
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1075E
EC-1411
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(front) (bank 1)
SEF002V
EC-1412
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1076E
EC-1413
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
SEF002V
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DVI

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1414
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK HO2S 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
C
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1 D
P0154 51 2 Bank 2
BBIA0189E
F
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0134 50 2 Bank 1 G
P0154 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
I
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>> GO TO 4.
J
EC-1415
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
(B2)”.
ing steps.
PBIB2025E

onds.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1416
DTC P0134, P0154 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
F
one.
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 5.

J
>> INSPECTION END.
Removal and Installation UBS00DVJ

EC-1417
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS00DVK

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DVL

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DVM

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during
the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB1848E
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0138
(Bank 1) ● Harness or connectors
(Bank 2)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DVN
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1418
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with A
CONSULT-II.
ture. EC
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
dure" . D
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. E
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. F
7. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. G
H
EC-1419
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DVO
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1420
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 1) D
load
E
EC-1421
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1080E
EC-1422
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 2) D
load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DVP

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1423
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1
P0158 57 1 Bank 2
BBIA0187E
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0138 56 1 Bank 1
P0158 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTORS FOR WATER

Check heated oxygen sensor 2 connector and harness connector for water.
OK or NG
EC-1424
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. D
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.62V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. K
CAUTION:
● Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1425
DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DVQ

EC-1426
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS00DVR

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DVS

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DVT

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen- J
sor's voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi-
tion such as fuel-cut.
K
SEF302U
L
M
P0159 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. ● Fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DVU
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1427
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0115E

If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1432, "Diagnostic Procedure"
b. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA
c. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/
S” indication on CONSULT-II.
go to step 3.
SEF174Y
Overall Function Check UBS00DVV
CAUTION:
WITH GST
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2(B1)
signal] or 57 [HO2S2(B2) signal] and ground.
at least 10 times.
A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 sec-
ond during this procedure.
essary.

A change of voltage should be more than 0.06V for 1 second during this procedure.
8. If NG, go to EC-1432, "Diagnostic Procedure"
EC-1428
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DVW
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1429
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
load
EC-1430
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1431
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DVX

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1432
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. F
INFORMATION" . G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected? H
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1437 or EC- I
1445 .
No >> GO TO 3.
J
K
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 4.
nectors.
BBIA0187E
EC-1433
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0139 56 1 Bank 1
P0159 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
EC-1434
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1435
DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DVY

EC-1436
[VG33ER]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DVZ
ratios.
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
P0171 ● Intake air leaks
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
F
● Fuel injector
Fuel injection system ● Exhaust gas leaks
too lean ● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
P0174 ● Incorrect fuel pressure
large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) G
(Bank 2) ● Lack of fuel
● Incorrect PCV hose connection H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DW0
NOTE:
I
WITH CONSULT-II J
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- K
SULT-II.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. L
The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this
stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1441, "Diagnostic M
Procedure" .
starts, go to EC-1441, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does SEF968Y
not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
WITH GST
idle speed.
EC-1437
[VG33ER]
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1441, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC-1438
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DW1
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1102E
EC-1439
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1103E
EC-1440
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DW2

E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK FOR PCV HOSE I
Check PCV hose for loose connection or disconnection.

OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
K
EC-1441
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0171 50 2 Bank 1
P0174 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

At idling:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-1442
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm C
With GST
1. Install all parts removed. D
E
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. F
G
With CONSULT-II
H
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
I
speed drop.
J
SEF070Y
L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound. M
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1725, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-1443
[VG33ER]
9. CHECK INJECTOR
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
For DTC P0171, make sure than fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure than fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones. SEF595Q

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1444
[VG33ER]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DW3
ratios.
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injection D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
name
(Bank 1) Fuel injector
● Fuel injection system does not operate properly. ●
Fuel injection system F
● The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too ● Exhaust gas leaks
P0175 too rich
(Bank 2)
G
NOTE:
H
WITH CONSULT-II I
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON- J
SULT-II.
5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. K
The 1st trip DTC P0172, P0175 should be detected at this stage,
if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1449, "Diagnostic Proce- L
dure" .
has a malfunction, too. M
If engine starts, go to EC-1449, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If SEF968Y
engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for foul-
ing, etc.
WITH GST
idle speed.
EC-1445
[VG33ER]
If engine starts, go to EC-1449, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs
and check for fouling, etc.
EC-1446
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DW5
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1102E
EC-1447
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1103E
EC-1448
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DW6

E
SEC502D
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 2.
2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. J
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor L
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2
M
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P0172 50 2 Bank 1
P0175 51 2 Bank 2

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1449
[VG33ER]
At idling:
hose is connected.
hose is disconnected.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.


With CONSULT-II
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1450
[VG33ER]
7. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
EC
CONSULT-II.
C
speed drop.
E
SEF070Y
1. Start engine.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1725, "INJECTOR
CIRCUIT" .
I
MEC703B
J
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . K
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors L
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. M
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1451
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00DW7
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
CAUTION:
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DW8
nals from engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
4. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will
be OK.
If “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following
step.
5. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C
(140°F). SEF174Y

EC-1452
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
A
EC
EC-1453
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DWA
BBWA1084E
EC-1454
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DWB
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

LEC764
E

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEC310C
I

L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness connectors C1, M67.
● Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground.
EC-1455
[VG33ER]
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1425E

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DWC

EC-1456
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DWD
LEC764
E
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) F
°C (°F)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G
CAUTION: H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DWE
Fuel tank temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DWF

L
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. M
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF174Y
WITH GST
EC-1457
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DWG
BBWA1084E
EC-1458
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DWH
1. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

LEC764
E

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H
SEC310C
I

L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness connectors C1, M67.
● Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground.
EC-1459
[VG33ER]
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
PBIB1425E

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DWI

EC-1460
[VG33ER]
PFP:00019 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DWJ
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is EC
not heavy.
● Thermostat
● Improper ignition timing D
● Blocked front end E
(Vehicle frontal is collided but not repaired) F
G
● Damaged bumper
H
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" . I
RATIO" .
J
Overall Function Check UBS00DWK
K
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the engine coolant over temperature enrichment protection
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pres- L
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. M
WITH CONSULT-II
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or the radiator is below
the proper range, skip following steps and go to EC-1463,
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
SEF621W

TURE RATIO" .
EC-1461
[VG33ER]
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled the engine coolant, skip fol-
lowing steps and go to EC-1463, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates. If NG, go to After repair, go to
next step.
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage
6. Check ECT sensor for proper operation. Refer to step 5 of EC-1463, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If NG,
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm.
SEF927Z
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
ture ratio.
● If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1463,
ant" .
– Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling SEF621W

TURE RATIO" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled engine coolant, skip following
steps and go to EC-1463, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1462
[VG33ER]
5. Check radiator for blocked air passage A
cle front end for clogging of debris or insects ...etc. EC
C
6. Check ECT sensor for proper operation. Refer to step 5 of If NG, replace ECT sensor and go to next
step.
Make sure that ignition timing is 10 ± 5° at 700 ± 50 rpm. D
SEF927Z
G
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DWL

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. I
DRIVEN)" .
J
CAUTION: K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> Check the following for leak:
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump
Refer CO-25, "WATER PUMP" . SLC754A
EC-1463
[VG33ER]
pressure.
Radiator cap : 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
relief pressure
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
temperature
perature.
OK or NG

<Reference data>
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
SEF012P
EC-1464
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES A
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS00DWM
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page C

D
● Blocked bumper
E
ator filler neck
F
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
G
H
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan ● Visual Operating See CO-32 .
(Crankshaft driven)
OFF 8 ● Combustion gas leak ● Color checker chemical Negative — I

gauge when driving
J
K
tor
gauge mum distortion (warping) L
*1: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. M
EC-1465
DTC P0299 SUPERCHARGER FUNCTION
[VG33ER]
DTC P0299 SUPERCHARGER FUNCTION PFP:14110
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DWN
● Supercharger
● Supercharger driving belt
ECM detects that amount of fuel injected is
P0299 Supercharger function smaller than the specified value when super- ● Stuck open of supercharger bypass
charger is operating. valve
● Clogging, cracks or improper connection
of vacuum hose
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DWO
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 seconds.
ENG SPEED Model with A/T: 3,200 - 4,400 rpm (A constant
rotation is maintained.)
Model with M/T: 3,600 - 4,400 rpm (A constant
rotation is maintained.)
THRTL POS SEN Model with A/T: More than 2.53V SEF058Y
Model with M/T: More than 2.30V

WITH GST
EC-1466
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DWP
1. CHECK SUPERCHARGER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Stop the engine and turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “SCB/V CONT SOL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
C
PBIB1439E
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity G
Conditions
ON Yes No
OFF No Yes H
I
PBIB1434E
With GST
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the fol- J
lowing conditions
Conditions K
2 L
No supply No Yes
OK or NG M
PBIB1435E
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace the supercharger bypass valve control solenoid valve.
2. CHECK SUPERCHARGER BYPASS VALVE ACTUATOR FOR PROPER OPERATION

1. Stop the engine
2. Start the engine and keep it at idle speed.
3. Stop the engine again.
4. Check the supercharger bypass valve actuator operation when the engine starts and stops.
Does supercharge bypass valve actuator
operate properly?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> Replace supercharger bypass valve actuator.
EC-1467
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK SUPERCHARGER DRIVING BELT
1. Visually check the supercharger driving belt for damage or worn.
2. Start engine and keep it at idle speed.
3. Check the supercharger driving belt for skipping.
Is driving belt skipping, damaged or worn?
Yes or No
Yes >> Replace the supercharger drive belt.
No >> GO TO 4.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DWQ
SUPERCHARGER
EC-1468
FIRE
[VG33ER]
FIRE PFP:00000 A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DWR
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP EC
sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire C

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) D
for a change. E
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. F
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only G
H
Multiple cylinder misfire
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire. I
detected ● Improper spark plug
No.1 cylinder misfire ● Insufficient compression
detected ● Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 2 cylinder misfire ● The injector circuit is open or shorted J
detected ● Fuel injector
No. 3 cylinder misfire ● Intake air leak
detected ● The ignition secondary signal circuit is K
No. 4 cylinder misfire open or shorted
detected ● Lack of fuel
No. 5 cylinder misfire ● Signal plate or flywheel L
No. 6 cylinder misfire ● Incorrect PCV hose connection
detected M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DWS
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1469
FIRE
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
dure" .
NOTE:
the following procedure is advised. SEF213Y

Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine speed Time
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DWT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.

Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1470
FIRE
[VG33ER]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST A
With CONSULT-II
EC
engine speed drop?
C
SEF070Y
E
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time, F
speed drop?
Yes or No G
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.
H
AEC646A I
4. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle? J
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1725, K
MEC703B
M
EC-1471
FIRE
[VG33ER]
6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
SEF282G

Resistance:
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5
4 Approx. 12.5
6 Approx. 11.0
OK or NG
OK >> Check the following:
● Distributor rotor head for incorrect parts
● Ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits

Refer to EC-1719, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-32, "Changing
Spark Plugs" .
SEF156I
EC-1472
FIRE
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE A
Refer to EM-102, "Measurement of Compression" .
● Check compression pressure.
EC
Minimum : 883 kPa (9.0 kg/cm2 , 128 psi)/300 rpm
C
Difference between : 98 kPa (1.0 kg/cm2 , 14 psi)/300 rpm
each cylinder
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE E

2. Release fuel pressure to zero. F
G
At idle: Approx. 235 kPa (2.4 kg/cm2 , 34 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. H
NG >> GO TO 10.

J
● Fuel filter for clogging K

L
M
M/T:10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
Ignition timing
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
EC-1473
FIRE
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1
(B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.
PBIB2025E

onds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown left:
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-1474
FIRE
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 (BANK1)(BANK2) A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION: F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. H

I
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
With GST K
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
L
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec : at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. M
15. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
16. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE
>> GO TO 17.
EC-1475
FIRE
[VG33ER]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1476
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060
A
Component Description UBS00DWU

C
SEF332I
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DWV
The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

Trouble diagnosis F
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
low input sent to ECM. G
Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is Knock sensor
P0328 ●
high input sent to ECM.
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DWW
NOTE:
I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
K
dure" . L
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1477
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DWX
BBWA0512E
EC-1478
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DWY

D
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
E
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 64 and ground.
NOTE:
F
Resistance: Approximately 500-620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2. H
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 64 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
Check the following. M
● Harness connector F37, F101
● Harness for open or short between ECM and knock sensor
EC-1479
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[VG33ER]
NOTE:
Resistance: 500 - 620 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
SEC439D

Loosen and retighten ground screws on the engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
BBIA0418E
6. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1480
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DWZ

change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
This sensor is not used to control the engine system. It is used only
for the on board diagnosis.
H
WEC549
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DX0

● Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indica- Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED· J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DX1
K
● The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft ● Harness or connectors
Crankshaft position position sensor (OBD) is not sent to ECM (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
P0335
sensor (OBD) circuit while the engine is running at the specified
engine speed. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DX2 M

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
EC-1481
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
EC-1482
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DX3
EC
BBWA0513E
EC-1483
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
1 - 2V
● Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle

47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DX4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1484
[VG33ER]
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (OBD) and ECM
harness connectors.
(OBD) terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

F
1. Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. J

K
● Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1485
[VG33ER]

SEF960N

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF504V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1486
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DX5

input signals to the ECM are used to control fuel injection, ignition
timing and other functions.
SEF928V
are converted into ON-OFF signals by the wave-forming circuit and
E
sent to the ECM.
NOTE: F
G
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)
H
SEF614B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DX6

I
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM ● Harness or connectors J
A) for the first few seconds during engine (The CMP sensor circuit is open or
cranking.
shorted)
● Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM ● Camshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sen- K
P0340 B) often enough while the engine speed is
sor circuit ● Starter motor (Refer to SC-9 .)
higher than the specified engine speed.
● Starting system circuit
● The relation between 1° and 120° signal is (Refer to SC-9 .)
C) not in the normal range during the specified L
engine speed.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DX7

M
NOTE:
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-1487
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
With CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-1488
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DX8
EC
BBWA0482E
EC-1489
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
Camshaft position
44 PU SEF997U
sensor (Reference
48 PU
signal) 0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
Camshaft position SEF999U
49 LG sensor (Position sig-
nal) Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for (11 - 14V)
ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-1490
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DX9

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. C
BBIA0418E
E
2. CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
G
I
AEC647A
3. Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 5 and ground with J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L
SEF708U M
EC-1491
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 49, CMP sensor terminal 3
and ECM terminals 44, 48. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 6 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

2. Start engine.
NOTE:
Voltage 0.3 - 0.5V 0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse sig-
nal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U SEF998U

Pulse sig-
nal
SEF999U SEF001V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1492
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS00DXA
DISTRIBUTOR C
EC-1493
[VG33ER]
DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DXB

sensors 1 and 2.
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
switching frequency will increase.
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed.
SEF484YF
P0420 ● Three way catalyst (Manifold)
(Bank 1) ● Exhaust tube
● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- ● Intake air leaks
Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
● Fuel injector
P0430 ciency below threshold ● Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. ● Fuel injector leaks
(Bank 2)
● Spark plug
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DXC
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION
● Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
6. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUP-
If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “COMPLT”, go to step
10.
SEF344Z
EC-1494
[VG33ER]
“INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take A
EC
SEF345Z
D
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1497, "Diagnostic Pro- E
cedure" .
G
SEF560X
Overall Function Check UBS00DXD

H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
CAUTION: I
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operation temperature. J
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load. K
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal], 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground, and ECM terminals L
56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal], 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
M
PBIB2157E
EC-1495
[VG33ER]
between ECM terminals 56 and ground, or 57 and ground is
very less than that of ECM terminals 50 and ground, or 51 and
ground.
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-1497, "Diagnos-
tic Procedure" .
PBIB1437E
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 50 or 51 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5,
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153 first. (See EC-1396 .)
EC-1496
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DXE
1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM A

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
C
D
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
SEC502D
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
K
L
Ignitions timing
A/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) M
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1497
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to EC-1726, "Wiring Diagram"
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111
and 113 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-1725, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT"
SEF711U

4. Disconnect all injector harness connectors
6. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
SEF282G

Resistance:
1 Approx. 6.5
2 Approx. 10.0
3 Approx. 8.5
4 Approx. 12.5
6 Approx. 11.0
OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1719, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG >> Replace.
EC-1498
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK INJECTOR A
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" . EC
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. C
OK or NG D
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
E
F
Trouble is fixed>>INSPECTION END.

Trouble is not fixed>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold).
G
EC-1499
[VG33ER]
System Description UBS00DXF
NOTE:
PBIB1438E
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DXG
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
and the circuit
● Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate prop- nection of rubber tube
EVAP control system erly, EVAP control system has a leak between ● Blocked rubber tube
P0441
incorrect purge flow intake manifold and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor.
solenoid valve circuit
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DXH
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-1500
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
EC
4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
C
D
ENG SPEED 500 - 3,400 rpm E
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 119°C (32 - 246°F)
F
I
PBIB0826E

7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC- J
Overall Function Check UBS00DXI
K
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST L
M
pressure sensor signal) and ground.
and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1
minute.
Headlamp switch ON
SEF906U
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC-1501
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DXJ

OK or NG
2. CHECK PURGE FLOW

With CONSULT-II
vacuum gauge.
CONSULT-II.
AEC649A

PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM
100% Should exist
0% Should not exist
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF677Y
3. CHECK PURGE FLOW

Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
vacuum gauge.
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG AEC649A
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1502
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair it. C

D
E
G
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely. H

OK or NG
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7. I
SEF368U
K
EC-1503
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y

100% Yes
0% No
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
valve.

Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
Yes
No supply No

valve.
OK or NG
valve.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it.
EC-1504
[VG33ER]
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR A
nector.
2. Check connectors for water. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. C
D
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION E
Refer to DTC P0452, EC-1533, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or P0453, EC-1539, "DTC Confirmation Pro-
cedure" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
G
With CONSULT-II H
I
A and B
ON No J
OFF Yes

K
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II L
M
Condition
A and B
No
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Yes

OK or NG
EC-1505
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”.

Ignitions timing
A/T:10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
6. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle posi-
tion switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
EC-1506
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
nals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
D
Partially open or completely closed No E

Check the following items. Refer to EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" BBIA0423E
. F
Ignitions timing
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) G
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
I
Target idle speed
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle posi- J
tion switch.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. K
14. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Replace it.

>> GO TO 16.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1507
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DXK
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1667 .)
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following “Vacuum test” conditions.
PBIB1438E
EC-1508
[VG33ER]
valve.
control valve.
D
E
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP tem pressure sensor
P0442 small leak detected control system does not operate prop- ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly. F
missing or damaged
● water separator H
● Fuel level sensor and the circuit I
● ORVR system leaks J
CAUTION:
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DXL
NOTE:
● If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1667 .) M
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full, and vehicle is
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1509
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
NOTE:
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle.
6. Start engine.
8. Stop vehicle.
EC-1510
[VG33ER]
– If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1502, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A
– If P0442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
EC
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DXM C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. E
G
SEF915U
2. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION H

OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
J
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. L

Refer to EC-1753, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1511
[VG33ER]
AEC649A
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
EC-1512
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
F
G
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
I
SEF200U
EC-1513
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
AEC632A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1514
[VG33ER]
Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

● EVAP canister for damage I
K
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine. L
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to M
2,000 rpm.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-1515
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF677Y
EC-1516
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A
E
Condition PURG VOL CONT/V value Air passage continuity between A or B

100% Yes F
0% No
SEF660U
I
Without CONSULT-II
J
AEC652A
M
Condition Air passage continuity between A or B
12V direct supply between terminals 1
Yes
and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-1517
[VG33ER]
terminals T and E by heating with hot water or heat gun as
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor. PBIB1425E

CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
●

OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1758, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-1518
[VG33ER]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 24.
C
Refer to EC-1758, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.
E
Refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.
NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. G

Refer to EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . H
>> INSPECTION END.

I
EC-1519
VALVE
[VG33ER]
VALVE PFP:14920
Description UBS00DXN
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF337U
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DXO

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-1520
VALVE
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DXP
A
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open ● EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
C
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
shorted
solenoid valve D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DXQ
NOTE: E
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1524, "Diagnostic Proce- H
dure" .
J
SEF058Y
WITH GST
K
EC-1521
VALVE
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DXR
BBWA1085E
EC-1522
VALVE
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.5V
ECM relay OFF
4 OR/B
(Self shut-off) D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
I
J
SEF995U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE L
M
EC-1523
VALVE
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DXS
CUIT
harness connector.
AEC652A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF646W

valve terminal 2.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1524
VALVE
[VG33ER]
C

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
E
valve opening.
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
G
H
SEF677Y

I
With CONSULT-II
J
100% Yes K
0% No
SEF660U
M
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-1525
VALVE
[VG33ER]
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1526
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DXT
opened. D
SEF032W
E
H
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DXU I

J
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DXV

K
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The valve circuit is open or shorted.) L
P0447
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DXW

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1527
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1528
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DXX
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-1529
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DXY
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF989Y
EC-1530
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
SEF143S
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF648W

● 10A fuse K
L
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1531
[VG33ER]

With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1532
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DXZ

nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DY0 I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DY1

K

An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DY2

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1533
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF194Y
WITH GST
than 4.2V.
EC-1534
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DY3
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-1535
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DY4

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1536
[VG33ER]
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
E
F

H
SHORT
43. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1537
[VG33ER]
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 14.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1538
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DY5

nosis.
C
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DY6 I

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DY7

K
EVAP control system EVAP canister vent control valve
P0453 pressure sensor high M
sent to ECM. ● EVAP canister
input
● Water separator
● Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DY8
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1539
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF194Y
WITH GST
than 4.2V.
EC-1540
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DY9
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-1541
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
sure sensor
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DYA

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
AEC651A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0418E
3. CHECK CONNECTOR

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
EC-1542
[VG33ER]
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
E
F

H
SHORT
43. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. L
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1543
[VG33ER]
SHORT
2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.


With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1544
[VG33ER]
C
D
CAUTION:
E
OK or NG PBIB1426E
F
OK >> GO TO 12.
12. CHECK RUBBER TUBE G
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 13.
I
J
K
NOTE: L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. M
PBIB1032E
EC-1545
[VG33ER]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 15.
No >> GO TO 17.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 16.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1546
[VG33ER]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DYB
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1667 .) EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
H
LEC086A
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold K
solenoid valve.
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister L
vent control valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) M
leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak
EVAP control system EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
P0455 such as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control sys- ●
gross leak detected
tem does not operate properly. ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
control system pressure sensor
circuit
solenoid valve and the circuit
EC-1547
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DYC
CAUTION:
NOTE:
● If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1667
.)
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
EC-1548
[VG33ER]
is displayed, refer to EC-1549, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442 is displayed, perform EC-1511, "Diagnostic Procedure"
EC
.
LEC048A
D
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation to EC-1238, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle. E
1. Start engine.
3. Stop vehicle. F
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK. G
6. Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving. H
7. Drive vehicle again according to EC-1238, "Driving Pattern" .
8. Stop vehicle.
I
● If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to DTC P0442 EC-1511, "Diagnostic Procedure" or for J
DTC P1442 EC-1651, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
● If P0442, P0455 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step. K
● If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
● If SRT of EVAP system is not set, go to step 6. L
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DYD
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U
EC-1549
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or
disconnection.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> GO TO 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1550
[VG33ER]
8. INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A
EC
D
AEC649A
NOTE: E
F
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
G
H
SEF916U
9. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK I
With CONSULT-II
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the K
NOTE:
● Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. L
sure in the system.
M
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
SEF200U
EC-1551
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
AEC632A

sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF200U
With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.
EC-1552
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 13. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
L
SEF985Y
3. Check air passage continuity. M

100% Yes
0% No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
valve.
SEF660U
EC-1553
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
Yes
No supply No
SEF661U
AEC652A
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.

LEC764

E by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure.
Temperature °C Resistance kΩ
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.78 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
PBIB1425E
EC-1554
[VG33ER]
tem pressure sensor as shown in figure. C
D
AEC651A
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. E

F
CAUTION:
● Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. G
OK or NG PBIB1426E H
OK >> GO TO 18.
I
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1758, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY J
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. K
19. CHECK SIGNAL LINE AND RECIRCULATION LINE L

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 20.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1555
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DYE
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
PBIB1438E
EC-1556
[VG33ER]
trol valve.
D
E
tem pressure sensor
Evaporative emission ● EVAP system has a very small leak.
control system very ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
small leak (negative ● EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
pressure check) erly. F
ing or damaged
● Water separator
● ORVR system leaks I
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve J
CAUTION:
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DYF
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure. M
NOTE:
P1456.
TESTING CONDITION:
EC-1557
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

NOTE:
properly.
Overall Function Check UBS00DYG
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
CAUTION:
vice port.
isfied. SEF462UA
EC-1558
[VG33ER]
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: A
NOTE: EC
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DYH

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF915U G

H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. I
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
L
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1559
[VG33ER]
AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U

With CONSULT-II
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1560
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:
2 E
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm , 0.6 psi) of pres-
sure in the system.
AEC632A
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
SEF200U
J
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1561
[VG33ER]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

With CONSULT-II
2. Start engine.
2,000 rpm.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
EC-1562
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
2. Stop engine.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> GO TO 15. E
OK or NG
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
valve opening.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
K
L
SEF985Y
EC-1563
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A

PURG VOL CONT/V value B
100 % Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Condition
and B
Yes
terminals 1and 2
No supply No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
valve.
SEF661U
EC-1564
[VG33ER]
E by heating with hot water or heat gun as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19. D
PBIB1425E
E
F
4. Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure. G
H
CAUTION: I

or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure. J
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.
NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. K

L
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.

(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.
EC-1565
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1566
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DYI
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DYJ
tion is detected.
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal ● Harness or connectors G

P0460 being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor
noise
H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DYK
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
K
dure" .
L
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1567
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DYL
BBWA1088E
EC-1568
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DYM

ground with CONSULT-II or a tester. G

H
PBIB1427E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1569
[VG33ER]
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal G, ECM terminal
66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DYN
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1570
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DYO
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DYP
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.

been driven.
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does G
Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0461
H
Overall Function Check UBS00DYQ
I
WARNING:
"FUEL TANK" . J
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II K
NOTE:
L
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1227, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" . M
SULT-II.
II.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to12.
EC-1571
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
NOTE:
it.

EC-1572
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DYR
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DYS
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage is sent from the G
low input sensor is sent to ECM.
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage is sent from the
P0463 ● Fuel level sensor
high input sensor is sent to ECM. H
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DYT
NOTE: I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II K
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. L
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1573
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DYU
BBWA1089E
EC-1574
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DYV

ground with CONSULT-II or tester. G

H
PBIB1427E
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. K

L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1575
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 46 and fuel level sensor unit terminal G. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DYW
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1576
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00DYX

AEC110
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DYY
F
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DYZ
CAUTION: H
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. K
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. L
M
onds.
END SPEED 1,700 - 6,000 rpm (A/T models) SEF196Y
2,000 - 6,000 rpm (M/T models)

PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

Overall Function Check UBS00DZ0
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
EC-1577
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
EC-1578
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DZ1
EC
BBWA1090E
EC-1579
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
SEF996U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DZ2
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
EC-1580
DTC P0500 VSS
[VG33ER]
EC-1581
[VG33ER]
Description UBS00DZ3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position Idle air
IACV-AAC valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation control

Ambient air temperature switch Ambient air temperature
engine load (air conditioner and power steering).
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM.
The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will flow
through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
SEF040E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DZ4

IACV-AAC/V
● No load
EC-1582
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DZ5
A
Idle speed control sys- The IACV-AAC valve does not operate
A) (The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open) EC
tem circuit properly
● IACV-AAC valve

P0505 B) tem RPM lower than C
properly

C) tem RPM higher than D
properly
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DZ6

E
NOTE:
F
● Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot confirmed, perform PRO-
CEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A G
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON. H
With CONSULT-II
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. I
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go toEC-1586, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" . J
SEF174Y
L
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II” above. M
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-II
EC-1583
[VG33ER]
dure" .
SEF058Y
With GST
EC-1584
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DZ7
EC
BBWA1104E
EC-1585
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
8 - 11V
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE:
idle
SEF005V
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
SEF692W
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DZ8
1. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Stop engine.
LEC766
4. Check voltage between IACV-ACC valve terminal 2 and ground

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF651W
EC-1586
[VG33ER]
● 10A fuse
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. H

● Harness for open or short between IACV-AAC valve and ECM
J
5. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE K
1. Remove IACV-AAC valve.

– Check IACV-AAC valve resistance. L

– Check plunger for seizing or sticking. M
– Check for broken spring.
2. Supply battery voltage between IACV-AAC valve connector ter-
minals.
Plunger should move.
OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1587
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS00DZ9
IACV-AAC VALVE
EC-1588
[VG33ER]
DTC P0510 CLOSED TP SWITCH PFP:22620
A
Component Description UBS00DZA

uses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge volume C
control solenoid valve when the throttle position sensor is malfunc-
tioning.
D
SEF505V
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DZB

● Engine: After warming up, idle the Throttle valve: Idle position ON
CLSD THL/P SW
engine Throttle valve: Slightly open OFF
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DZC
Battery voltage from the closed throttle (The closed throttle position switch circuit is
Closed throttle position open or shorted)
switch I
throttle valve opened ● Closed throttle position switch
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DZD J

CAUTION:
NOTE: K
L
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine. M
4. Check the signal under the following conditions.
Throttle valve: Idle position ON

SEF197Y
EC-1589
[VG33ER]
Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will
Driving location help maintain the driving conditions required for
this test.
SEF198Y

dure" .
Overall Function Check UBS00DZE
WITH GST
tions.
At idle : Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm : Approximately 0V
SEF872U
EC-1590
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DZF
EC
BBWA0490E
EC-1591
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
28 BR/W
(Closed position)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DZG
1. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

AEC653A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF715U

● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
● Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
EC-1592
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and throttle position switch terminal 4. EC
C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. D
4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND ENGINE IDLE SPEED E

Items Specifications F
M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neural position)
Ignition timing
Base idle speed

M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) G
Target idle speed
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6. I

J
With CONSULT-II
5. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”. L
M
Partially open or completely closed OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1593
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Partially open or completely closed No
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 7.
BBIA0423E
7. ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

Ignitions timing
Base idle speed
0.4 mm (0.016 in): OFF
Target idle speed
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position
switch.
OK or NG
EC-1594
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
5. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN”.
D
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. F
9. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR G
Without CONSULT-II
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground. I
J
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. L

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1595
[VG33ER]
DTC P0600 A/T COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
System Description UBS00DZH
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DZI
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

ECM receives incorrect voltage from ● Harness or connectors
A/T control serial com-
P0600* TCM (Transmission Control Module) con- [The circuit between ECM and TCM (Trans-
munication link
tinuously. mission Control Module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” with CONSULT-II.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DZJ
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine, and rev engine more than 1,000 rpm once, then let
it idle for more than 40 seconds.
4. If DTC 1st trip is detected, go to EC-1600, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1596
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00DZK
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1092E
EC-1597
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER- WIRE
NO. R
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
EC-1598
[VG33ER]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1599
[VG33ER]
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DZL
WITHOUT VDC
LEC106A

terminal 5, ECM terminal 27 and TCM terminal 6, ECM terminal
35 and TCM terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A

3. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ground, ECM terminal 27 and ground, ECM ter-
minal 35 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1600
[VG33ER]
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness. EC

C
>> INSPECTION END. D

WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN E
F
LEC106A
I
terminal 33. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors. L
AEC655A
2. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL FOR SHORT M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1601
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00DZM

input and output and for power supply. The unit controls the engine.
SEC220B
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DZN
P0605 Engine control module ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ● ECM
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DZO
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
3. Start engine.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1602
DTC P0605 ECM
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DZP
With CONSULT-II
EC
With GST
3. Touch “ERASE”.
See EC-1602, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . F
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
G
Yes >> Replace ECM.
H
EC-1603
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DZQ

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DZR

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DZS
SEF300U
EC-1604
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
(Bank 1) ● Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The maximum and minimum voltage from the
1 lean shift monitoring
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- ● Fuel pressure EC
P1163 ages. ● Fuel injector
(Bank 2)
C
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00DZT
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
NOTE:
E
TESTING CONDITION:
● Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. F
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds. G
CONSULT-II. H
I
NOTE:
J
LEC072A
K
take approximately 50 seconds or more.) L
EGN SPEED 1,200 - 2,700 rpm

Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH) M
step 2.
Procedure" .
LEC055A
EC-1605
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Overall Function Check UBS00DZU
WITH GST
ground.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00DZV

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1606
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER L
1. Stop engine.
2. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1. M
CAUTION:
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust sys- SEF935X
tem threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-

43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
EC-1607
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
(B2)”.
ing steps.
PBIB2025E

onds.
SEF647Y
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1608
DTC P1143, P1163 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
C
D
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V
CAUTION: PBIB2157E
F
one.
G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.

For circuit, refer to EC-1389, "Wiring Diagram" . J
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00DZW
K
L
EC-1609
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1 PFP:22690
Component Description UBS00DZX

SEF463R
SEF288D
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00DZY

HO2S1 (B1)
0 - 0.3V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B2)
(B1) rpm
HO2S1 MNTR
10 seconds.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00DZZ
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
(Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the ●
P1164 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. ● Fuel pressure
EC-1610
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E00
A
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
C
WITH CONSULT-II D
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) P1144/ E
CONSULT-II.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm after this step. If G
H
LEC074A

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con- I
J
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 14.0 msec K

L
step 2.
Procedure" . M
LEC058A
Overall Function Check UBS00E01
WITH GST
EC-1611
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
– The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least 1 time.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E02

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E

>> GO TO 3.
EC-1612
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
D
SEF968Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
H
I
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
K
No >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK HO2S 1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER L

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1613
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Check continuity between HO2S1 terminals 2 and 1, 3 and 2.
CAUTION:
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system SEF935X
OK or NG
EC-1614
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
(B2)”.
C
ing steps.
D
E
PBIB2025E

onds.
G
SEF647Y I
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1615
DTC P1144, P1164 HO2S1
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
1 time: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V PBIB2157E
2 times: 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V → 0.6 - 1.0V → 0 - 0.3V

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.

For circuit, refer to EC-1389, "Wiring Diagram" .
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00E03

EC-1616
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description UBS00E04

tions.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E05

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
(B1)
1 minute and at idle for1e minute LEAN ←→ RICH
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E06

sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is J
sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
SEF972Z
L
M
The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 minimum voltage ●
P1166 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring ● Fuel pressure
(Bank 2)
● Fuel injector
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1617
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
PBIB0818E

c. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.
d. Start engine.
EC-1618
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. EC
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. C
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load E
at least 10 times.
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this F
procedure.
essary.
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or G
H
procedure.
I
EC-1619
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E09
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1620
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 1) D
load
E
EC-1621
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
BBWA1080E
EC-1622
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
(bank 2) D
load
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E0A

F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1623
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
idle speed.
INFORMATION" .
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3.

ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0187E
nectors.
EC-1624
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank C
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1
P1166 57 1 Bank 2 D

E
Terminals F
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1146 56 1 Bank 1
P1166 57 1 Bank 2 G

H
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5. I
EC-1625
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
SEF662Y
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1626
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure. E
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION: H
● Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. J

K
>> INSPECTION END. L
Removal and Installation UBS00E0B

M
EC-1627
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
Component Description UBS00E0C

tions.
SEF327R
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E0D

HO2S2 (B1)
HO2S2 (B2)
HO2S2 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S2 MNTR
under no load.
(B2)
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E0E

is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
SEF303UB
Heated oxygen sensor 2 The maximum voltage from the sensor is ● Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1167 maximum voltage monitoring not reached to the specified voltage. ● Fuel pressure
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E0F
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1628
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CONSULT-II.
EC
PBIB0819E
E
If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. F
c. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II. G
d. Start engine.
H
EC-1629
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Overall Function Check UBS00E0G
CAUTION:
WITH GST
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
essary.
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this SEF922UA
procedure.
EC-1630
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E0H
BANK 1 A
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1631
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 1)
load
EC-1632
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
BANK 2
A
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1633
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
(bank 2)
load
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E0I

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1634
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
with CONSULT-II.
C
D
E
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at G
idle speed.
H
INFORMATION" .
I
Is it difficult to start engine? J
Yes or No
No >> GO TO 3. K

L
ground. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
BBIA0187E
nectors.
EC-1635
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2

Terminals
DTC Bank
ECM Sensor
P1147 56 1 Bank 1
P1167 57 1 Bank 2

OK or NG
EC-1636
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
SEF662Y
G
SEF989RD
CAUTION:
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
EC-1637
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
ground.
at least 10 times.
procedure.
sary.
procedure.
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00E0J

EC-1638
[VG33ER]
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL PFP:22690
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E0K

EC
The closed loop control function for bank 1
P1148
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● The heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit is
(Bank 1) C
Closed loop control in the specified condition. open or shorted.
function The closed loop control function for bank 2 ● Heated oxygen sensor 1
P1168
does not operate even when vehicle is driving ● Heated oxygen sensor heater
(Bank 2)
in the specified condition. D
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E0L
CAUTION: E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
TESTING CONDITION:
● Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
G
WITH CONSULT-II H
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check one of the following. I
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
– “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage should go below 0.21V at least once.
If the check result is NG, perform EC-1640, "Diagnostic Proce- J
dure" .
If the check result is OK, perform the following step.
4. Let engine idle at least 5 minutes. K
onds.
SEF967Y
L
ENG SPEED 1,500 rpm or more
Selector lever Suitable position M
During this test, P0134 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
Overall Function Check UBS00E0M
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC-1639
[VG33ER]
stant under no-load.
– The voltage should go above 0.70V at least once.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E0N
Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1402, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1640
[VG33ER]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (OVERHEAT) PFP:00021
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E0O
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction EC
is indicated.
● Cooling fan does not operate properly
(Overheat). ● Radiator hose
Radiator D
● Cooling fan system does not operate prop- ●
Engine over tempera- erly (Overheat). ● Radiator cap

P1217
ture (Overheat) ● Engine coolant was not added to the sys- ● Water pump
tem using the proper filling method.
● Thermostat
E
● Engine coolant is not within the specified
range.
F
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant, follow the procedure in MA-26,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
G
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring
coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-
FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
H
Overall Function Check UBS00E0P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con- I
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- J
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. K
WITH CONSULT-II
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. L
M
3. Start engine.
SEF621W
WITH GST
EC-1641
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E0Q

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
DRIVEN)" .

CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check the following for leak
● Hose
● Radiator
● Water pump

pressure.
Radiator cap : 59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
relief pressure
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
Valve opening : 76.5°C (170°F) [standard]
temperature
perature.
OK or NG
NG >> Replace thermostat
EC-1642
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
<Reference data> EC
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
C
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
D
PBIB2005E
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. F
H
SEF012P
6. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES I

J
>> INSPECTION END.
Main 12 Causes of Overheating UBS00E0R
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page K

L
● Blocked bumper
2 ● Coolant mixture ● Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-14 . M
ator filler neck
(0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14
psi) (Limit)
ON*1 7 ● Cooling fan (crank- ● Visual Operating See CO-32 .

shaft driven)
EC-1643
[VG33ER]

gauge when driving
tor
EC-1644
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00E0S

change.
changes.
SEF804Z
E
H
BBIA0182E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E0T

I
● Harness or connectors J
Crankshaft position (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
A chipping of the flywheel or drive plate gear
P1336 sensor (OBD) range/
tooth (cog) is detected by the ECM. ● Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
performance
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E0U
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
WITH CONSULT-II
M
CONSULT-II.
dure" .
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-1645
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E0V
BBWA0513E
EC-1646
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
● Idle speed
1 - 2V D
● Idle speed E
NOTE:
idle F
47 L
sensor (OBD)
3 - 4V
(AC range) G
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm H
SEF691W
I
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E0W

J
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 2.
M
BBIA0418E
EC-1647
[VG33ER]
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connectors.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 47 and CKP sensor
(OBD) terminal 2.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0182E

1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
EC-1648
[VG33ER]
● Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness connectors.

C
1. Loosen and retighten the fixing bolt of the crankshaft position sensor (OBD). D
2. Perform EC-1645, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is a 1st trip DTC P1336 detected?
Yes >> GO TO 9. E
9. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (OBD) F

G
H
SEF960N
K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
M
SEF504V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END.

EC-1649
[VG33ER]
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E0X
NOTE:
LEC086A
EC-1650
[VG33ER]
● Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to EC
close.
● Leak is in line between intake manifold C
solenoid valve.
vent control valve. D
● EVAP canister
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
leaks E
● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP
EVAP control system control system pressure sensor F
EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control
P1442 small leak detected Loose or disconnected rubber tube
system does not operate properly. ●
(positive pressure)
circuit
G
solenoid valve
H
● Water separator
● EVAP canister is saturated with water I
J
purge volume control solenoid valve K
CAUTION:
L
● Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. M
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E0Y

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E0Z
Refer to EC-1511, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-1651
[VG33ER]
PFP:14920
Description UBS00E10
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func-
tion
EVAP can-
trol
SEF337U

PURG VOL C/V
● No load
EC-1652
[VG33ER]
A
● EVAP canister purge volume control EC
solenoid valve
EVAP canister purge
P1444 volume control solenoid ● EVAP canister vent control valve C
completely closed.
● Hoses
clogged.)
D
NOTE: E
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
H
4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-II.
I
L
PBIB1460E
6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-II changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. M
WITH GST
EC-1653
[VG33ER]
BBWA1085E
EC-1654
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
0 - 1.5V
● For a few seconds after turning ignition
4 OR/B ECM relay (Self shut-off) switch OFF
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
● More than a few seconds after turning igni- (11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
F
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
G
EVAP canister purge vol- SEF994U
5 R/Y ume control solenoid
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Engine speed is 2,000 rpm I
(More than 100 seconds after starting
engine)
J
SEF995U

72 B/P (11 - 14V) K
L
EC-1655
[VG33ER]
CUIT
harness connector.
AEC652A

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF646W

valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1656
[VG33ER]
C

D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. E
NG >> Repair it.
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR F

nector.
2. Check connectors for water. G
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 7.
I
AEC651A
7. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR J
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. L

Not applied 1.4 - 4.8 M
CAUTION:
OK or NG PBIB1426E
EC-1657
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y

100% Yes
0% No
valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
valve.

Without CONSULT-II
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

valve.
OK or NG
valve.
EC-1658
[VG33ER]
10. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A
With CONSULT-II
EC
A and B C
ON No
OFF Yes
D
SEF013Z
E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B G
No
OFF Yes H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 11.
K
Check for obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube. M
4. Check that A andC are not clogged by blowing air into B with
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
PBIB1032E
EC-1659
[VG33ER]
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14.
No >> GO TO 16.
SEF596U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1660
[VG33ER]
A
opened. D
SEF032W
E
H
SEF143S
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E17 I

J

K
● EVAP control system pressure sensor L
and the circuit
trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions.
vent control valve M
● Water separator
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-1661
[VG33ER]
3. Start engine.
NOTE:
dure" .
SEF201Y
WITH GST
EC-1662
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E1A
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-1663
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E1B

2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
SEF143S

NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
PBIB1032E
EC-1664
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE AND O-RING A
With CONSULT-II
EC
A and B C
ON No
OFF Yes
D
SEF013Z
E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B G
No
OFF Yes H
I
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 4.
K
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. L
SEF596U
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> GO TO 7.
EC-1665
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair it.

nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
AEC651A

Refer to P0452 EC-1533, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or P0453 EC-1539, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1666
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00E1C
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagno- EC
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the C
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative D
opened.
SEF032W E
SEF143S I
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E1D
Specification data are reference values. J

K
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E1E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause L
and the circuit M
EVAP canister vent control EVAP canister vent control valve remains ● Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
valve open open under specified driving conditions.
● Water separator
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E1F
NOTE:
● If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
● Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
EC-1667
[VG33ER]
● It is better that the fuel level is low.
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
INT/A TEMP SE More than 0°C (32°F)
SEF475Y
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB1461E
NOTE:
If “NG” is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
9. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” of “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.
10. Touch “ON” and “OFF” alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
VENT CONTROL/V B
ON No
OFF Yes

SEF013Z
EC-1668
[VG33ER]
Overall Function Check UBS00E1G
A
WITH GST EC
3. Verify the following. C
No D
minals 1 and 2
No supply Yes
If the result is NG, go to EC-1671, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E

BBIA0309E F
EC-1669
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E1H
BBWA1086E
EC-1670
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE C
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E1I

D
2. Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent E
control valve.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. F
SEF143S
H

I
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. J
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. K
NOTE:
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
M
PBIB1032E
EC-1671
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE AND O-RING
With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.

port B .
port A .
of port A .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
EC-1672
[VG33ER]
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.
C
SEF596U
E
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. G
NG >> GO TO 7.

H
● EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection I

J
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair it. L
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness con- M
nector.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
AEC651A
EC-1673
[VG33ER]
Refer to DTC P0452 EC-1533, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or DTC P0453 EC-1539, "DTC Confirmation
Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1674
[VG33ER]
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E1J
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank in the same way as conventional EVAP small EC
leak diagnosis.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. C
PBIB1438E I
● Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. K
● Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con- L
trol valve.
● EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks M
Evaporative emission ● Blocked or bent rubber tube to EVAP control sys-
● EVAP system has a very small leak. tem pressure sensor
control system very
small leak (positive ● Loose or disconnected rubber tube
pressure check) erly.
valve
● O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
● Water separator
EC-1675
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E1K
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
● If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
or P1456 first.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F)
start from step 1).
with CONSULT-II.
PBIB0837E

EC-1676
[VG33ER]
NOTE:
● If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to A
properly. EC
Overall Function Check UBS00E1L
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st C
CAUTION:
● Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. D
E
vice port.
F
5. Connect GST and select MODE 8. G
7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are sat- H
isfied. SEF462UA

60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg) I
NOTE:
For more information, refer to GST instruction manual. J
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E1M
1. CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN K

2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. M
SEF915U

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
EC-1677
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.

AEC649A
NOTE:
SEF916U
EC-1678
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
C
NOTE:

sure in the system.
PEF917U
F
G
ING" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
I
SEF200U
7. CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK J
Without CONSULT-II
3. Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve L
M
NOTE:
● Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pres- AEC632A
sure in the system.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF200U
EC-1679
[VG33ER]
NOTE:
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
PBIB1032E

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 11.
SEF596U

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-1680
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
2. Start engine.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-II screen to increase “PURG VOL C
2,000 rpm. D
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION F
Without CONSULT-II
G
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. H
Vacuum should exist. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. J
NG >> GO TO 15.
15. CHECK VACUUM HOSE K

OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16. L
M
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> GO TO 17.
SEF985Y
EC-1681
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
AEC652A

PURG VOL CONT/V value A and B
100 % Yes
0% No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
AEC652A

Condition
A and B
12V direct current supply between terminals
Yes
1 and 2
No supply No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
EC-1682
[VG33ER]
as shown in the figure. EC

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 C
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
E
PBIB1425E
OK or NG
F
OK >> GO TO 19.
19. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR G
2. Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor. H
5. Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground. I

Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 J
CAUTION:
K
L
OK or NG PBIB1426E
OK >> GO TO 20.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-1683
[VG33ER]
(ORVR)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 23.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 25.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 26.

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1684
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00E1N
the ECM.
SEF800Z
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E1O

Fuel level sensor circuit ● Harness or connectors G
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E1P

H
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. I
WITH CONSULT-II
J
K
dure" .
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
EC-1685
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E1Q
BBWA1093E
EC-1686
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
level.

Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E1R
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 66 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H

I
● Harness for open and short between ECM and ground J

K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
M
>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00E1S
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

EC-1687
[VG33ER]
Description UBS00E1T
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
the EVAP canister.
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
SEF186S
PBIB1438E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E1U

On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E1V
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E1W
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1688
[VG33ER]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. A
EC
dure" .
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST E
EC-1689
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E1X
BBWA1094E
EC-1690
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E1Y
1. INSPECTION START D

Yes or No E
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
F
With CONSULT-II G
2. Select “VC/V BYPASS/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-II. H
valve bypass valve. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3. J
SEF014Z
EC-1691
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALUE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Without CONSULT-II
SEF186S
4. Check voltage between vacuum cut valve bypass valve terminal

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF659W

● 10A fuse
● Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
EC-1692
[VG33ER]
C

D
With CONSULT-II
E
SEF014Z
H
I
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON Yes
J
OFF No

K
PBIB1429E
L
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
M
Yes
No supply No

OK or NG

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1693
[VG33ER]
Description UBS00E1Z
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
the EVAP canister.
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
SEF186S
PBIB1438E

EC-1694
[VG33ER]
A
Trouble diagnosis
name
● Vacuum cut valve bypass valve EC
● EVAP control system pressure sensor and circuit C
P1491 clogged D
clogged
● EVAP canister
E
F
CAUTION:
G
NOTE:
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30°C (41 to 86°F).
WITH CONSULT-II I
J
5. Select “VC CUT/V BP/V P1491” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with K
CONSULT-II.
L
PBIB1462E
CMPS·RPM (POS) More than 500 rpm
EC-1695
[VG33ER]
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
as an assembly.
port B .
port A .
of port A .
SEF530Q
EC-1696
[VG33ER]
EC
BBWA1094E
EC-1697
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
valve (11 - 14V)
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
SEF017Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
EC-1698
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OPERATION A
Without CONSULT-II
EC
port B.
C
A.
5. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out D
of port A.
7. Supply battery voltage to the terminal. E
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.
G
H
3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister. J

K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. L
EC-1699
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
SEF014Z
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON Yes
OFF No
PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II
lowing conditions.
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No supply No

OK or NG
EC-1700
[VG33ER]
7. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE A
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from EC
port B .
port A . C
of port A .
5. Open port C and D . D
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. H
9. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR I

nector.
2. Check connectors for water. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10. K
L
AEC651A
10. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION M
Refer to DTC P0452 EC-1533, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or P0453 EC-1539, "DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1701
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
A and B
ON No
OFF Yes
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
and B
No
OFF Yes

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
EC-1702
[VG33ER]
SEF706Z I
OK or NG
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14 J
EC-1703
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
EC-1704
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
the tank. D
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. M

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1705
[VG33ER]
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information
such as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
[The communication line circuit between ECM
A/T diagnosis communi- An incorrect signal from TCM (Transmis- and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is
P1605 open or shorted.]
cation line sion Control Module) is sent to ECM.
● TCM (Transmission Control Module)
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
dure" .
SEF985Y
WITH GST
EC-1706
[VG33ER]
WITHOUT VDC A
EC
BBWA1095E
EC-1707
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
EC-1708
[VG33ER]
WITH VDC
A
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1709
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
68 W/G A/T signal 0 - 5.0V
● Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E2A
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
LEC106A

terminal 15. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC655A


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1710
[VG33ER]
WITH VDC
1. CHECK A/T CONTROL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A

LEC106A
E

4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 68 and TCM F
terminal 33.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. H
AEC655A
I
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 68 and ground. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
L

M
>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1711
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00E2B
When the gear position is P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T), park/neutral

position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON
signal) exists.
For A/T models, the park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly
also includes a transmission range switch to detect selector lever
position.
AEC877A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E2C

Except above OFF
On Board Diagnosis Logic UBS00E2D
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
switch
starting and driving.
DTC Confirmation Procedure UBS00E2E
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-II
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known good signal
N or P position (A/T)
ON

If OK, go to following step. SEF212Y
EC-1712
[VG33ER]
onds. A
EC
Selector lever Suitable position C
dure" . SEF213Y
D
Overall Function Check UBS00E2F
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. E
WITH GST
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 and ground under the F
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (V) (Known good data) G
P or N position (A/T)
Approx. 0
Except above position Approx. 5 H
I
SEF877U
EC-1713
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E2G
BBWA1096E
EC-1714
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
Park/neutral position (PNP) ● Shift lever: N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
22 L/B
switch [Ignition switch: ON]
Approximately 5V
● Except above position D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E2H
FOR M/T MODELS E

1. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and G
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
I
NG >> GO TO 2.
AEC877A
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

● Harness for open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and ground K
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

● Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
EC-1715
[VG33ER]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.

>> INSPECTION END.

FOR A/T MODELS
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
4. Shift selector lever to P or N position.
5. Check voltage between PNP relay terminal 2 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 2.
SEF661W

tor.
PNP relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
BBIA0421E

2. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
EC-1716
[VG33ER]
● 7.5A fuse EC
● Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
C

D
Refer to AT-254, "PNP SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11. E
6. CHECK PNP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

2. Check harness continuity between PNP relay terminals 1, 6 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG (With vehicle security system)>>GO TO 7
NG (Without vehicle security system)>>Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. I

J
Check the circuit between PNP relay and ground.
Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
K
OK >> GO TO 11.
8. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 22 and PNP relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

EC-1717
[VG33ER]
10. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
minals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
No voltage applied : Continuity should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
SEC202B

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1718
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00E2I

The power transistor switches ON and OFF the ignition coil primary EC
circuit according to the ECM signal. As the primary circuit is turned
ON and OFF, the proper high voltage is induced in the secondary cir-
cuit. The distributor is not repairable except for the distributor cap
and rotor head. C
NOTE:
tributor shaft must be torqued properly. D
: 3.6±0.3 N·m (37±3 kg-cm, 32±3 in-lb)

SEF928V
E
EC-1719
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E2J
BBWA0496E
EC-1720
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0.7V C
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
NOTE: D
at idle
SEF988U E
1.1 - 1.5V
F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF989U
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E2K
1. INSPECTION START I
Is engine running?
Yes or No J
No >> GO TO 4. K

L
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II. M
speed drop.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF070Y
EC-1721
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground
with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
PBIB1431E
SEF988U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

LEC811
4. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 7 and ground with

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
SEF721U

EC-1722
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Disconnect power transistor harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between power transistor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

4. Also check harness for short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D

E
3. Disconnect resistor harness connector. F
4. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 8 and resistor terminal 1, resistor terminal 2 and
ECM terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. G
5. Also check for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 8.
8. CHECK RESISTOR I

Resistance: Approximately 2.2 kΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
K
SEF240V
M
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power transistor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
EC-1723
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
10. CHECK IGNITION COIL
Resistance [at 20°C
Terminal
(68°F)]
7 - 8 (Primary coil) Approx. 1.0Ω
7 - 9 (secondary coil) Approx. 10 kΩ
SEF013S
For checking secondary coil, remove distributor cap and mea-

sure resistance between coil tower metal tip 9 and terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
AEC657A

1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor & power transistor harness connector and ignition coil harness con-
nector.
Terminals Resistance Result
Except 0Ω OK
2 and 8
0Ω NG
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
SEF015S

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00E2L
DISTRIBUTOR
EC-1724
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
A
Component Description UBS00E2M
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
SEF812J
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E2N

INJ PULSE-B1 ● Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B2 ● Shift lever: N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 3.3 msec G
● No load
H
B/FUEL SCHDL
● No load
I
EC-1725
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E2O
BBWA0515E
EC-1726
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
● Idle speed D
NOTE:
104 W/R Injector No. 3 E

(11 - 14V) F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF008V H
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E2P I

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START. J
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. K
No >> GO TO 3.
EC-1727
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
CONSULT-II.
speed drop.
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 3.
MEC703B
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1728
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
● 10A fuse
C
>> Repair harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 102, 104, 106, 109, 111, 113.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. H

J
● Harness for open or short between ECM and injector
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
SEF625V

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1729
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Removal and Installation UBS00E2Q
INJECTOR
EC-1730
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E2R

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
EC-1731
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E2S
BBWA1097E
EC-1732
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0V C
(11 - 14V)
D
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E2T
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II? E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. F

G
With CONSULT-II
2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON- H
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition “START SIGNAL”
I
Ignition switch ON OFF
Ignition switch START ON
OK or NG J
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
K

L
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. M
Condition Voltage
Other positions Approx. 0V
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF733U
4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" .
EC-1733
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK FUSE
2. Disconnect 7.5A fuse.
3. Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 7.5A fuse.
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and fuse block. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.


>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1734
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
A
Description UBS00E2U
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM func- EC
tion
Camshaft position sensor Engine speed Fuel pump
Fuel pump relay
Ignition switch Start signal control C
rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120° signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the D
fuel pump. E
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 5 seconds
Engine running and cranking Operates
F
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds

Except as shown above Stops G
damper are located in the fuel tank). H
SEF018S
K
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode UBS00E2V

L
● Ignition switch is turned to ON. (Operates for 5 seconds.)
ON
M
EC-1735
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram UBS00E2W
BBWA1098E
EC-1736
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
CAUTION: A
TER- EC
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON] D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
switch ON
E
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E2X

1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.
for 5 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON. G
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2. H
BBIA0422E
2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

2. Disconnect fuel pump relay. K
SEF349V
4. Check voltage between fuel pump relay terminals 2, 5 and

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
SEF674W
EC-1737
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
● 15A fuse
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump terminal 2 and
ground, fuel pump terminal 1 and fuel pump relay terminal 3.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
LEC764

● Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 11 and fuel pump relay terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

EC-1738
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
8. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
C
SEF073Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
G
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No current supply No H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay. I
SEF511P
J
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP
K
2. Check resistance between fuel pump terminals 1 and 2.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
M
SEC316C

>> INSPECTION END.

Removal and Installation UBS00E2Y
FUEL PUMP
EC-1739
[VG33ER]
Component Description UBS00E2Z

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
LEC521

engine
The steering wheel is turned. ON
EC-1740
[VG33ER]
EC
BBWA0500E
EC-1741
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pressure ● Steering wheel is being turned
39 GY/R
Approximately 5V
1. INSPECTION START
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-
SULT-II.
Condition PW/ST SIGNAL
Steering is in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0304E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground.
Steering is neutral position Approx. 5
Steering is turned to full position Approx. 0
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 4.
SEF739U
EC-1742
[VG33ER]
4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor. EC
3. Check harness continuity between power steering oil pressure
switch terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 5.
LEC521
nectors. E
5. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
G
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
I
J
2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2.
Steering wheel is being fully turned Yes K
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 7.
M
SEC312C

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1743
[VG33ER]
When the air conditioner is on, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve sup-
plies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
LEC515
EC-1744
[VG33ER]
EC
BBWA1106E
EC-1745
[VG33ER]
CAUTION:
TER-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
0V
[Engine is running]
Ambient air temperature ● Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE
9 B/Y
switch ● Ambient air temperature is below 19°C (66°F) (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
● Idle speed
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V

3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch ON.
M/T: 850 rpm or more (in Neutral position)
SEF742U
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 2.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Refer to MTC-22, "Symptom Table" .
EC-1746
[VG33ER]
3. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector. EC
4. Start engine, then turn air conditioner switch and blower fan
switch ON.
C
E
LEC515
5. Check voltage between IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 2

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
H
SEF680W
I
● Harness connectors M59, F27 K
L
5. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-I

M
2. Disconnect ambient air temperature switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature switch terminal 1 and ground.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
EC-1747
[VG33ER]
6. CHECK IACV-FICD SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT-II
1. Check harness continuity between ambient air temperature
switch terminal 2 and IACV-FICD solenoid valve terminal 1.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
PBIB1432E

● Diode-3
● Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ambient air temperature switch

2. Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to ter-
minals.
3. Check plunger for seizing or sticking.
SEF682W
4. Check for broken spring.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
SEF097K

>> INSPECTION END.
EC-1748
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[VG33ER]
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
EC
BBWA1100E
EC-1749
[VG33ER]
Description UBS00E37
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1750
[VG33ER]
A
EC
PBIB1463E
EC-1751
[VG33ER]
AEC886A
EC-1752
[VG33ER]
Component Inspection UBS00E38
EVAP CANISTER A
EC
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
D
AEC630A
Tightening Torque E
F
H
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I
SEF445Y
L

M
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22
- 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2 ,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If
an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come ON SEF943S

With CONSULT-II
EC-1753
[VG33ER]
SEF017Z
Without CONSULT-II
port B.
A.
of port A.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
valve opening.
SEF985Y
EC-1754
[VG33ER]
Condition Air passage continuity A

100.0% Yes
0.0% No EC
valve.
C
SEF660U
D
Without CONSULT-II
Air passage continuity E
Condition
between A and B
Yes
terminals 1 and 2 F
No supply No
2. If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve. G
SEF661U
H
2. Check resistance fuel level sensor unit terminals T and E by I
J
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
PBIB1425E L
EVAP SERVICE PORT
service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a M
SEF462UA
How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage UBS00E39
CAUTION:
NOTE:
EC-1755
[VG33ER]
● Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
2. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
PEF838U

pump.
PEF917U

SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
vice port.
2. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
EC-1756
[VG33ER]
canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve A
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to EC
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
pump. C
AEC632A
EC-1757
[VG33ER]
System Description UBS00E3A
SEF206VA
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP can-
during driving.
WARNING:
● Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
CAUTION:
EC-1758
[VG33ER]
Diagnostic Procedure UBS00E3B
SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. A

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. EC
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.
D
E
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
F
SEF596U
H
Replace EVAP canister with a new one. I
>> GO TO 4.
J
K
NOTE: M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
PBIB1032E

EC-1759
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
EC-1760
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
EC
the tank. D
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. M
EC-1761
[VG33ER]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
WHILE REFUELING.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 6.
SEF596U
EC-1762
[VG33ER]
3. REPLACE EVAP CANISTER A
>> GO TO 4. EC

C
3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. D
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts. E
NOTE:
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 5.
G
PBIB1032E

I
6. CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES

J
improper connection.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 7.
L
Check signal line and recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace filler neck tube.
EC-1763
[VG33ER]
SEF706Z
OK or NG
EC-1764
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
EC
the tank.
SEF707Z
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
EC-1765
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
the tank.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
EC-1766
[VG33ER]
13. CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II A
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. EC
Do not drop any material into the tank. C
OK or NG
NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve D
with fuel tank.
E
SEF665U
EC-1767
[VG33ER]
Description UBS00E3C
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to con-

duct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold
sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by
and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the
crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connect-
ing air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to
draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the
SEC481D
hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
SEC297C
Component Inspection UBS00E3D
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover; if
the valve is working properly, a hissing noise will be heard as air
passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately
when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
SEC137A
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE

1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277
EC-1768
[VG33ER]
A
Fuel Pressure Regulator UBS00E3E
Fuel pressure at idling kPa (kg/cm2 , psi)

EC
Vacuum hose is connected Approximately 235 (2.4, 34)
Vacuum hose is disconnected Approximately 294 (3.0, 43)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing UBS00E3F

C

M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position) D
M/T No load*4 (in Neutral position) E
A/T In P or N position 10±5° BTDC
F
Ignition timing*3
Throttle position sensor idle position 0.15 - 0.85V G
*3: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected
H
● Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
I
Ignition Coil UBS00E3G
J
Primary voltage 12V
Primary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 1.0Ω
Secondary resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10 kΩ K
Mass Air Flow Sensor UBS00E3H
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14)V L

Output voltage at idle 1.0 - 1.7*V
3.3 - 4.8 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
12.0 - 14.9 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* M
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor UBS00E3I

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater UBS00E3J
Fuel Pump UBS00E3K
EC-1769
[VG33ER]
IACV-AAC Valve UBS00E3L
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Approximately 10.0Ω
Injector UBS00E3M
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 10.4 - 15.3Ω
Throttle Position Sensor UBS00E3N
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition

Throttle valve conditions
switch ON)
Calculated Load Value UBS00E3O
Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT or GST)

At idle 18.0 - 26.0
At 2,500 rpm 18.0 - 21.0
Intake Air Temperature Sensor UBS00E3P

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
80 (176) 0.27 - 0.38
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater UBS00E3Q
Crankshaft Position Sensor (OBD) UBS00E3R
Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] 512 - 632Ω
Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor UBS00E3S

20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90
EC-1770

Nissan Engine Manual EC PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Nissan Engine Manual EC PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

B ENGINE

Alphabetical Index UBS00D0N

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

TOR CONV CLTCH S/V P1776*3 2 × EC-534

DTC No. Index UBS00D0O

×: Applicable —: Not applicable

P1775*3 TOR CONV CLTCH S/V 2 × EC-530, AT-41

P1776*3 TOR CONV CLTCH S/V 2 × EC-534

● When connecting ECM harness connector, tighten securing

● Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference L

● When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis UBS00D0T

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sen- E

Commercial Service Tools UBS00D0V

Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tem-

Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

Refer to EC-29, "System Diagram" for vacuum control system.

● Fuel level sensor*1

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System UBS00D0Z

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART J

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Two types of systems are used. H

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment UBS00D14

NG >> ● Repair or replace components as necessary.

6. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

A/T : 20°±5° BTDC (in P or N position)

3. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness

5. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

With CONSULT-II >> GO TO 2.

6. ADJUST BASE IDLE SPEED M

With CONSULT-II >> GO TO 7.

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

8. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED

9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

2. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.

11. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HARNESS J

13. CHECK CO%

8. After checking CO%, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the

2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

4. Turn ignition switch OFF.

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. L

1. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuum

Two Trip Detection Logic UBS00D18

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

EGRC-BPT VALVE P0402 × × ×*4 EC-293

TOR CONV CLTCH S/V P1775*5 — — × EC-530, AT-41

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

*1 EC-52 *2 EC-56 *3 EC-57

How to Display SRT Code

Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK

ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.

Trouble Diagnosis Introduction UBS00D1C

It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit-

1 EC-52 2 EC-56 *3 EC-57